SIVACON ALPHA LV10-2 Complete English 2013 PDF

© Siemens AG 2013
Low-Voltage Power Distribution

and Electrical Installation Technology
Switchboards and Distribution Systems
SIVACON · ALPHA
Catalog Edition
LV 10.2 2013
Answers for infrastructure and cities.

© Siemens AG 2013
Related catalogs Contents
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10.1 ·

Air circuit breakers Molded case circuit breakers Miniature ·
Electrical Installation Technology ·
circuit breakers Residual current protective devices /
SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring · ·
AFD units Fuse systems Overvoltage protection devices ·
·
Switch disconnectors Switching devices Transformers, ·
and Monitoring Devices
power supply units and socket outlets Busbar systems· ·
·
Measuring devices and power monitoring Monitoring devices
E86060-K8250-A101-A3-7600 · Software
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10.2 ·

Switchboards Busbar trunking systems System cubicles,·
Electrical Installation Technology system lighting and system air-conditioning ·
·
SIVACON ALPHA Switchboards and ·
Distribution boards Molded-plastic distribution systems ·
iPo installation terminals
Distribution Systems
E86060-K8260-A101-A3-7600
SIVACON LV 50 · ·
Cubicle racks Enclosures Cubicle expansions ·
System Cubicles, System Lighting and ·
Preconfigured cubicles Special cubicles System lighting · ·
System Air-Conditioning System air-conditioning
PDF only
(E86060-K1920-A101-A5-7600)
ALPHA FIX LV 52 ·
iPo plug-in terminals iPo installation terminals ·
Terminal Blocks ·
Spring-loaded terminals Combination plug-in terminals ·
·
Insulation displacement terminals Screw terminals ·
Accessories for terminal blocks
E86060-K1852-A101-A1-7600
SIVACON S4 LV 56 ·
Power distribution boards Standard configurations Cubi- ·
Power Distribution Boards ·
cles, supporting structure and enclosure Busbar systems ·
Assembly kits for protection and switching devices Covers, ·
modular doors, mounting plates and 19" racks Internal sepa- ·
·
ration System air-conditioning Accessories ·
E86060-K1856-A101-A1-7600
Products for Automation CA 01 All products of automation, drives and installation technology,
and Drives including those in the catalogs listed above.
Interactive Catalog
DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-D2-7600
Mall All products of automation, drives and installation technology,

Information and Ordering Platform including those in the catalogs listed above.
in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Catalog PDF All catalogs for low-voltage power distribution and electrical
Internet: installation technology can be downloaded as PDF files.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial
Trademarks Technical Support

All product designations may be registered trademarks or Expert advice on technical questions with a
product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. wide range of demand-optimized services
Third parties using these trademarks or product names for for all our products and systems.
their own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trade-
mark owners.
Further information about low-voltage power distribution and
electrical installation is available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industrymall www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Air Circuit Breakers
1
Low-Voltage Power Distribution Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2
and Electrical Installation
Technology Miniature Circuit Breakers
3
Switchboards and Distribution
Residual Current Protective Devices /
Systems AFD Units 4
Catalog LV 10.2 · 2013
Fuse Systems
5

The products and
systems listed in this
Overvoltage Protection Devices
6
catalog are developed
and manufactured in
accordance with a
VDE-certified quality
Switch Disconnectors
7
management system
complying with
EN ISO 9001:2000.
Switching Devices
8
Transformers, Power Supply Units and
Socket Outlets 9
Busbar Systems
10
Supersedes:
Measuring Devices and
11
Power Monitoring
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of
this catalog:
www.siemens.com/industrymall Monitoring Devices
12
The products contained in this
catalog can also be found in the
Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Order No.:
Software
13
E86060-D4001-A510-D2-7600
Please contact your local Siemens branch.

Switchboards
14
© Siemens AG 2013
Busbar Trunking Systems
15
System Cubicles, System Lighting and

System Air-Conditioning 16
Distribution Boards
17
Printed on paper from

Molded-Plastic Distribution Systems
18
sustainably managed
forests and controlled
sources.
iPo Installation Terminals
19
www.pefc.org
Appendix
20
© Siemens AG 2013
The right one for everyone Sustainability in focus
Our portfolio includes switchboards, bus- As a worldwide leader in the provision of

bar trunking systems, distribution boards, high-quality, standards-compliant prod-
protection, switching, measuring and ucts and systems for low-voltage power
monitoring devices, building manage- distribution, we contribute to the sustain-
ment systems, switches and socket out- able and responsible handling of electrical
lets. All over the world, the universality, energy. With our integrated portfolio of
modularity and intelligence of our compo- energy saving and distribution through
nents and systems give you innumerable short circuit protection and overload pro-
benefits – all the time they are in use. De- tection through to energy management,
veloped according to the respective inter- we support the implementation of envi-
national standards, we offer forward- ronmentally friendly energy concepts on
looking design with innovative functions the basis of wind power, photovoltaics, in-
and ensure the highest quality standards telligent buildings and electromobility.
world-wide.
2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Universal, safe and intelligent

power distribution
Whether in industrial plants, in infrastructure or in build-
ings: Each technical plant depends on the reliable supply of
electricity. Even a short outage can have grave conse-
quences. We offer the best technology for the responsible
use of electrical energy and at the same time help to pro-
tect people and property and to conserve natural re-
sources.
We are happy to help you with comprehensive support
from the initial information through to operation. Take a
closer look at all the options available from Siemens.
Everything for power distribution Excellent support
Consistent solutions are required for elec- As a competent and reliable partner, we
tric power distribution in buildings. Our also offer you comprehensive support –
answer is Totally Integrated Power (TIP). from the initial information, through plan-
TIP stands for innovative products, sys- ning, configuring and ordering to com-
tems and software tools which ensure the missioning, operation and technical sup-
safe and reliable distribution of electric port. We know the needs of your working
power. They are supplemented by com- environment and your daily business.
munication-capable circuit breakers and Based on this, we give you flexible and
modules which connect the power distri- high quality support, which allows you to
bution system to the building automation concentrate fully on your customers and
system or industrial automation solu- their needs.
tions. These in turn can be linked to a
comprehensive energy management sys-
tem which contributes to optimizing the
consumption of electricity and hence to
lowering the costs of operation.
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 3

© Siemens AG 2013
Get all the information you need –

with just one click
LV Explorer – Discover
Low Voltage in 3D
Get comprehensive and
specific information
about our products
using our 3D anima-
tions, trailers and
technical information.
Always at your service

– every step of the way
We offer comprehensive
support, from planning
to configuration to
operation.
4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

14
© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
14/2 Introduction
SIVACON S8 power distribution

boards and motor control centers
14/4 General data
SIVACON S4
power distribution boards
14/6 General data
14/10 Technical specifications
14/11 SIVACON S4 with 3VL molded case
circuit breakers, section distribution
busbars on the side
14/12 SIVACON S4
with 3WL air circuit breakers
14/13 SIVACON S4 with protection and
switching devices and modular
installation devices
14
More technical
product information:
Planning Manual
Planning with SIVACON S8
Order No.: A5E01619128-01
Service&Support portal:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/
technical-support .
→ Product list:
Technical specifications
→ Entry list:
Updates / Downloads / FAQs
Manuals / Operating instructions /
Characteristic curves / Certificates

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
Introduction
■ Overview
SIVACON S8 power distribution boards and SIVACON S4 power distribution boards

motor control centers up to 7000 A up to 4000 A
Reliable, economical, flexible and communication-capable Reliable, economical and flexible
For all applications in infrastructure and process industry For all applications in the infrastructure sector
In circuit breaker design Flexible modular system
In 3NJ4 in-line design, fixed-mounted Delivery of packed assembly kits with standard parts
In in-line design, plugged in Assembly kits for 3WL, 3VL, 3VT circuit breakers
In fixed-mounted design (infrastructure) Assembly kits for 3K, 3NJ4, 3NJ6 fuse switch disconnectors
In universal installation systems for the combination of: Assembly kits for modular installation devices
• Withdrawable version Degree of protection up to IP55
• Fixed-mounted version Type-tested according to IEC 61439-1/2
• 3NJ6 in-line design, plugged in Tested for resistance to internal arcing faults in compliance with IEC 61641
Degree of protection up to IP54
Type-tested according to IEC 61439-1/2
(type-tested according to IEC 60439-1)
Tested for resistance to internal arcing faults in compliance with IEC 61641
Tested for resistance to earthquakes
14
14/2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
Introduction
■ Design
Low-voltage switchboards form the link between the equipment
used to produce electricity (generators), transmit it (cables, ≤ 4 MVA
overhead lines) and transform it (transformers) on the one hand ≤ 690 V
Cable or busbar
and the loads such as motors, solenoid valves, actuators and system
devices for heating, lighting and air conditioning on the other.
≤ 6300 A Incoming feeder
As the majority of applications are supplied with low voltage, the
low-voltage switchboard is of special significance in both public 3-phase 50 Hz LT Main
supply systems and industrial plants. switchboard
Reliable power supplies depend on good availability, flexibility to Circuit breakers

as feeders to the
allow for changes and process-related modifications, and high ≤ 5000 A
sub-distribution
operational reliability. boards
Power distribution in a low-voltage system usually takes place
via a main switchboard (power center or main distribution board)
and a number of sub-distribution boards. These sub-distribution
Connecting
boards are often motor distribution boards, also known as motor cables
control centers (MCC) (see example opposite).
NSE0_00386a
The SIVACON S4 and SIVACON S8 low-voltage power distribu- ET ET FT

tion boards offer optimal solutions for applications up to 4000 A
or 7000 A depending on the type of system.
≤ 630A ≤ 100A ≤ 630A
The SIVACON S8 low-voltage power distribution board is pro-
duced by Siemens or nearby by our SIVACON technology part-
ner. ≤ 630A ≤ 100A Subdistribution board
for services (lighting,
The most important selection criteria are shown in the table be- heating, air conditioning,
low. workshops,
etc.)
You can find more information on the Internet at: M M M M M

www.siemens.com/sivacon M M M
Motor control center Motor control center

≤ 100A
1 in withdrawable 2 in withdrawable
design for production/ design for production/ Control
manufacturing manufacturing
ET Withdrawable-unit design LT Circuit breaker design

FT Fixed-mounted design
Power distribution in a low-voltage system
■ Technical specifications
Selection criteria SIVACON S8 SIVACON S4
Busbar position Top Rear
Rated currents
• Busbars up to 6300 A 7010 A 4000 A
14
• Infeed up to 6300 A 6300 A 3200 A
Short-circuit strength Ipk up to 330 kA 330 kA 220 kA
Installation system
• Fixed-mounted version ✓1) ✓1) ✓1)
• 3NJ4 in-line design, fixed installation ✓ ✓ ✓
• In-line design, plugged in ✓ ✓ ✓
• Plug-in design ✓2) ✓2) --
• Withdrawable version ✓ ✓ --
• Universal installation system ✓ ✓ --
Type of installation
• Free-standing/against wall ✓ ✓ ✓
• Back to back ✓ ✓ ✓
• Double-fronted -- ✓ --
Use
• Motor control center ✓ ✓ --
• Power distribution board ✓ ✓ ✓
Manufactured by SIVACON Technology Partner ✓ ✓ --
✓ Available 1) Circuit breakers optionally in withdrawable version or on a plug-in base.
-- Not available 2) Plugged in in-line panel.
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/3

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
SIVACON S8 Power Distribution Boards and Motor Control Centers
General data
■ Overview
Installation systems
The SIVACON S8 low-voltage power distribution board consists
of standardized and typified components which can be flexibly
combined as a cost-effective overall solution.
The following installation systems indicated in the diagram
below are available:
X Y Z [ \ ]
SIVACON S8 low-voltage power distribution board
Maximum safety and attractive design are combined in an effi-
cient solution: with SIVACON S8, the new generation of switch-
boards for consistent and easy power distribution in non-resi-
dential and industrial buildings as well as in the process industry
up to 7000 A.
The new design of the control cabinets opens up new applica-
tions, e. g. here as a motor control center. Following features are
offered to improve personal and machine safety:
• Uniform operation for all withdrawable unit sizes
NSF0_00216a
• Integrated operating error protection for all withdrawable units
X Circuit breaker section with 3WL air circuit breakers up to 6300 A
• Unambiguous indication of withdrawable unit positions or 3VL molded case circuit breakers up to 1600 A
• Separate actuation for main control switch and withdrawable Y Universal installation section for motor and cable feeders
unit position up to 630 A, withdrawable version with combination options
• Test and disconnected position with door closed, without inter- with fixed-mounted version (compartment door) and 3NJ6
ruption of degree of protection in-line design (plug-in)
• Lockable disconnected position Z In-line design (plug-in) for cable feeders up to 630 A in
• Optional withdrawable unit coding prevents swapping of plug-in design
withdrawable units of same size [ Fixed installation field (front panel) for cable feeders up to 630 A
and modular installation devices
• Swiveling instrument carrier on standard withdrawable units
\ 3NJ4 fuse switch disconnectors, in-line type (fixed
for making settings during operation
installation) for cable feeders up to 630 A
• Small withdrawable units for motor and cable feeders
] Reactive-power compensation up to 600 kvar
14
up to 63 A
The SIVACON S8 power distribution board is custom configured
SIVACON S8 low-voltage power distribution board with standardized and
and constructed using type-tested functional components. typified components
We or our authorized contractual partners take care of the
following:
• Customized configuration
• Mechanical and electrical construction
• Inspection
Documentation prescribed by us serves as the basis for our
authorized contractual partners.
Standards and specifications
The SIVACON S8 low-voltage power distribution board is a
type-tested low-voltage controlgear assembly according to
IEC 61439-1/2 (formerly IEC 60439-1 TTA). The switchboard is
designed to be resistant to arcing faults according to IEC 61641,
EN 60439 (VDE 0660 part 500), supplement sheet 2.
SIVACON S8 can be used as a type-tested power distribution
board and motor control center up to 7000 A.
14/4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
SIVACON S8 Power Distribution Boards and Motor Control Centers
General data
■ Application
The main applications are as Standard withdrawable units:
• low-voltage power distribution boards or as • Height 100 mm to 700 mm
• Up to 18 withdrawable units per section
• motor control centers.
Use as motor control centers
Universal installation section (withdrawable version)
In many applications it is necessary for space reasons to inte-
grate various installation systems in one and the same section.
The universal installation system from SIVACON S8 offers high
efficiency, safety and high variability through the combination of
• tap-off units in withdrawable version
(3 positions: Disconnect - Test - Operation),
• fixed-mounted version and
• tap-off units in 3NJ6 in-line design, plugged in.
The withdrawable units are ergonomically designed and offer
the required flexibility where requirements change frequently.
Changing requirements include e.g. a new motor rating or
adding new loads.
Simple and safe handling as well as fast changeover times Standard withdrawable unit
ensure the high availability of the plant.
Operating error protection
Operating error protection prevents movement of the isolating
contacts with main control switch "ON".
Operating error Operating error Lockable disconnected

protection enabled, protection disabled, position
main control switch main control switch
in position "0" in position "1"
Withdrawable unit coding

The mechanical withdrawable unit coding with up to 9216 cod-
ing options prevents swapping of withdrawable units of the
Universal installation section same size.
Withdrawable unit versions
Small withdrawable units:
• Size ¼ and ½ (¼ sub-section or ½ sub-section) 14
• Height 150 mm and 200 mm
• Up to 48 withdrawable units per section
Withdrawable unit coding Withdrawable unit coding on the unit

in the compartment
Small withdrawable unit size 1/4 (left) and size 1/2 (right)
■ More information
More information can be found on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sivacon
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/5

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards
General data
■ Overview
6
13
15
11
9
1 4
14
7 12
10
16
17
18
i201_18369
14
1 Rack 7 Glass door in Giugiaro design 13 Main busbars
2 Base edges with front covers 8 Cover frame 14 Vertical distribution busbar system
non-cascaded
3 Lateral base covers 9 Cover in front of 200 mm wide 15 Rear panel
functional compartment
4 Supporting structure 10 Covers for assembly kits 16 Mounting plate for switching devices
5 Top plate 11 Partition for 17 Bottom plate

main busbar system
6 Side panel with design part 12 Partition for 18 PE busbars
vertical distribution busbars
14/6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
General data
NSW0_00980
SIVACON S4 is a switchgear and controlgear assembly, type- SIVACON S4 is based on the modular building block principle.
tested in accordance with IEC 61439-1/2, EN 61439-1/2. Thanks to the use of requirements-based, standardized and
It is used in infrastructure power supplies in administrative and series-produced assembly kits and the wide range of possible
functional buildings, in industrial and commercial buildings, and combinations offered by SIVACON S4 modular technology, all
in public buildings such as schools and hospitals. The concept demands in connection with low-voltage power distribution can
of the SIVACON S4 low-voltage power distribution board is char- be optimally met.
acterized by a high level of personal and plant safety.
14
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/7

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
General data
System
SIVACON S4 is a low-voltage power distribution board in side-
by-side cabinet design enclosed on all sides by a sheet steel
cabinet for indoor applications, optionally for wall or free-stand-
ing installation.
Rack
The rack is constructed from height, width and depth profiles.
It is the supporting structure for all built-in and surface-mounted
components. Use of sendzimir-galvanized rack profiles and self-
tapping screws creates a mechanically highly stable construc-
tion with safe grounding of the built-in components.
Enclosure
The enclosure parts enable versions in degrees of protection
IP30/31, IP40/41 or IP55. The powder-coated enclosure parts
are finished in RAL7035. Doors come as standard with a cou-
pled double-bit lock or optionally with a wide range of operating
mechanisms, as well as twist lever catches with or without a lock.
Assembly kit covers are secured by means of captive quick-act-
ing locks. The quick-acting locks are opened and closed by ro-
NSW0_00981
tating them by a 1/4 turn. The bezel hinge available as an option
allows the covers to be swivel-mounted. Form of internal partition
Busbar systems Depending on the individual requirements, the form of internal
partitions can be implemented as form 1, 2, 3 or 4.
The SIVACON S4 main busbar system offers a practical grading
of rated currents up to 4000 A, coordinated with the rated cur- Assembly kits
rents and rated short-circuit currents of standard transformers.
A service-proven and coordinated range of assembly kits is
It allows network system configurations such as TN-C, TN-S, IT
available for SENTRON protection and switching devices as well
and TT to be set up. Vertical busbar systems are available as
as for modular installation devices. Depth-adjustable modular
cascaded busbar systems up to 1600 A, or as a non-cascaded
and section-high mounting plates, covers with or without cut-
system up to 2700 A.
outs, and cubicle air-conditioning components round off the as-
sembly kit range.
14
14/8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
General data
■ Benefits
Features at a glance
• Type-tested switchgear and controlgear assembly in accor-
dance with IEC 61439-1/2, EN 61439-1/2
• Modular system delivered as a flat pack (delivery of packed
assembly kits with individual parts and standard parts,
including assembly instructions for customer assembly)
• Attractive design, new ventilation and closure system
• Color RAL 7035
• Doors with universal hinges
• Degree of protection IP30, IP31, IP40, IP41 and IP55
• Busbar systems up to 4000 A, Icw up to 100 kA (1 s),
lpk up to 220 kA
• Rack height 2000 mm
• Base height 100 mm or 200 mm
• Rack width 350 mm, 400 mm, 600 mm, 800 mm, 850 mm,
1000 mm or 1200 mm
• Rack depth 400 mm, 600 mm or 800 mm
• Assembly kits for SENTRON protection, switching, measuring
and monitoring devices NSW0_00983
• Assembly kits for copper connection modules for 3WL air
circuit breakers and 3VL molded case circuit breakers
• Internal partitions in forms 1, 2, 3 and 4
• Easy planning and configuring with the SIMARIS CFB software
tool
Directives for construction and testing
Switchgear engineers must observe the manufacturer's con-
struction and mounting instructions when constructing and
mounting the low-voltage power distribution board.
The low-voltage power distribution board must be configured
and tested by the switchgear engineer in accordance with
IEC 61439-1/2 and EN 61439-1/2.
Environmental protection
To the best of our knowledge our products do not contain any
materials in concentrations or applications whose placing on the
market in products is prohibited by the current requirements of
Directive 2002/95/EC (RoHS).
The materials used are recyclable.
14
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/9

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
■ Overview
Standards and specifications Type-tested low-voltage switchgear IEC 61439-1/2, EN 61439-1/2
and controlgear assembly
Clearances and creepage distances Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 12 kV
Overvoltage category IV
Pollution degree 3
Form of internal partition 1, 2b, 3b, 4a, 4b
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 V
Rated operational voltage (Ue) Up to 690 V
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Rated currents (In) Rated current Up to 4000 A
Busbars (3-pole and 4-pole) Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) Up to 220 kA
Main busbars, horizontal Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) Up to 100 kA, 1s
Personal safety in the event of arcing faults Rated operational voltage 400 V
Type-tested according to IEC 61641, no glass door Rated short-time alternating current 50 kA
Arcing time without optional equipment 100 ms
Arcing time with optional equipment 300 ms
Surface treatment
Rack components and expansions Sendzimir-galvanized Min. 20 µm
Enclosure parts Epoxy polyester resin RAL 7035
Iron phosphating
Total layer thickness Min. 70 µm
Protection class According to IEC 61140, EN 61140 SK1
Degree of protection According to IEC 60529, EN 60529 IP 30, IP 31, IP 40, IP 41, IP 55
Protection against mechanical damage According to IEC 62262, Paragraph 9.6 IP 3X, IK08
≥ IP 4X, IK10
Additional static loads on enclosure parts
Masking frame Swivel-mounted 1.0 kg
Fixed mounting 5.0 kg
Covers With quick-acting lock, height 50-300 mm 0.5 kg
With quick-acting lock, height 350-550 mm 1.0 kg
With quick-acting lock, height 600-800 mm 2.0 kg
With bezel hinge 0.0 kg
Inner door 2.5 kg
Section door/double door Width 400 mm, 600 mm 10.0 kg
Width 800 mm 5.0 kg
Width 1000 mm, 1200 mm 2.5 kg
Modular doors Height 150-200 mm 0.5 kg
Height 250-350 mm 1.5 kg
Height 400-800 mm 3.0 kg
Outer cover 10.0 kg
Maximum expansion weight 1200 kg
According to IEC 62208, Paragraph 9.3, 9.4, type test with static load by lifting a section
Operating conditions
Ambient temperature1) ≤ 35 °C
Installation altitudes ≤ 2000 m
Rack components 2.5 mm – sheet steel, with 25 mm hole matrix according
14
to DIN 43660
Dimensions
Rack external dimensions Height in mm 2000
Width in mm 350, 400, 600, 800, 850, 1000, 1200
Depth in mm 400, 600, 800
Bases Height in mm 100, 200
1) Observe correction factors at other ambient temperatures and installation
altitudes (see Catalog LV 56, chapter 12 "Planning and configuration").
14/10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
SIVACON S4 with 3VL molded case circuit
breakers, section distribution busbar on the side
■ Overview
System data Assembly kits
Height × Width × Depth mm 2000 × 1200 × 400 Infeeds 3VL 1250 molded case circuit breakers,
Base height mm 100 cable from above,
multi-conductor supply terminal,
Degree of protection IP55 long terminal covers
Main busbar system None Branches 3VL molded-case circuit breakers,
Distribution busbar system Staggered 1250 A, 50 kA long terminal covers,
modular installation devices
Front Covers, section door
Form of internal partition 2b
Order No. Quan- Description

tity
Rack, base, holder extension, enclosure
8PQ1 202-4BA02 1 Rack H2000/W1200/D400
8PQ3 000-1BA38 2 Holder extension inner base area D400
8PQ3 000-1BA43 2 Holder extension, external, for section door
8PQ1 012-0BA01 1 Base corners with front panel H100/W1200
8PQ1 010-4BA01 1 Base panel, side H100/D400
8PQ2 000-6BA04 1 Masking frame, fixed H1800/W600
8PQ2 197-2BA14 1 Outer panel IP55/H1975/W200
8PQ2 197-6BA14 1 Glass door IP55/right/double-bit key/H1975/W600
8PQ2 197-4BA05 1 Section door IP55/left/double-bit key/H1975/W400
8PQ2 302-4BA04 1 Bottom plate IP55/W200/D400
8PQ2 302-4BA01 1 Top plate IP55/W1200/D400
8PQ2 420-2BA01 1 Rear panel IP55/H2000/W1200
8PQ2 520-4BA01 1 Side panel with design strip/H2000/D400
Busbar systems
8PQ4 000-0BA32 1 Distribution busbar holder, staggered/30 ×30
i201_06793 8PQ4 000-0BA86 8 Copper bars, bright L2000/30 × 10
Rack, base, holder extension, enclosure 8PQ4 000-0BA85 1 Copper bars, bright L2000/30 × 5
Assembly kits for protection and switching devices, covers,
modular device plates
8PQ2 020-6BA02 1 Cover 4 Measuring devices 1 Selector 72 × 72/H200/W600
8PQ6 000-3BA11 1 Assembly kit 3VL7/3p,4p/vertical/fixed/H600/W600
8PQ2 060-6BA03 1 Cover 3VL7/3,4p/vertical/fixed/H600/W600
8PQ2 020-6BA01 1 Cover H200/W600
8PQ6 000-3BA36 1 Assembly kit, modular installation device
1-row/24MW/W600
8PQ2 015-6BA07 1 Cover, modular installation device,
1-row/24MW/H150/W600
8PQ6 000-5BA02 2 Kit 3VL2-3/4p/horizontal/fixed/H200/W600
8PQ2 020-6BA26 2 Cover 3VL1-3/4p/horizontal/fixed/plug-in/H200/W600
8PQ6 000-2BA87 1 Assembly kit 3VL4/4p/horizontal/H250/W600
8PQ2 025-6BA02 1 Cover 3VL4/4p/horizontal/fixed/plug-in/H250/W600
Assembly kits for protection and switching devices, connecting bars
8PQ6 000-1BA64
8PQ6 000-1BA66
2
1
Distribution busbar connection 3VL3/4p/horizontal/fixed
Distribution busbar connection 3VL4/4p/horizontal/fixed 14
Form of internal partition
i201_06795 8PQ4 000-0BA06 1 Partition form 2b distribution busbars H1900/D400
Busbar systems Accessories
8PQ9 400-0BA06 1 SIVACON, SIEMENS section labeling plate
8PQ3 000-0BA38 1 Cable brackets, profile C30/D400 (600, 800)
8PQ9 500-1BA36 1 Truss-head screw DIN 603/M10 × 55
8PQ9 500-0BA05 1 Hexagon nut ISO 4032/M10
8PQ9 500-0BA60 1 Tensioning washer DIN 6796/10
8PQ9 400-0BA02 1 Busbar clamps
Cable, wires, small items of equipment, screws, nuts,
detent edged rings for cable connection
i201_06794
Assembly kits for protection and switching devices,

connecting bars
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/11

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
SIVACON S4 with 3WL air circuit breakers
■ Overview
Height × Width × Depth mm 2000 × 2000 × 600 Infeed/outgoing feeder 3WL air circuit breakers, size II, fixed mounting
Base height mm 100 connection to distribution busbars
cable from below/above
Degree of protection IP30 max. 12 cables per phase for cable lug M12
Main busbar system Standard, top, 3200 A, 65 kA
Distribution busbar system Staggered 2 × 1600 A
Front Covers, rack cover

tity
8PQ1 208-6BA01 2 Rack H2000/W800/D600
8PQ1 204-6BA01 1 Rack H2000/W400/D600
8PQ3 000-0BA01 2 Holder extension, inner H1600/D600
8PQ3 000-0BA03 1 Holder extension, inner H1800/D600,800
8PQ1 204-4BA05 2 Rack-rack attachment kit
8PQ2 197-4BA02 1 Outer panel IP4X/H1975/W400
8PQ2 197-8BA11 2 Rack cover IP3X/H1975/W800
8PQ2 308-6BA06 1 Bottom plate IP4X/cable/W800/D600
8PQ2 308-6BA03 1 Top plate IP4X/cable/W800/D600
8PQ2 308-6BA02 1 Top plate IP4X/W800/D600
8PQ2 420-8BA02 2 Rear panel IP4X/H2000/W800
i201_06796
Rack, base, holder extension, enclosure 8PQ2 520-6BA01 1 Side panel with design strip/H2000/D600
Busbar systems
8PQ4 000-0BA04 2 Holder, main busbars, 3200 A
8PQ4 000-0BA37 1 Bracing, busbars
8PQ4 000-0BA82 1 PE bar holder
8PQ4 000-0BA63 2 Distribution busbar holder, staggered/30 x 40
8PQ4 000-0BA48 2 Joints distribution busbar/right/30 x 40/D600, 800
8PQ4 000-0BA18 16 Copper bars, bright L2000/50 x 10
Assembly kits for protection and switching devices, covers,
modular device plates
8PQ6 000-3BA32 2 Assembly kit 3WL11,12/3,4p/H550/W800
8PQ2 055-8BA05 2 Cover 3WL12/4p/H550/W800
8PQ2 055-8BA01 2 Cover H550/W800
8PQ2 050-8BA01 2 Cover H500/W800
14 Assembly kits for protection and switching devices, connecting bars

8PQ6 000-0BA47 2 Distribution busbar connection 3WL1232/fixed/W800
i201_06798 8PQ6 000-0BA65 2 Cable connection 3WL1232/fixed/W800
Busbar systems Form of internal partition
8PQ3 000-0BA54 1 Partition form 2b main busbar/W800/D600
8PQ4 000-0BA03 1 Partition form 2b distribution busbars H1900/D600
8PQ3 000-0BA82 2 Plug-in strip for partition H1600
8PQ5 000-0BA10 2 Partition form 3 3WL12/3,4p/infeed/H550/W800
8PQ5 000-0BA21 2 Partition form 4 3WL12/3,4p/distribution/W800
8PQ5 000-0BA38 2 Partition form 4 3WL12/3,4p/cable/W800
Accessories
8PQ9 500-0BA16 1 Truss-head screw DIN 603/M10 x 45
8PQ9 500-1BA25 2 Truss-head screw DIN 603/M10 x 65
8PQ9 500-0BA05 3 Hexagon nut ISO 4032 M10
8PQ3 000-0BA73 2 Holder for cable brackets
8PQ3 000-0BA43 2 Cable brackets, profile C30/W800
Cable, wires, small items of equipment, screws, nuts,
detent edged rings for cable connection
i201_06797
Assembly kits for protection and switching devices,

covers, modular device plates
14/12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
SIVACON S4 with protection and switching
devices and modular installation devices
■ Overview
Height × Width × Depth mm 2000 × 2200 × 600 Infeeds 3WL air circuit breakers, size I, fixed mounting
Base height mm 100 connection to main busbars,
cable from below/above in the center
Degree of protection IP30
Branches 3VL molded case circuit breakers with rear connection
Main busbar system None pieces for the cable connection from the rear
Distribution busbar system Staggered 1600 A, 50 kA, modular installation devices
50-mm system
Front Covers, glass door

tity
8PQ1 206-6BA01 1 Rack H2000/W600/D600
8PQ1 208-6BA01 2 Rack H2000/W800/D600
8PQ3 000-1BA40 2 Holder extension, inner base area D600
8PQ3 000-0BA03 3 Holder extension, inner H1800/D600,800
8PQ3 000-1BA36 2 Holder extension, inner partition H1800/D600
8PQ3 000-1BA42 2 Holder extension, outer, for cover
8PQ1 204-4BA05 2 Rack-rack attachment kit
8PQ2 000-2BA01 2 Inner panel IP3X/H2000/W200
8PQ2 197-6BA10 1 Glass door IP55/left/double-bit key/H1975/W600
8PQ2 197-8BA10 2 Glass door IP55/left/double-bit key/H1975/W800
i201_06802
Rack, base, holder extension, enclosure 8PQ2 520-6BA01 1 Side panel with design strip/H2000/D600
Busbar systems
8PQ4 000-0BA63 2 Distribution busbar holder, staggered/30 ×40
8PQ4 000-0BA82 1 PE bar holder
8GF5 762 4 Busbar holder 20 × 5, 50 mm
8PQ4 000-0BA17 16 Copper bars, bright L2000/40 × 10
8PQ4 000-0BA83 9 Copper bars, bright L2000/20 × 5
Assembly kits for protection and switching devices, covers, modular device plates
8PQ6 000-3BA31 2 Assembly kit 3WL11/3,4p/3WL12/3p/H550/W600
8PQ2 055-6BA07 2 Cover 3WL11/4p/H550/W600
8PQ2 025-6BA02 2 Cover 3VL4/4p/horizontal/fixed/plug-in/H250/W600
8PQ6 000-5BA02 2 Kit 3VL2-3/4p/horizontal/fixed/H200/W600
8PQ2 020-6BA26 2 Cover 3VL1-3/4p/horizontal/fixed/plug-in/H200/W600
8PQ2 035-6BA04
8PQ6 000-3BA36
8PQ2 020-6BA12
1
6
6
Cover 3VL5/4p/horizontal/fixed/plug-in/H350/W600
Assembly kit, modular installation device 1-row/24MW/W600
Cover, modular installation device 1-row/24MW/H200/W600
14
8PQ3 000-1BA65 1 Modular mounting plate/closed/H600/W600
i201_06804 8PQ2 040-6BA01 1 Cover H400/W600
Busbar systems 8PQ2 060-6BA01 1 Cover H600/W600
8PQ2 030-6BA01 2 Cover H300/W600
8PQ2 025-6BA01 1 Cover H250/W600
Assembly kits for protection and switching devices, connecting bars
8PQ6 000-0BA34 3 Distribution busbar connection 3WL1116/fixed/W600
8PQ6 000-0BA52 1 Cable connection 3WL1116/fixed/W600
8PQ6 000-1BA64 2 Distribution busbar connection 3VL3/4p/horizontal/fixed
Form of internal partition
8PQ3 000-0BA83 3 Plug-in strip for partition H1800
8PQ5 000-2BA61 7 Partition form 3 horizontal/W600
8PQ5 000-2BA57 1 Partition form 3 vertical/rear/H350/W600
8PQ5 000-2BA36 1 Partition form 3 vertical/side/H350
8PQ5 000-2BA54 2 Partition form 3 vertical/rear/H200/W600
8PQ5 000-2BA30 2 Partition form 3 vertical/side/..250A/H200
8PQ5 000-0BA07 2 Partition form 3 3WL11/3,4p/infeed/H550/W600
8PQ5 000-0BA14 1 Partition form 4 3WL11/3,4p/distribution/W600
i201_06803 8PQ5 000-2BA55 2 Partition form 3 vertical/rear/H250/W600
Assembly kits for protection and switching devices, 8PQ5 000-2BA33 2 Partition form 3 vertical/side/400..630 A/H250
covers, modular device plates 8PQ9 400-0BA03 5 Expansion bellows
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/13

© Siemens AG 2013
Switchboards
SIVACON S4 with protection and switching
devices and modular installation devices

tity
Accessories
8PQ9 500-1BA25 2 Truss-head screw DIN 603/M10 × 65
8PQ9 500-0BA05 2 Hexagon nut ISO 4032 M10
8PQ3 000-0BA73 1 Holder for cable brackets
8PQ3 000-0BA42 1 Cable brackets, profile C30/W600
Screws, nuts, detent edged rings for customer cable connection
14
14/14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

15
© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction1)
15/2 Introduction
15/6 Features overview
15/8 Principles of busbar trunking
planning
CD-K System – 25 ... 40 A1)

15/9 Introduction
15/11 Trunking units
15/13 Feeder units
15/14 Tap-off plugs
15/15 Accessories
BD01 System – 40 ... 160 A1)

15/17 Introduction
15/19 Junction units, feeder units
15/20 Tap-off units for international use
15/26 Ancillary equipment units
for international use
15/28 Accessories
BD2 System – 160 ... 1250 A1)

15/31 Introduction
15/41 Junction units
15/57 Feeder units
15/61 Tap-off units for international use
15/70 Ancillary equipment units
for international use
15/71 Accessories
1)
Additional information in
Catalog LV 70.
More technical
15
Installation Manual
SIVACON 8PS -
Installation with BD2 system
Order No.: A5E02126899-02
Planning manual
SIVACON 8PS -
Planning with SIVACON 8PS
Order No.: A5E01541101-02
technical-support .
→ Product list:
→ Entry list:

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
■ Overview
7
7 4
3 B
D
0
1
-K
B
7
2
7 1
1
0
D
B
B
-K
1
0
D
B
15
7
I202_02425a
1 CD-K system 4 LD system 7 Communication-capable

2 BD01 system 5 LX system busbar trunking systems
3 BD2 system 6 LR system
15/2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
1)
LX system up to 6300 A
■ Benefits )
The busbar trunking system for power transmission and distribu-

$ CD-K system up to 40 A tion in buildings:
The versatile busbar trunking system for area-wide power distri- • Quick and easy mounting
bution of lighting systems: • Reliable and safe operation
• Versatile thanks to high degree of protection up to IP55 • Load outgoing feeders up to 1250 A
• Lower planning costs through simple configuration • Type-tested connection to distribution boards and transformers
• Time-saving mounting through plug-in quick connector • Available on request
• Flexibility through free phase selection and codable tap-off 1)
Rated current 6300 A on request.
points
* LR system up to 6150 A
• Uniform current loading of the conductors through splitting of
the subsequent tap-off plugs among the individual phases The busbar trunking system for power transmission under ex-
• Tap-off plugs allow fast and flexible load relocation treme ambient conditions (IP68).
Detailed information about this system is available from the
% BD01 system up to 160 A Siemens branch located close to you.
The busbar trunking system for power distribution in the craft + Communication-capable busbar trunking systems
business and the skilled trades:
Communication-capable function expansions for combination
• High degree of protection up to IP55 with known tap-off units:
• Flexible power supply • Can be used with the BD01, BD2, LD and LX systems
• Easy and quick planning • Applications:
• Time-saving mounting - Lighting control for large areas
• Reliable mechanical and electrical connection technology - Remote switching and signaling in the industrial sector
- Consumption recording of decentral power tap-off units
• High stability, low weight
• Connection to the bus systems KNX (EIB/Instabus), AS-Inter-
• Few basic modules required face and PROFIBUS
• Storage-friendly system • Easy contacting of the bus cable by insulation piercing
• Variable changes of direction method
• Versatile tap-off units • Easy and quick planning
• Positive opening and closing of tap-off points • Flexible expansions and modifications
& BD2 system up to 1250 A • Module system
• Retrofitting of existing installations
The busbar trunking system for operation in the harsh industrial
world: ■ More information
• High degree of protection up to IP55
Catalog LV 70 -
• Easy and quick planning
Busbar Trunking Systems CD-K, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A
• Time-saving and economical mounting
German: Order No. E86060-K1870-A101-A6
• Reliable and safe operation English: Order No. E86060-K1870-A101-A6-7600
• Flexible modular system with simple solutions for every appli- French: Order No. E86060-K1870-A101-A6-7700
cation Spanish: Order No. E86060-K1870-A101-A6-7800
• Early planning of the power distribution system without exact Selection aid for busbar trunking systems (MobileSpice)
knowledge of load locations
• Early readiness for operation thanks to fast and simple mount- Busway systems up to 1250 A can be ordered using the selec-
ing tion aid.
• Innovative design: No more compensation boxes to compen- The following configurators are available:
sate elongation. • SIVACON 8PS CD-K system, 25 ... 40 A
• Codable tap-off units and tap-off points • SIVACON 8PS BD01 system, 40 ... 160 A 15
• Sealable throughout • SIVACON 8PS BD2 system, 160 ... 1250 A
( LD system up to 5000 A This selection aid can be accessed through the Industry Mall
and is also included in the interactive catalog CA 01 on a DVD,
The busbar trunking system for optimized power distribution in which is available free of charge.
industry:
• Quick and easy mounting Manuals
• Reliable and safe operation Planning with SIVACON 8PS - busbar trunking systems
up to 6300 A
• Space-saving, compact design up to 5000 A in one enclosure German: Order No. A5E 01541017-01
• Load outgoing feeders up to 1250 A English: Order No. A5E 01541101-01
• Type-tested connection to distribution boards and transformers Leaflet
German: Damit die Energie sicher fließt -
Schienenverteiler-Systeme SIVACON 8PS
Bestell-Nr. E10003-E38-9B-D0010
English: For safe power flows -
SIVACON 8PS busbar trunking systems
Order No. E10003-E38-9B-D0010-7600
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/3

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
EC declaration of conformity
15
15/4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
15
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/5

© Siemens AG 2013
Features overview
■ Overview
Busbar trunking systems Rated current Rated opera- Frequency Number of Degree of Ambient
tional voltage active conduc- protection temperature,
tors min./max.
A V AC Hz °C
CD-K 30 400 50 On one side: Up to IP55 −5/+40
40 2, 3, 4
NSV0_00201
2 × 25 On two sides:
2 × 40 2 × 4,
1×4+1×2
(PE =
enclosure)
BD01 40 400 50 4 Up to IP55 −5/+40

63 (PE =
100 enclosure)
NSV0_00241
125
160
BD2A 160 ... 1000 690 50 5 Up to IP55 −5/+40

BD2C 160 ... 1250
NSV0_00421
LDA1 ... LDA8 1100 ... 4000 1000 50 4 or 5 up to IP54 −5/+40

LDC2 ... LDC8 2000 ... 5000
NSV0_00681
LXA01 ... LXA10 800 ... 4500 1000 50 3, 4, 5, 6 Up to IP55 −5/+40

LXC01 ... LXC10 1000 ... 63001) (PE =
enclosure)
NSV0_00321
15
LRA01 ... LRA29 400 ... 4600 1000 50 4, 5 IP68 −5/+40
LRC01 ... LRC29 630 ... 6150
NSV0_01451
1)
Rated current 6300 A on request.
15/6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Features overview
Mounting Length Tap-off points Tap-off units Material Fire load Can be combined with communi-
position cation-capable tap-off units for
m kWh/m
Edgewise 2 On one side: Up to 16 A Insulated 0.1 ... 0.48 --
3 every 0.5 or 1 m Cu conductors,
On two sides: painted sheet-
every 0.5 or 1 m steel enclosure
Edgewise, 2 On one side Up to 63 A Insulated 0.76 Lighting control

flat 3 every 0.5 or 1 m Al or Cu
(tap-off points conductors,
downwards) painted sheet-
steel enclosure
Edgewise, 0.5 ... 3.25 Without Up to 530 A Al or Cu busbars, 0.6 ... 0.67 Lighting control,
flat and vertical On two sides painted sheet- (without tap-off remote switching, signaling and
offset every 0.25 steel enclosure points) consumption recording
or 0.5m
Horizontal, 0.5 ... 3.2 Without Up to 1250 A Insulated 4.16 ... 8.83 Remote switching and signaling
edgewise On one side Al or Cu busbars, (without tap-off and consumption recording
and vertical every 1 m painted sheet- points)
steel enclosure
On two sides
every 1 m
Horizontal, 0.35 ... 3 Without Up to 1250 A Insulated 1.95 ... 11.07 Remote switching and signaling
edgewise On one side Al or Cu busbars, (without tap-off and consumption recording
and vertical every 0.5 m painted alumin- points)
ium enclosure
On two sides
every 0.5 m
15
Horizontal, 0.5 ... 3 Without Up to 630 A Epoxy resin -- --
edgewise Selectable system,
and vertical on one side Cu busbars
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/7

© Siemens AG 2013
Principles of busbar trunking planning
■ Overview
General information
When developing the planning concept of a power supply sys-
tem it is necessary not only to consider the standards and spec-
ifications in force, but also to clarify the correlations between
economy and technology. Electrical equipment such as distribu-
tion boards and transformers must be dimensioned and se-
lected so that they represent an optimum in their entirety and not
just individually.
All components must be sufficiently dimensioned for the loads
which arise in the event of a fault as well as during operation at
rated values. Other decisive points to be considered when draw-
ing up the power concept are:
• The type, utilization and shape of building
(e.g. high-rise, flat-roof and number of storeys)
• Determination of load centers and selection of possible sup-
ply routes and locations for transformers and main distribution
boards
• Determination of building-related connected loads according
to specific loads per unit area dependent on the building's use
• Specifications and requirements imposed by the building au-
Trunking units for currents from 40 to 6300 A thorities
When it comes to developing a power distribution concept com- • Requirements imposed by the power supply companies
plete with the configuration of systems and system components, The result will never be a single solution but several versions
the end user's requirements have to be coordinated with the which must be assessed with regard to their technical and eco-
manufacturer's possibilities. nomic implications. The following requirements are paramount in
Descriptions are provided accordingly of the individual systems, this connection:
their technical features and their fields of application. Another el- • Easy and clear-cut planning
ement is the graphic representation of the various busbar trunk- • Long endurance
ing elements. All details of importance for the planning work are
emphasized and explained. • High availability
• Low fire load
You will find ideas for a ready-to-use planning solution under
"Configuration information" in Chapters 3 to 5 of Catalog LV 70. • Flexible adaptation to changes within the building.
For example, the basics of dimensioning are presented in detail In most applications these requirements are easily met by the
along with in-depth information on topics such as system con- use of suitable busbar trunking systems. For this reason, busbar
struction, short-circuit protection, fire protection and functional trunking systems rather than the cable installation method is be-
maintenance. ing used more and more often by engineering offices for the
Services and engineering tools are available from Siemens to transmission and distribution of power. Siemens offers busbar
simplify the drawing up of customer specifications. trunking systems from 25 to 6300 A:
• The CD-K busbar trunking system with 25 to 40 A for supply-
ing power to lights and miniature loads
• The BD01 busbar trunking system from 40 to 160 A for supply-
ing power to workshops with tap-off units up to 63 A
• The BD2 system from 160 to 1250 A for supplying power to
medium-size loads in buildings and in industry
• The ventilated LD system for supplying loads with medium
power consumption in industry
15 • The LX sandwich system for power distribution of large
amounts of power in buildings
• The LR encapsulated system for power transmission in ex-
treme ambient conditions (IP68).
15/8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

CD-K System — 25 ... 40 A
Introduction
■ Overview
4 3
2
NSV0_00035b
1
15
5
1 Trunking unit
4 2 Feeder unit
3 Tap-off plug
4 End flange
5 Accessories
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/9

© Siemens AG 2013

Introduction
Version
■ Benefits
Type-tested low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly
• Lower planning costs through simple configuration
(TTA) according to
• Time-saving mounting through plug-in quick connector
• IEC/EN 60439-1
• Tap-off points on two sides for optimized utilization of the bus-
• IEC/EN 60439-2
bar line
Degree of protection • Uniform current loading of the conductors through splitting of
• High degree of protection to IP54 of the standard version the subsequent tap-off plugs among the individual phases
• Increase to IP55 with accessories • Tap-off plugs allow fast and flexible load relocation
• Accessories for increasing the degree of protection to IP55 for
Components
extreme environmental conditions
Trunking units
• 3-, 4-, 5- and 3/5-conductor system
• Equipment on one side:
- 2 or 3 tap-off units spaced 1 m apart
- 5 outgoing feeders spaced 0.5 m apart
• Equipment on two sides:
- 2, 3 or 5 outgoing feeders spaced 1 m apart
- 2, 3 or 5 outgoing feeders spaced 0.5 m apart
• Lengths of 2 m and 3 m
• Plug-in connection
• Codable tap-off points
Feeder units
• Entry feeder units
• End feeder units
Tap-off plugs
• 3-pole, 10 A and 16 A, Lx (phase can be plugged over
optionally to L1, L2, L3 ), N and PE
• 5-pole, 10 A and 16 A, L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Accessories
• End flanges
• Fixing brackets
• Suspension hooks
• Suspension brackets
• Cable fixtures
• Coding sets
• Degree of protection IP55
15
15/10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Trunking units
■ Selection and ordering data

Version Length Conduc- Tap-off points DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/P. PG Weight
tors per PU (UNIT, unit per PU
Num- Dis- SET, M) approx.
ber tance
m m kg
Rated current In = 30 A, one-sided tap-off points
Trunking units 3 3-pole 3 1 CD-K-1302-3 BVP:211151 1 6 units 165 2.450
Sheet-steel enclosure,
NSV0_00236a
color similar to RAL 9002 L1
(white-gray), N
codable tap-off points PE
3 4-pole 3 1 CD-K-1303-3 BVP:211152 1 6 units 165 2.550

NSV0_00201
L2 NSV0_00237a
L1
N
PE

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
PE

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
PE
3 5-pole 5 0.5 CD-K-1304-3-05 BVP:211155 1 6 units 165 2.650

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
PE

Trunking units 3 3-pole 3 1 CD-K-1402-3 BVP:211156 1 6 units 165 2.450
Sheet-steel enclosure,
NSV0_00236a
color similar to RAL 9002 L1

(white-gray), N
codable tap-off points PE

NSV0_00201
NSV0_00237a
L2
L1
N
PE

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
PE

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
PE
3 5-pole 5 0.5 CD-K-1404-3-05 BVP:211160 1 6 units 165 2.850

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
15
PE
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/11
© Siemens AG 2013

Trunking units
Version Length Conduc- Tap-off points DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/P. PG Weight
tors per PU (UNIT, unit per PU
Num- Dis- SET, M) approx.
ber tance
m m kg
Rated current In = 2 × 25 A, double-sided tap-off points
Trunking units 2 2× 2; 1 1 CD-K-2254-2 BVP:211161 1 6 units 165 2.350
Sheet-steel enclosure, 5-pole
color similar to RAL 9002
NSV0_00239a
L3 L3
(white-gray), L2
L1
L2
L1
codable tap-off points N N
PE
NSV0_00201
3 2× 3; 2 1 CD-K-2254-3 BVP:211162 1 6 units 165 3.650

5-pole
NSV0_00239a
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
3 2× 5; 5 0.5 CD-K-2254-3-05 BVP:211163 1 6 units 165 3.650

5-pole
NSV0_00239a
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
2 5- + 2; 1 1 CD-K-2254/2-2 BVP:610352 1 6 units 165 2.350

3-pole
NSV0_00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE
3 5- + 3; 2 1 CD-K-2254/2-3 BVP:610353 1 6 units 165 3.650

3-pole
NSV0_00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE
3 5- + 5; 5 0.5 CD-K-2254/2-3-05 BVP:610354 1 6 units 165 3.650

3-pole
NSV0_00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE

Trunking units 2 2× 2; 1 1 CD-K-2404-2 BVP:610001 1 6 units 165 2.350
Sheet-steel enclosure, 5-pole
color similar to RAL 9002
NSV0_00239a
L3 L3
(white-gray), L2
L1
L2
L1
codable tap-off points N N
PE
NSV0_00201
3 2× 3; 2 1 CD-K-2404-3 BVP:610002 1 6 units 165 3.650

5-pole
NSV0_00239a
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
3 2× 5; 5 0.5 CD-K-2404-3-05 BVP:610003 1 6 units 165 3.650

5-pole
NSV0_00239a
L3 L3
L2 L2
15
L1 L1
N N
PE
2 5- + 2; 1 1 CD-K-2404/2-2 BVP:610357 1 6 units 165 2.350

3-pole
NSV0_00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE
3 5- + 3; 2 1 CD-K-2404/2-3 BVP:610358 1 6 units 165 3.650

3-pole
NSV0_00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE
3 5- + 5; 5 0.5 CD-K-2404/2-3-05 BVP:610359 1 6 units 165 3.650

3-pole
NSV0_00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE

15/12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Feeder units

Version Length Conductors DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/P. PG Weight
per PU (UNIT, unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
m kg
Feeder units incl. CD-EF end flange
Molded-plastic enclosure,
terminals for cables 2.5 to 10 mm2,
cable entry from 3 sides,
suitable for cable gland made of plastic, with strain relief,
M25 or M32 (not included in the scope of supply)
Entry feeder units 0.23 5-pole CD-K-1304-EA BVP:211164 1 1 unit 165 0.320
NSV0_00238
NSV0_00202
L3
L2
L1
N
PE
End feeder units 0.23 5-pole CD-K-1304-EE BVP:211165 1 1 unit 165 0.450
NSV0_00238
NSV0_00203
L3
L2
L1
N
PE

Entry feeder units 0.23 5-pole CD-K-1404-EA BVP:211166 1 1 unit 165 0.320
NSV0_00238
NSV0_00202
L3
L2
L1
N
PE
End feeder units 0.23 5-pole CD-K-1404-EE BVP:211167 1 1 unit 165 0.450
NSV0_00238
NSV0_00203
L3
L2
L1
N
PE

Entry feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole CD-K-2254-EA BVP:211168 1 1 unit 165 0.420
NSV0_00239a
NSV0_00202
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
End feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole CD-K-2254-EE BVP:211169 1 1 unit 165 0.500
NSV0_00239a
NSV0_00203
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE

Entry feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole CD-K-2404-EA BVP:610004 1 1 unit 165 0.420
NSV0_00239a
NSV0_00202
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
End feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole CD-K-2404-EE BVP:610005 1 1 unit 165 0.500
NSV0_00239a
NSV0_00203
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/13
© Siemens AG 2013

Tap-off plugs

Version Outgoing cable Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/P. PG Weight
Length Cross- current In per PU (UNIT, unit per PU
section SET, M) approx.
m mm2 A kg
Tap-off plugs with cable
Halogen-free cable according to
IEC 60754-1 and flame-retardant
according to IEC 60332-1
3-pole, can be changed over to 0.8 3 × 1.5 10 CD-K-A3SO-1 BVP:610376 1 10 units 165 0.100
L1 or L2 or L3, with N and PE; 3 3 × 1.5 10 CD-K-A3SO-3 BVP:610377 1 10 units 165 0.230
without fuses
4 3 × 1.5 10 CD-K-A3SO-4 BVP:610378 1 10 units 165 0.320
NSV0_00235
5-pole, L1 or L2, L3, N and PE; 0.8 5 × 1.5 10 CD-K-A5SO-1 BVP:610381 1 10 units 165 0.120
without fuses 3 5 × 1.5 10 CD-K-A5SO-3 BVP:610382 1 10 units 165 0.400
NSV0_00235
3-pole, can be changed over to 0.8 3 × 1.5 16 CD-K-A3M-1 BVP:211198 1 5 units 165 0.220
L1, L2 or L3, with N and PE; 3 3 × 1.5 16 CD-K-A3M-3 BVP:211199 1 10 units 165 0.460
with holder for 1 cylindrical fuse
8.5 mm x 31.5 mm,
type gG (IEC) or gL (VDE), (quick)
NSV0_00205
L3
L2
L1
N
Tap-off plugs with terminals

With plastic cable grommet M20,
connection through terminal 2.5 mm2
3-pole, can be changed over to L1 or L2 -- -- 16 CD-K-A3O-0 BVP:211196 1 10 units 165 0.100
or L3, with N and PE; without fuses
NSV0_00206
L3
L2
L1
N
5-pole, L1 or L2, L3, N and PE; -- -- 16 CD-K-A5O-0 BVP:211200 1 10 units 165 0.120
without fuses
NSV0_00206
L3
L2
L1
N
15
3-pole, can be changed over to L1, -- -- 16 CD-K-A3M-0 BVP:211197 1 10 units 165 0.155
L2 or L3, with N and PE;
with holder for 1 cylindrical fuse
8.5 mm x 31.5 mm,
NSV0_00206
L3
L2
L1
N
5-pole, L1, L2, L3, N and PE; -- -- 16 CD-K-A5M-0 BVP:211201 1 10 units 165 0.170
with holder for 3 cylindrical fuses
8.5 mm x 31.5 mm,
NSV0_00206
L3
L2
L1
N

15/14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

Version Rated current In DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/P. PG Weight
SET, M) approx.
A kg
Coding
Coding sets for tap-off points
CD-K1 BVP:211202 1 10 units 165 0.002
NSV0_00208
CD-K2 BVP:211203 1 10 units 165 0.002

NSV0_00209
CD-K3 BVP:211204 1 10 units 165 0.002

NSV0_00210
Mounting parts
End flanges CD-EF BVP:052124 1 1 unit 165 0.100
NSV0_00211
Connection fixtures CD-CAP BVP:611072 1 1 set 165 0.001

(1 set = 14 units)
NSV0_00995
Accessories for degree of protection IP55

IP55 mounting sets for connection point CD-FS BVP:611060 1 1 set 165 0.001
(1 set = 4 units)
NSV0_00992
IP55 mounting sets for tap-off point CD-FAS BVP:610360 1 5 units 165 0.600
NSV0_00993
IP55 mounting sets for tap-off plug CD-SAK BVP:610361 1 5 units 165 0.200
15
NSV0_00994

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/15
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Version DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/P. PG Weight

SET, M) approx.
kg
Fixing
Snap-on fixing brackets CD-BAC BVP:611391 1 36 units 165 0.020
for mounting trunking units and luminaires
NSV0_01455
Suspension hooks CD-H BVP:086012 1 1 unit 165 0.030

for suspension by cable or pendant or chain
in conjunction with CD-BAC or CD-BC fixing bracket
NSV0_00214
Suspension bracket CD-BA BVP:025377 1 1 unit 165 0.314

for suspension by cable or pendent or chain
(also for increased mechanical rigidity at the connection points)
NSV0_00215
Snap-on fixing brackets CD-BC BVP:203519 1 12 units 165 0.016

for mounting trunking units in combination
with CD-H suspension hooks or threaded rods
and for fixing lamps (balanced load)
NSV0_00216
Cable clips CD-CL BVP:203520 1 10 units 165 0.003

for securing cables alongside trunking units
NSV0_00232
Fixing brackets for underfloor mounting CD-BUF BVP:272546 1 12 units 165 0.037
NSV0_00217
15

15/16 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
■ Overview
4 5
NSV0_00041a
3
1 Trunking unit
4 2 Junction unit
3 Feeder unit
4 Tap-off unit
5 Ancillary equipment unit
6 Accessories
Version Feeder units

Type-tested low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly • Universal infeed
(TTA) according to Tap-off units
• IEC/EN 60439-1 • Up to 63 A
• IEC/EN 60439-2 • With built-in parts or for customized device installation
Degree of protection • For 3, 4 or 8 modular widths (MW)
• High degree of protection IP54 with tap-off points at sides and • With or without device installation unit
bottom
Ancillary equipment units
• Degree of protection IP50 with tap-off points at the top
15
• For 4 or 8 modular widths (MW)
• Degree of protection increase to IP55 with accessories
• With or without device installation unit
Components • With or without socket assembly
Trunking units Accessories
• 5-conductor system • Mounting sets for degree of protection IP55
• 2 or 3 tap-off points at a distance of 1 m • Fixing and suspending
• 4 or 6 tap-off points at a distance of 0.5 m • Coding sets
• Lengths of 2 m and 3 m • Fire barrier kit S90
Junction units
• Flexible junction units
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/17

© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
■ Benefits
• Flexible power supply
• Time-saving mounting
• Reliable mechanical and electrical connection technology
• High stability, low weight
• Few basic modules required
• Storage-friendly system
• Variable change of the direction of the busbar line
• Versatile tap-off units
• Positive opening and closing of tap-off points
• Accessories for increasing the degree of protection to IP55 for
extreme environmental conditions
Trunking units

NSV0_00241
Rated current Length Tap-off points DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
Number Distance per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
A m m kg
Trunking units
Sheet-steel enclosure, color similar to RAL 7035 (light gray),
codable tap-off points
40 3 6 0.5 BD01-40-3-0,5 BVP:034253 1 1 unit 165 4.350
3 1 BD01-40-3-1 BVP:233551 1 1 unit 165 4.350
2 4 0.5 BD01-40-2-0,5 BVP:034254 1 1 unit 165 3.000
2 1 BD01-40-2-1 BVP:233552 1 1 unit 165 3.000
63 3 6 0.5 BD01-63-3-0,5 BVP:034255 1 1 unit 165 4.600
3 1 BD01-63-3-1 BVP:233553 1 1 unit 165 4.600
2 4 0.5 BD01-63-2-0,5 BVP:034256 1 1 unit 165 3.200
2 1 BD01-63-2-1 BVP:233555 1 1 unit 165 3.200
100 3 6 0.5 BD01-100-3-0,5 BVP:034257 1 1 unit 165 5.200
3 1 BD01-100-3-1 BVP:233556 1 1 unit 165 5.200
2 4 0.5 BD01-100-2-0,5 BVP:034258 1 1 unit 165 3.600
2 1 BD01-100-2-1 BVP:233557 1 1 unit 165 3.600
125 3 6 0.5 BD01-125-3-0,5 BVP:090163 1 1 unit 165 5.200
15
3 1 BD01-125-3-1 BVP:233559 1 1 unit 165 5.200
2 4 0.5 BD01-125-2-0,5 BVP:090161 1 1 unit 165 3.600
2 1 BD01-125-2-1 BVP:233560 1 1 unit 165 3.600
160 3 6 0.5 BD01-160-3-0,5 BVP:090164 1 1 unit 165 8.000
3 1 BD01-160-3-1 BVP:233563 1 1 unit 165 8.000
2 4 0.5 BD01-160-2-0,5 BVP:090162 1 1 unit 165 5.400
2 1 BD01-160-2-1 BVP:233567 1 1 unit 165 5.400

15/18 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Junction units
Feeder units

Rated current Length DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
A m kg
Junction units
Flexible junction units
NSV0_00274
100 0.5 BD01-R1 BVP:034260 1 1 unit 165 1.200

1 BD01-R2 BVP:034261 1 1 unit 165 2.050
160 0.5 BD01-160-R1 BVP:090166 1 1 unit 165 1.750
1 BD01-160-R2 BVP:090167 1 1 unit 165 3.050
Rated current Conductor DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

cross-section per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
A mm2 kg
Feeder units
Molded-plastic enclosures,
with 2 end flanges
Can be fitted at all connection ter-
minals and the busbar run ends,
can be combined with BD01-GK...
ancillary equipment units
• 6 cable entries from 4 sides
100 50 1) BD01-E BVP:034259 1 1 unit 165 1.000

NSV0_00242
• Cable entry from 2 sides
160 95 2) BD01-160-E BVP:090165 1 1 unit 165 1.400

NSV0_00243
Use plastic cable glands with strain relief

(not included in scope of supply).
1)
Use M32, M40 or M50 cable glands.
2)
Use M63 cable glands.
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/19
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Tap-off units for international use

Rated current Rated operational DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
voltage per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 01
With fuse base
NSV0_00244
for 1 cylindrical fuse 10 mm × 38 mm
16 400 BD01-AK01X/ZS BVP:087483 1 1 unit 165 0.300
Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 02

With fuse base
NSV0_00245
for 3 cylindrical fuses 10 mm × 38 mm
32 400 BD01-AK02X/ZS3 BVP:085090 1 1 unit 165 0.400
Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 02,

with device installation unit
With 3-pole miniature circuit breaker
16 A, characteristic B
• Without socket outlet
NSV0_00246
16 400 BD01-AK02M0/A163 BVP:085089 1 1 unit 165 0.800
• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole

NSV0_00247
16 400 BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:085092 1 1 unit 165 0.980

CEE165A163

NSV0_00246
32 A, characteristic C
32 400 BD01-AK02M0/A323 BVP:085094 1 1 unit 165 0.800
Fuse links are not included in scope of supply.

15

15/20 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
SET, M) approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 02,
• With 2 SCHUKO socket outlets 16 A
NSV0_00248
16 230 BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:085096 1 1 unit 165 0.700

2SD163A161

NSV0_00247
16 230 BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:090170 1 1 unit 165 0.700

CEE163A161
• With 2-pole residual current operat-

NSV0_00248
ed circuit breaker 16 A/30 mA and

with 2 SCHUKO socket outlets 16 A
16 230 BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:090168 1 1 unit 165 0.950

2SD163FIA161
With 1-pole fuse base D01
NSV0_00248
16 230 BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:085095 1 1 unit 165 0.800

2SD163S14

NSV0_00247
16 230 BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:090169 1 1 unit 165 0.800

CEE163S14
Freely assignable (Pv max. 13 W),

NSV0_00246
3 MW (MW = modular width), with

integrated standard mounting rail
32 400 BD01-AK02M0/F BVP:085093 1 1 unit 165 0.500
Adapter ring/screw adapter, fuse links and screw cap are not
included in scope of supply.
Use plastic cable glands with strain relief (not included in scope
of supply).
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/21
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
SET, M) approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, aluminum, size 1
With 1-pole fuse base D01
NSV0_00250
16 230 BD01-AK1X/ BVP:034268 1 1 unit 165 1.400

2SD163S14

NSV0_00251
16 230 BD01-AK1X/ BVP:034270 1 1 unit 165 1.380

CEE163S14
With 3-pole fuse base 3 × D01

NSV0_00249
16 400 BD01-AK1X/S14 BVP:034264 1 1 unit 165 1.400
With 3-pole fuse base 3 × D02

NSV0_00249
35 400 BD01-AK1X/S18 BVP:034265 1 1 unit 165 1.400

NSV0_00250
16 230 BD01-AK1X/ BVP:034269 1 1 unit 165 1.470

2SD163A161

NSV0_00251
16 230 BD01-AK1X/ BVP:034271 1 1 unit 165 1.435

CEE163A161
Freely assignable (Pv max. 13W),

4 MW (MW = modular width),
with integrated standard mounting rail
NSV0_00249
35 400 BD01-AK1X/F BVP:034272 1 1 unit 165 1.000
15 Use plastic cable glands with strain relief (not included in scope
of supply).

15/22 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
SET, M) approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, aluminum, size 1,
With 3 x 1-pole miniature circuit
breaker 10 A, characteristic B
NSV0_00252
10 400 BD01-AK1M1/A101 BVP:203098 1 1 unit 165 1.600
With 3 x 1-pole miniature circuit

breaker 16 A, characteristic B
NSV0_00252
16 400 BD01-AK1M1/A161 BVP:034266 1 1 unit 165 1.600

32 A, characteristic C
NSV0_00252
32 400 BD01-AK1M1/A323 BVP:034267 1 1 unit 165 1.600
Freely assignable (Pv max. 13W),

4 MW (MW = modular width),
with integrated standard mounting rail
NSV0_00253
35 400 BD01-AK1M1/F BVP:034273 1 1 unit 165 1.000

15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/23
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
SET, M) approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, aluminum, size 2
With 3-pole fuse base S27/S33
• With 3-pole fuse base S27, gauge
screw system
NSV0_00254
25 400 BD01-AK2X/S27 BVP:034274 1 1 unit 165 1.700

• With 3-pole fuse base S33, gauge
screw system
63 400 BD01-AK2HX/S33 BVP:233568 1 1 unit 165 1.700

With 2 × 1-pole fuse base D01
and with 4 SCHUKO socket outlets
16 A
NSV0_00255
16 230 BD01-AK2X/ BVP:034277 1 1 unit 165 2.000

4SD163S14

and with 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A,
5-pole
NSV0_00256
16 400 BD01-AK2X/ BVP:034279 1 1 unit 165 1.850

CEE165S14

5-pole
NSV0_00256
32 400 BD01-AK2X/ BVP:034281 1 1 unit 165 2.000

CEE325S18
With 2 × 1-pole miniature circuit

breaker 16 A, characteristic B, and
with 4 SCHUKO socket outlets 16 A
NSV0_00255
16 230 BD01-AK2X/ BVP:034278 1 1 unit 165 2.100

4SD163A161
Freely assignable, 8 MW
(MW = modular width), with integrated
standard mounting rail
NSV0_00254
• Freely assignable (Pv max. 16 W)
35 400 BD01-AK2X/F BVP:034283 1 1 unit 165 1.300

• Freely assignable (Pv max. 22.5 W)
63 400 BD01-AK2HX/F BVP:233570 1 1 unit 165 1.300
15 of supply).

15/24 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Rated current Rated opera- DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
tional voltage per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, aluminum, size 2,
With 1-pole miniature circuit
breaker 16 A, characteristic B,
with 2-pole residual current operat-
NSV0_00257
ed circuit breaker 16 A/30 mA

and with 2 SCHUKO socket outlets
16 A
16 230 BD01-AK2M1/ BVP:034276 1 1 unit 165 2.000

2SD163FIA161
breaker 16 A, characteristic C,
NSV0_00258

3-pole
16 400 BD01-AK2M1/ BVP:660867 1 1 unit 165 2.000

CEE163FIA161
NSV0_01473

5-pole
16 400 BD01-AK2M2/ BVP:660866 1 1 unit 165 3.500

CEE165FIA163
NSV0_00258
5-pole
16 400 BD01-AK2M1/ BVP:034280 1 1 unit 165 2.000

CEE165A163
NSV0_00258
5-pole
32 400 BD01-AK2M1/ BVP:034282 1 1 unit 165 2.100

CEE325A323
Freely assignable, 8 MW
(MW = modular width), with
integrated standard mounting rail
NSV0_00259
• Freely assignable
(Pv max. 16 W)
35 400 BD01-AK2M2/F BVP:034284 1 1 unit 165 1.360
• Freely assignable
(Pv max. 22.5 W)
63 400 BD01-AK2HM2/F BVP:233571 1 1 unit 165 1.360

(not included in scope of supply). 15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/25
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Ancillary equipment units for international use

Version Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
voltage SET, approx.
M)
V kg
Ancillary equipment units, aluminum, size 1
Freely assignable 400 BD01-GK1X/F BVP:034285 1 1 unit 165 0.800
(Pv max. 13W), 4 MW
(MW = modular width),
NSV0_00260
with integrated standard

mounting rail
Can be used for
• Overvoltage protection
• Remote control/remote
switching
• Intelligence
• Electronic control
equipment
with 4 SCHUKO socket 400 BD01-GK1X/4SD163 BVP:034287 1 1 unit 165 1.200
outlets 16 A
NSV0_00261
With 1 CEE socket outlet 400 BD01-GK1X/CEE163 BVP:660808 1 1 unit 165 0.950
16 A,
3-pole
NSV0_01474
16 A,
5-pole
NSV0_01474
32 A,
5-pole
NSV0_01474
Ancillary equipment units, size 1, with device installation unit

Freely assignable 400 BD01-GK1M1/F BVP:034286 1 1 unit 165 0.800
(Pv max. 13W), 4 MW
NSV0_00262

mounting rail
Can be used for
switching
• Intelligence
15 equipment
• Component mounting unit
for mounting components,
e.g.miniature circuit
breakers
Ancillary equipment units are supplied with the cable gland for
enclosure connection.
of supply).

15/26 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Version Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
voltage SET, approx.
M)
V kg
Ancillary equipment units, aluminum, size 2
Freely assignable 400 BD01-GK2X/F BVP:034288 1 1 unit 165 1.100
(Pv max. 16 W), 8 MW
NSV0_00263

mounting rail
Can be used for
• Overvoltage protection
switching
• Intelligence
• Electronic control equip-
ment
With 2 SCHUKO socket 400 BD01-GK2X/ BVP:034291 1 1 unit 165 1.600
outlets 16 A and 2SD163CEE165
1 CEE socket outlet,16 A,
NSV0_00264
5-pole
With 2 SCHUKO socket 400 BD01-GK2X/ BVP:660811 1 1 unit 165 1.800

outlets 16 A and 2SD163CEE325
1 CEE socket outlet, 32 A,
NSV0_00264
5-pole
With 1 CEE socket outlet 400 BD01-GK2X/ BVP:034290 1 1 unit 165 1.500
16 A, CEE163CEE165
3-pole, and
NSV0_00265
1 CEE socket outlet 16 A,

5-pole
Ancillary equipment units, size 2,

Freely assignable 400 BD01-GK2M2/F BVP:034289 1 1 unit 165 1.100
(Pv max. 16 W), 8 MW
NSV0_00266

mounting rail
Can be used for
switching
• Intelligence
equipment
• Component mounting unit
for mounting components,
e.g.miniature circuit
breakers
Ancillary equipment units are supplied with the cable gland for
enclosure connection.
15
of supply).

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/27
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Accessories

Version DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, M) approx.
kg
For tap-off points BD01-FAS BVP:610363 1 5 units 165 0.100
NSV0_00978
For connection points BD01-FS BVP:610362 1 5 units 165 0.150
NSV0
_00979
For feeder units

• Mounting position at the bottom BD01-FES BVP:610364 1 1 unit 165 0.150
NSV0
_00980
• Mounting position at the side or top BD01-KS BVP:611057 1 1 unit 165 0.030
NSV0_00981
15

15/28 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Accessories
NSV0_00983
NSV0_
00982
NSV0_01460
Accessories for degree of protection IP55, Accessories for degree of protection Fire barrier kit
for tap-off units size 01X, 02X IP55, for tap-off units size 1X, 2X
Version DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, M) approx.
kg
For tap-off units
• Size 01X, 02X Size 01 BD01-AK01X-IP55 BVP:610365 1 1 unit 165 0.050
Size 02 BD01-AK02X-IP55 BVP:610366 1 1 unit 165 0.050
• Size 1X, 2X Size 1 BD01-AK1X-IP55 BVP:610367 1 1 unit 165 0.050
Size 2 BD01-AK2X-IP55 BVP:610368 1 1 unit 165 0.050
Fire barrier
Fire barrier kits BD01-S90 BVP:611354 1 1 unit 165 1.500
for mounting by the customer with fire
protection plates and fixing screws
Fire barrier approval kits BD01-S90-ZUL-D BVP:611373 1 1 unit 165 0.200
(required only for Germany)
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/29
© Siemens AG 2013

BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Accessories
Version Rated current DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

Ie per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
A kg
Fixing
Universal fixing brackets BD01-B BVP:034262 1 1 unit 165 0.167
NSV0_00275
Suspension brackets BD01-BA BVP:081945 1 1 unit 165 0.167

NSV0_00276
Hanger brackets BD01-BAP BVP:203522 1 1 unit 165 0.576

NSV0_00277
• For suspension by cable or pendant

chain
• At the connection point
Mounting parts
End flanges BD01-EF BVP:611071 1 1 unit 165 0.300
NSV0_00985
Joint blocks 100 BD01-100-KB BVP:201966 1 1 unit 165 0.350

160 BD01-160-KB BVP:201967 1 1 unit 165 0.350
NSV0_00984
Coding
Coding sets BD01-K BVP:034263 1 10 units 165 0.010
• 4 coding positions
NSV0_00278
15

15/30 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
■ Overview
5
2
5
3
NSV0_00081a
5
1 Trunking unit
2 Junction unit
3 Feeder unit
4
5
Tap-off unit
Accessories
15
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/31

© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
Version Tap-off units
Type-tested low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assembly • Up to 25 A
(TTA) according to - Molded-plastic enclosure
- Double anti-rotation feature
• IEC/EN 60439-1
• Up to 63 A
• IEC/EN 60439-2 - Sheet-steel enclosure, hot-galvanized, cover powder-coated
Degree of protection - Double anti-rotation feature
• Trunking units IP52 (standard), • Up to 125 A
feeder units and tap-off units IP54 - Sheet-steel enclosure, hot-galvanized, cover powder-coated
- Compulsory order of operation
• Increased degree of protection to IP54 or IP55 with optional - Double anti-rotation feature
equipment for operation in harsh industrial environments
• Up to 530 A
Components - Sheet-steel enclosure, hot-galvanized, cover powder-coated
Straight trunking units - Tap-off unit partitioned according to function
- Enclosure for protective devices
• With or without fire protection - Enclosure for power pick-up
• 5-conductor system - Double anti-rotation feature
• Busbars made of copper or aluminum Ancillary equipment units
• Standard lengths of 3.25 m, 2.25 m and 1.25 m • For 8 modular widths (MW)
• Optional lengths from 0.5 m to 3.24 m • With or without device installation unit, cover powder-coated
• Tap-off points Accessories
- None
- On two sides offset every 0.25 m or 0.5 m • End flanges
• Fire protection: fire resistance class S90 and S120 according • For degree of protection IP54 or IP55
to DIN 4102, Sheet 2 to 4 - Flange for edgewise mounting position
- Flange for flat mounting position
Junction units - Flange for vertical mounting position
• Edgewise or flat - Additional components for tap-off units
• With or without fire protection • For fixing
- Universal fixing bracket for edgewise or flat mounting
• L-enclosure with or without configurable angle position
• Z-enclosure - Retaining elements for vertical bars, for wall or ceiling
• T-enclosure mounting
• K-enclosure • Joint blocks
• Flexible junction units
Feeder units
■ Benefits
• Entry/end feeder unit
• Time-saving and economical mounting
• Feeder unit with switch disconnector
• Reliable and safe operation
• Center feeder units
• Flexible modular system with simple solutions for every appli-
• Bolt terminal cation
• Cable entry from 1, 2 or 3 sides • Early planning of the power distribution system without exact
• Distribution board feeder units knowledge of load locations
• Early readiness for operation thanks to fast and simple mount-
ing
• Innovative design: no more compensation boxes to compen-
sate elongation.
15
• Codable tap-off units and tap-off points
• Sealable throughout
• Optional equipment for increasing the degree of protection to
IP55 for extreme environmental conditions
15/32 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units

With aluminum busbars
NSV0_00507 NSV0_00508
Standard lengths, with tap-off points on two sides, Standard lengths, without tap-off points,
with joint block with joint block
Rated current Length Tap-off points DT Tap-off point distance 0.5 m PU PS*/ PG Weight
In Number Distance L1, L2, L3, N, 1/2 PE (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Type Order No. Price
A m m per PU kg
Standard lengths,
with tap-off points on two sides
160 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-2-160-SB-3 BVP:261410 1 1 unit 165 20.000
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-2-160-SB-2 BVP:260958 1 1 unit 165 14.000
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-2-160-SB-1 BVP:260957 1 1 unit 165 8.400
250 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-2-250-SB-3 BVP:261413 1 1 unit 165 22.200
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-2-250-SB-2 BVP:261412 1 1 unit 165 16.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-2-250-SB-1 BVP:261411 1 1 unit 165 8.600
400 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-2-400-SB-3 BVP:261419 1 1 unit 165 26.800
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-2-400-SB-2 BVP:261418 1 1 unit 165 19.600
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-2-400-SB-1 BVP:261417 1 1 unit 165 12.300
630 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-2-630-SB-3 BVP:261431 1 1 unit 165 38.400
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-2-630-SB-2 BVP:261430 1 1 unit 165 26.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-2-630-SB-1 BVP:261429 1 1 unit 165 18.500
800 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-2-800-SB-3 BVP:261437 1 1 unit 165 38.400
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-2-800-SB-2 BVP:261436 1 1 unit 165 26.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-2-800-SB-1 BVP:261435 1 1 unit 165 18.500
1000 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-2-1000-SB-3 BVP:261443 1 1 unit 165 48.800
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-2-1000-SB-2 BVP:261442 1 1 unit 165 33.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-2-1000-SB-1 BVP:261441 1 1 unit 165 22.400
Standard lengths, without tap-off points
400 3.25 -- -- BD2A-2-400-SO-3 BVP:261422 1 1 unit 165 26.100
2.25 -- -- BD2A-2-400-SO-2 BVP:261421 1 1 unit 165 19.600
1.25 -- -- BD2A-2-400-SO-1 BVP:261420 1 1 unit 165 12.300
630 3.25 -- -- BD2A-2-630-SO-3 BVP:261434 1 1 unit 165 39.400
2.25 -- -- BD2A-2-630-SO-2 BVP:261433 1 1 unit 165 27.500
1.25 -- -- BD2A-2-630-SO-1 BVP:261432 1 1 unit 165 19.000
800 3.25 -- -- BD2A-2-800-SO-3 BVP:261440 1 1 unit 165 39.400
2.25 -- -- BD2A-2-800-SO-2 BVP:261439 1 1 unit 165 27.500
1.25 -- -- BD2A-2-800-SO-1 BVP:261438 1 1 unit 165 19.000
1000 3.25 -- -- BD2A-2-1000-SO-3 BVP:261446 1 1 unit 165 49.800
2.25 -- -- BD2A-2-1000-SO-2 BVP:261445 1 1 unit 165 34.500
15
1.25 -- -- BD2A-2-1000-SO-1 BVP:261444 1 1 unit 165 22.900
Special colors available on request.
Version DT Type suffix Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
kg
Fire barrier (optional)
Fire barrier S90 +BD2-S90-BX*-M* BVP:931956 1 1 unit 165 1.000
For BX* specify the required dimension in meters from the center
of the joint block (end without joint block) to the center of the fire
wall or fire ceiling, for -M* specify the wall or ceiling thickness.
For the configuration of the fire barrier, see Catalog LV 70.
For approval in Germany:
BD2-S90(S120)-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
see page 15/72.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/33
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
NSV0_00507 NSV0_00508
In Number Distance L1, L2, L3, N, PE (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
A m m per PU kg
Standard lengths,
160 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-3-160-SB-3 BVP:261480 1 1 unit 165 20.000
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-3-160-SB-2 BVP:261479 1 1 unit 165 14.000
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-3-160-SB-1 BVP:261478 1 1 unit 165 8.400
250 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-3-250-SB-3 BVP:261483 1 1 unit 165 22.200
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-3-250-SB-2 BVP:261482 1 1 unit 165 16.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-3-250-SB-1 BVP:261481 1 1 unit 165 8.600
400 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-3-400-SB-3 BVP:261489 1 1 unit 165 26.000
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-3-400-SB-2 BVP:261488 1 1 unit 165 19.000
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-3-400-SB-1 BVP:261487 1 1 unit 165 12.000
630 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-3-630-SB-3 BVP:261501 1 1 unit 165 39.900
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-3-630-SB-2 BVP:261500 1 1 unit 165 27.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-3-630-SB-1 BVP:261499 1 1 unit 165 19.100
800 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-3-800-SB-3 BVP:261507 1 1 unit 165 39.900
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-3-800-SB-2 BVP:261506 1 1 unit 165 27.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-3-800-SB-1 BVP:261505 1 1 unit 165 19.100
1000 3.25 12 0.5 BD2A-3-1000-SB-3 BVP:261513 1 1 unit 165 51.000
2.25 8 0.5 BD2A-3-1000-SB-2 BVP:261512 1 1 unit 165 35.000
1.25 4 0.5 BD2A-3-1000-SB-1 BVP:261511 1 1 unit 165 23.200
400 3.25 -- -- BD2A-3-400-SO-3 BVP:261492 1 1 unit 165 25.300
2.25 -- -- BD2A-3-400-SO-2 BVP:261491 1 1 unit 165 19.000
1.25 -- -- BD2A-3-400-SO-1 BVP:261490 1 1 unit 165 12.000
630 3.25 -- -- BD2A-3-630-SO-3 BVP:261504 1 1 unit 165 40.900
2.25 -- -- BD2A-3-630-SO-2 BVP:261503 1 1 unit 165 28.500
1.25 -- -- BD2A-3-630-SO-1 BVP:261502 1 1 unit 165 19.600
800 3.25 -- -- BD2A-3-800-SO-3 BVP:261510 1 1 unit 165 40.900
2.25 -- -- BD2A-3-800-SO-2 BVP:261509 1 1 unit 165 28.500
1.25 -- -- BD2A-3-800-SO-1 BVP:261508 1 1 unit 165 19.600
1000 3.25 -- -- BD2A-3-1000-SO-3 BVP:261516 1 1 unit 165 52.000
2.25 -- -- BD2A-3-1000-SO-2 BVP:261515 1 1 unit 165 36.000
1.25 -- -- BD2A-3-1000-SO-1 BVP:261514 1 1 unit 165 23.700
15

15/34 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
NSV0_00507 NSV0_00508
Optional lengths, with tap-off points on two sides, Optional lengths, without tap-off points,
SET, approx.
M)
A m m per PU kg
Optional lengths,
160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-2-160-WB-3W* BVP:261447 1 1 unit 165 20.000
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-2-160-WB-2W* BVP:261448 1 1 unit 165 15.000
250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-2-250-WB-3W* BVP:261449 1 1 unit 165 21.900
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-2-250-WB-2W* BVP:261450 1 1 unit 165 16.300
400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-2-400-WB-3W* BVP:261453 1 1 unit 165 26.100
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-2-400-WB-2W* BVP:261454 1 1 unit 165 19.100
630 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-2-630-WB-3W* BVP:261457 1 1 unit 165 44.400
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-2-630-WB-2W* BVP:261458 1 1 unit 165 30.500
800 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-2-800-WB-3W* BVP:261459 1 1 unit 165 44.400
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-2-800-WB-2W* BVP:261460 1 1 unit 165 30.500
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-2-1000-WB-3W* BVP:261461 1 1 unit 165 54.800
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-2-1000-WB-2W* BVP:261462 1 1 unit 165 37.500
Optional lengths, without tap-off points
400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2A-2-400-WO-3W* BVP:261463 1 1 unit 165 26.100
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2A-2-400-WO-2W* BVP:261464 1 1 unit 165 19.100
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2A-2-400-WO-1W* BVP:261465 1 1 unit 165 11.900
630 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2A-2-630-WO-3W* BVP:261469 1 1 unit 165 44.400
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2A-2-630-WO-2W* BVP:261470 1 1 unit 165 30.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2A-2-630-WO-1W* BVP:261471 1 1 unit 165 19.300
800 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2A-2-800-WO-3W* BVP:261472 1 1 unit 165 44.400
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2A-2-800-WO-2W* BVP:261473 1 1 unit 165 30.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2A-2-800-WO-1W* BVP:261474 1 1 unit 165 19.300
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2A-2-1000-WO-3W* BVP:261475 1 1 unit 165 54.800
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2A-2-1000-WO-2W* BVP:261476 1 1 unit 165 37.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2A-2-1000-WO-1W* BVP:261477 1 1 unit 165 23.200
For W*, you must specify the required dimension in meters For optional lengths see Catalog LV 70.
between the center of one joint block to the center of the next,
e.g. -3W2.50. Special colors available on request.

SET, approx.
M)

kg 15
see page 15/72.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/35
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
NSV0_00507 NSV0_00508
SET, approx.
M)
A m m per PU kg
Optional lengths,
160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-3-160-WB-3W* BVP:261517 1 1 unit 165 20.000
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-3-160-WB-2W* BVP:261518 1 1 unit 165 15.000
250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-3-250-WB-3W* BVP:261519 1 1 unit 165 21.900
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-3-250-WB-2W* BVP:261520 1 1 unit 165 16.300
400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-3-400-WB-3W* BVP:261523 1 1 unit 165 25.300
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-3-400-WB-2W* BVP:261524 1 1 unit 165 18.500
630 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-3-630-WB-3W* BVP:261527 1 1 unit 165 45.900
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-3-630-WB-2W* BVP:261528 1 1 unit 165 31.500
800 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-3-800-WB-3W* BVP:261529 1 1 unit 165 45.900
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-3-800-WB-2W* BVP:261530 1 1 unit 165 31.500
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2A-3-1000-WB-3W* BVP:261531 1 1 unit 165 57.000
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2A-3-1000-WB-2W* BVP:261532 1 1 unit 165 39.000
400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2A-3-400-WO-3W* BVP:261533 1 1 unit 165 25.300
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2A-3-400-WO-2W* BVP:261534 1 1 unit 165 18.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2A-3-400-WO-1W* BVP:261535 1 1 unit 165 11.600
630 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2A-3-630-WO-3W* BVP:261539 1 1 unit 165 45.900
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2A-3-630-WO-2W* BVP:261540 1 1 unit 165 31.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2A-3-630-WO-1W* BVP:261541 1 1 unit 165 19.900
800 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2A-3-800-WO-3W* BVP:261542 1 1 unit 165 45.900
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2A-3-800-WO-2W* BVP:261543 1 1 unit 165 31.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2A-3-800-WO-1W* BVP:261544 1 1 unit 165 19.900
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2A-3-1000-WO-3W* BVP:261545 1 1 unit 165 57.000
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2A-3-1000-WO-2W* BVP:261546 1 1 unit 165 39.000
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2A-3-1000-WO-1W* BVP:261547 1 1 unit 165 24.000
15

15/36 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
With copper busbars
NSV0_00507 NSV0_00508
SET, approx.
M)
A m m per PU kg
Standard lengths,
160 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-2-160-SB-3 BVP:261631 1 1 unit 165 27.500
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-2-160-SB-2 BVP:261630 1 1 unit 165 20.100
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-2-160-SB-1 BVP:261629 1 1 unit 165 10.600
250 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-2-250-SB-3 BVP:261634 1 1 unit 165 27.500
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-2-250-SB-2 BVP:261633 1 1 unit 165 20.100
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-2-250-SB-1 BVP:261632 1 1 unit 165 10.600
400 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-2-400-SB-3 BVP:261640 1 1 unit 165 33.200
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-2-400-SB-2 BVP:261639 1 1 unit 165 23.900
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-2-400-SB-1 BVP:261638 1 1 unit 165 14.700
630 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-2-630-SB-3 BVP:261652 1 1 unit 165 57.400
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-2-630-SB-2 BVP:261651 1 1 unit 165 39.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-2-630-SB-1 BVP:261650 1 1 unit 165 25.600
800 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-2-800-SB-3 BVP:261658 1 1 unit 165 57.400
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-2-800-SB-2 BVP:261657 1 1 unit 165 39.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-2-800-SB-1 BVP:261656 1 1 unit 165 25.600
1000 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-2-1000-SB-3 BVP:261664 1 1 unit 165 76.800
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-2-1000-SB-2 BVP:261663 1 1 unit 165 52.800
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-2-1000-SB-1 BVP:261662 1 1 unit 165 32.900
1250 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-2-1250-SB-3 BVP:261670 1 1 unit 165 112.900
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-2-1250-SB-2 BVP:261669 1 1 unit 165 77.600
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-2-1250-SB-1 BVP:261668 1 1 unit 165 46.400
400 3.25 -- -- BD2C-2-400-SO-3 BVP:261643 1 1 unit 165 32.500
2.25 -- -- BD2C-2-400-SO-2 BVP:261642 1 1 unit 165 23.900
1.25 -- -- BD2C-2-400-SO-1 BVP:261641 1 1 unit 165 14.700
630 3.25 -- -- BD2C-2-630-SO-3 BVP:261655 1 1 unit 165 58.400
2.25 -- -- BD2C-2-630-SO-2 BVP:261654 1 1 unit 165 40.500
1.25 -- -- BD2C-2-630-SO-1 BVP:261653 1 1 unit 165 26.100
800 3.25 -- -- BD2C-2-800-SO-3 BVP:261661 1 1 unit 165 58.400
2.25 -- -- BD2C-2-800-SO-2 BVP:261660 1 1 unit 165 40.500
1.25 -- -- BD2C-2-800-SO-1 BVP:261659 1 1 unit 165 26.100
1000 3.25 -- -- BD2C-2-1000-SO-3 BVP:261667 1 1 unit 165 77.800
15
2.25 -- -- BD2C-2-1000-SO-2 BVP:261666 1 1 unit 165 53.800
1.25 -- -- BD2C-2-1000-SO-1 BVP:261665 1 1 unit 165 33.400
1250 3.25 -- -- BD2C-2-1250-SO-3 BVP:261673 1 1 unit 165 113.900
2.25 -- -- BD2C-2-1250-SO-2 BVP:261672 1 1 unit 165 78.600
1.25 -- -- BD2C-2-1250-SO-1 BVP:261671 1 1 unit 165 46.900

Version DT Type suffix Order No. Price PU PS*/P. PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
kg
For BX* specify the required dimension in meters from the center For approval in Germany:
of the joint block (end without joint block) to the center of the fire BD2-S90(S120)-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
wall or fire ceiling, for -M* specify the wall or ceiling thickness. see page 15/72.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/37
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
With copper busbars
NSV0_00507 NSV0_00508
SET, approx.
M)
A m m per PU kg
Standard lengths,
160 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-3-160-SB-3 BVP:261712 1 1 unit 165 27.500
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-3-160-SB-2 BVP:261711 1 1 unit 165 20.100
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-3-160-SB-1 BVP:261710 1 1 unit 165 10.600
250 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-3-250-SB-3 BVP:261715 1 1 unit 165 27.500
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-3-250-SB-2 BVP:261714 1 1 unit 165 20.100
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-3-250-SB-1 BVP:261713 1 1 unit 165 10.600
400 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-3-400-SB-3 BVP:261721 1 1 unit 165 34.400
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-3-400-SB-2 BVP:261720 1 1 unit 165 24.700
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-3-400-SB-1 BVP:261719 1 1 unit 165 15.100
630 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-3-630-SB-3 BVP:261733 1 1 unit 165 60.800
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-3-630-SB-2 BVP:261732 1 1 unit 165 41.900
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-3-630-SB-1 BVP:261731 1 1 unit 165 26.900
800 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-3-800-SB-3 BVP:261739 1 1 unit 165 60.800
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-3-800-SB-2 BVP:261738 1 1 unit 165 41.900
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-3-800-SB-1 BVP:261737 1 1 unit 165 26.900
1000 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-3-1000-SB-3 BVP:261745 1 1 unit 165 80.700
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-3-1000-SB-2 BVP:261744 1 1 unit 165 55.500
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-3-1000-SB-1 BVP:261743 1 1 unit 165 34.400
1250 3.25 12 0.5 BD2C-3-1250-SB-3 BVP:261751 1 1 unit 165 120.900
2.25 8 0.5 BD2C-3-1250-SB-2 BVP:261750 1 1 unit 165 83.100
1.25 4 0.5 BD2C-3-1250-SB-1 BVP:261749 1 1 unit 165 49.400
400 3.25 -- -- BD2C-3-400-SO-3 BVP:261724 1 1 unit 165 33.700
2.25 -- -- BD2C-3-400-SO-2 BVP:261723 1 1 unit 165 24.700
1.25 -- -- BD2C-3-400-SO-1 BVP:261722 1 1 unit 165 15.100
630 3.25 -- -- BD2C-3-630-SO-3 BVP:261736 1 1 unit 165 61.800
2.25 -- -- BD2C-3-630-SO-2 BVP:261735 1 1 unit 165 42.900
1.25 -- -- BD2C-3-630-SO-1 BVP:261734 1 1 unit 165 27.400
800 3.25 -- -- BD2C-3-800-SO-3 BVP:261742 1 1 unit 165 61.800
2.25 -- -- BD2C-3-800-SO-2 BVP:261741 1 1 unit 165 42.900
1.25 -- -- BD2C-3-800-SO-1 BVP:261740 1 1 unit 165 27.400
1000 3.25 -- -- BD2C-3-1000-SO-3 BVP:261748 1 1 unit 165 81.700
15
2.25 -- -- BD2C-3-1000-SO-2 BVP:261747 1 1 unit 165 56.500
1.25 -- -- BD2C-3-1000-SO-1 BVP:261746 1 1 unit 165 34.900
1250 3.25 -- -- BD2C-3-1250-SO-3 BVP:261754 1 1 unit 165 121.900
2.25 -- -- BD2C-3-1250-SO-2 BVP:261753 1 1 unit 165 84.100
1.25 -- -- BD2C-3-1250-SO-1 BVP:261752 1 1 unit 165 49.900

15/38 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
With copper busbars
NSV0_00507 NSV0_00508
SET, approx.
M)
A m m per PU kg
Optional lengths,
160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-2-160-WB-3W* BVP:261674 1 1 unit 165 27.200
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-2-160-WB-2W* BVP:261675 1 1 unit 165 19.900
250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-2-250-WB-3W* BVP:261676 1 1 unit 165 27.200
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-2-250-WB-2W* BVP:261677 1 1 unit 165 19.900
400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-2-400-WB-3W* BVP:261680 1 1 unit 165 32.500
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-2-400-WB-2W* BVP:261681 1 1 unit 165 23.400
630 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-2-630-WB-3W* BVP:261684 1 1 unit 165 63.400
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-2-630-WB-2W* BVP:261685 1 1 unit 165 43.500
800 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-2-800-WB-3W* BVP:261686 1 1 unit 165 63.400
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-2-800-WB-2W* BVP:261687 1 1 unit 165 43.500
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-2-1000-WB-3W* BVP:261688 1 1 unit 165 82.800
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-2-1000-WB-2W* BVP:261689 1 1 unit 165 56.800
1250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-2-1250-WB-3W* BVP:261690 1 1 unit 165 118.900
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-2-1250-WB-2W* BVP:261691 1 1 unit 165 81.600
400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-2-400-WO-3W* BVP:261692 1 1 unit 165 32.500
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-2-400-WO-2W* BVP:261693 1 1 unit 165 23.400
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-2-400-WO-1W* BVP:261694 1 1 unit 165 14.300
630 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-2-630-WO-3W* BVP:261698 1 1 unit 165 63.400
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-2-630-WO-2W* BVP:261699 1 1 unit 165 43.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-2-630-WO-1W* BVP:261700 1 1 unit 165 26.400
800 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-2-800-WO-3W* BVP:261701 1 1 unit 165 63.400
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-2-800-WO-2W* BVP:261702 1 1 unit 165 43.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-2-800-WO-1W* BVP:261703 1 1 unit 165 26.400
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-2-1000-WO-3W* BVP:261704 1 1 unit 165 82.800
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-2-1000-WO-2W* BVP:261705 1 1 unit 165 56.800
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-2-1000-WO-1W* BVP:261706 1 1 unit 165 33.700
1250 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-2-1250-WO-3W* BVP:261707 1 1 unit 165 118.900
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-2-1250-WO-2W* BVP:261708 1 1 unit 165 81.600
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-2-1250-WO-1W* BVP:261709 1 1 unit 165 47.200
For W*, you must specify the required dimension in meters For optional lengths see Catalog LV 70.
between the center of one joint block to the center of the next,
15
e.g. -3W2.50.
Version DT Type suffix Order No. Price PU PS*/P. PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
kg
see page 15/72.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/39
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
With copper busbars
NSV0_00507 NSV0_00508
SET, approx.
M)
A m m per PU kg
Optional lengths,
160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-3-160-WB-3W* BVP:261755 1 1 unit 165 27.200
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-3-160-WB-2W* BVP:261756 1 1 unit 165 19.900
250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-3-250-WB-3W* BVP:261757 1 1 unit 165 27.200
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-3-250-WB-2W* BVP:261758 1 1 unit 165 19.900
400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-3-400-WB-3W* BVP:261761 1 1 unit 165 33.700
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-3-400-WB-2W* BVP:261762 1 1 unit 165 24.200
630 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-3-630-WB-3W* BVP:261765 1 1 unit 165 66.800
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-3-630-WB-2W* BVP:261766 1 1 unit 165 45.900
800 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-3-800-WB-3W* BVP:261767 1 1 unit 165 66.800
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-3-800-WB-2W* BVP:261768 1 1 unit 165 45.900
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-3-1000-WB-3W* BVP:261769 1 1 unit 165 86.700
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-3-1000-WB-2W* BVP:261770 1 1 unit 165 59.500
1250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 BD2C-3-1250-WB-3W* BVP:261771 1 1 unit 165 126.900
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 BD2C-3-1250-WB-2W* BVP:261772 1 1 unit 165 87.100
400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-3-400-WO-3W* BVP:261773 1 1 unit 165 33.700
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-3-400-WO-2W* BVP:261774 1 1 unit 165 24.200
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-3-400-WO-1W* BVP:261775 1 1 unit 165 14.700
630 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-3-630-WO-3W* BVP:261779 1 1 unit 165 66.800
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-3-630-WO-2W* BVP:261780 1 1 unit 165 45.900
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-3-630-WO-1W* BVP:261781 1 1 unit 165 27.700
800 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-3-800-WO-3W* BVP:261782 1 1 unit 165 66.800
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-3-800-WO-2W* BVP:261783 1 1 unit 165 45.900
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-3-800-WO-1W* BVP:261784 1 1 unit 165 27.700
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-3-1000-WO-3W* BVP:261785 1 1 unit 165 86.700
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-3-1000-WO-2W* BVP:261786 1 1 unit 165 59.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-3-1000-WO-1W* BVP:261787 1 1 unit 165 34.900
1250 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- BD2C-3-1250-WO-3W* BVP:261788 1 1 unit 165 126.900
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- BD2C-3-1250-WO-2W* BVP:261789 1 1 unit 165 87.100
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- BD2C-3-1250-WO-1W* BVP:261790 1 1 unit 165 50.200
15

15/40 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units

Version Length/ DT Rated current In PU PS*/ PG Weight
Optional length 160 A, 250 A, 400 A (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
Type Order No. Price kg
per PU
L-units (with joint block)
(fitted to Y as standard)
Knee, rear X0.36/ BD2A-400-LH BVP:261793 1 1 unit 165 8.500
NSV0_004 Y0.36
28
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LH-X* BVP:261846 1 1 unit 165 18.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ BD2A-400-LH-Y* BVP:261847 1 1 unit 165 18.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261848 1 1 unit 165 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ BD2A-400-LV BVP:261796 1 1 unit 165 8.500

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LV-X* BVP:261849 1 1 unit 165 18.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-400-LV-Y* BVP:261850 1 1 unit 165 18.000
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
NSV0_00429
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261851 1 1 unit 165 28.000

X Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, right X0.36/ BD2A-400-LR BVP:261795 1 1 unit 165 8.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LR-X* BVP:261852 1 1 unit 165 18.000
NSV0_00430
Y Y0.36
X
X0.36/ BD2A-400-LR-Y* BVP:261853 1 1 unit 165 18.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261854 1 1 unit 165 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ BD2A-400-LL BVP:261794 1 1 unit 165 8.000
NSV0_004
31
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LL-X* BVP:261855 1 1 unit 165 18.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ BD2A-400-LL-Y* BVP:261856 1 1 unit 165 18.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261857 1 1 unit 165 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Optional lengths: For X* and Y* you must specify the required di-
mension in meters from the center of the joint block to the outside
edge of the trunking unit (see also Catalog LV 70).

per PU (UNIT,
SET, M)
P. unit per PU
approx. 15
kg
Fire barrier for L-units (optional)
Fire barrier S90 in limb X +BD2-S90-BX*-M* BVP:931956 1 1 unit 165 1.000
Fire barrier S90 in limb Y +BD2-S90-BY*-M* BVP:931957 1 1 unit 165 1.000
For BX* or BY you must specify the required dimension in meters For the configuration of the fire barrier, see Catalog LV 70.
from the center of the joint block (for BX*: end without joint block)
to the center of the fire wall or fire ceiling, for -M* specify the wall For approval in Germany:
or ceiling thickness. BD2-S90(S120)-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
see page 15/72.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/41
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Knee, rear X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LH BVP:261803 1 1 unit 165 17.000
NSV0_004 Y0.36
28
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LH-X* BVP:261874 1 1 unit 165 38.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LH-Y* BVP:261875 1 1 unit 165 38.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261876 1 1 unit 165 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LV BVP:261806 1 1 unit 165 17.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LV-X* BVP:261877 1 1 unit 165 38.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LV-Y* BVP:261878 1 1 unit 165 38.000
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
NSV0_00429
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261879 1 1 unit 165 59.000

X Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, right X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LR BVP:261805 1 1 unit 165 17.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LR-X* BVP:261880 1 1 unit 165 38.000
NSV0_00430
Y Y0.36
X
X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LR-Y* BVP:261881 1 1 unit 165 38.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261882 1 1 unit 165 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LL BVP:261804 1 1 unit 165 17.000
NSV0_004
31
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LL-X* BVP:261827 1 1 unit 165 38.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LL-Y* BVP:261828 1 1 unit 165 38.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261829 1 1 unit 165 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Optional lengths:
For X* and Y* you must specify the required dimension in meters
from the center of the joint block to the outside edge of the trunk-
ing unit (see also Catalog LV 70).
15

15/42 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Z-units (with joint block)
Rear X0.36/ BD2A-400-ZH-Z* BVP:261814 1 1 unit 165 13.000
NSV0_004
32
Y0.36/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
X X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2A-400-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261822 1 1 unit 165 16.000
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
Y
Front X0.36/ BD2A-400-ZV-Z* BVP:261813 1 1 unit 165 13.000
Y0.36/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2A-400-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261821 1 1 unit 165 16.000
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
33
Right X0.36/ BD2A-400-ZR-Z* BVP:261811 1 1 unit 165 13.000

Y0.36/
Z Z0.34 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
34
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2A-400-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261819 1 1 unit 165 16.000
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
X Z0.34 ... 1.25
Left X0.36/ BD2A-400-ZL-Z* BVP:261812 1 1 unit 165 13.000

NSV0_004
35
Y0.36/
Z0.34 ... 1.25
Y Z X X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2A-400-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261820 1 1 unit 165 16.000

Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.34 ... 1.25
edge of the trunking unit, for Z* from the outer edge to the outer
Fire barrier on limb Z as standard on request.
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/43
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Rear X0.36/ BD2A-1000-ZH-Z* BVP:261818 1 1 unit 165 26.000
NSV0_004
32
Y0.36/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
X X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2A-1000-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261826 1 1 unit 165 32.000
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
Y
Front X0.36/ BD2A-1000-ZV-Z* BVP:261817 1 1 unit 165 26.000
Y0.36/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2A-1000-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261825 1 1 unit 165 32.000
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
33
Right X0.36/ BD2A-1000-ZR-Z* BVP:261815 1 1 unit 165 26.000

Y0.36/
Z Z0.34 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
34
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2A-1000-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261823 1 1 unit 165 32.000
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
X Z0.34 ... 1.25
Left X0.36/ BD2A-1000-ZL-Z* BVP:261816 1 1 unit 165 26.000

NSV0_004
35
Y0.36/
Z0.34 ... 1.25
Y Z X X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2A-1000-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261824 1 1 unit 165 32.000

Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.34 ... 1.25
15

15/44 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
SET, M) approx.
per PU
L-units (with joint block),
with engineered angle 85° ... 175°
Knee, rear X0.36/ BD2A-400-LH-G* BVP:261858 1 1 unit 165 8.000
NSV0_004
36a
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LH-X*-G* BVP:261859 1 1 unit 165 18.000
X Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-400-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261860 1 1 unit 165 18.000
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
85° – 175° X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261861 1 1 unit 165 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ BD2A-400-LV-G* BVP:261862 1 1 unit 165 8.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LV-X*-G* BVP:261863 1 1 unit 165 18.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-400-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261864 1 1 unit 165 18.000
85° – 175° Y0.36 ... 1.25
Y
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261865 1 1 unit 165 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
37
Elbow, right X0.36/ BD2A-400-LR-G* BVP:261866 1 1 unit 165 8.000

Y0.36
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LR-X*-G* BVP:261867 1 1 unit 165 18.000
85° – 175° Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-400-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261868 1 1 unit 165 18.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
38
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261869 1 1 unit 165 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ BD2A-400-LL-G* BVP:261870 1 1 unit 165 8.000
Y0.36
X NSV0_004
39
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LL-X*-G* BVP:261871 1 1 unit 165 18.000
Y
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-400-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261872 1 1 unit 165 18.000
85°-175° Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-400-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261873 1 1 unit 165 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow: For G* you must specify the required number of degrees

in 5° increments.
15
Version Type suffix Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, M) approx.
kg
see page 15/72.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/45
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Knee, rear X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LH-G* BVP:261830 1 1 unit 165 17.000
NSV0_004
36a
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LH-X*-G* BVP:261831 1 1 unit 165 38.000
X Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261832 1 1 unit 165 38.000
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
85° – 175° X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261833 1 1 unit 165 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LV-G* BVP:261834 1 1 unit 165 17.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LV-X*-G* BVP:261835 1 1 unit 165 38.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261836 1 1 unit 165 38.000
85° – 175° Y0.36 ... 1.25
Y
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261837 1 1 unit 165 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
37
Elbow, right X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LR-G* BVP:261838 1 1 unit 165 17.000

Y0.36
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LR-X*-G* BVP:261839 1 1 unit 165 38.000
85° – 175° Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261840 1 1 unit 165 38.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
38
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261841 1 1 unit 165 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LL-G* BVP:261842 1 1 unit 165 17.000
Y0.36
X NSV0_004
39
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LL-X*-G* BVP:261843 1 1 unit 165 38.000
Y
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2A-1000-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261844 1 1 unit 165 38.000
85°-175° Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2A-1000-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261845 1 1 unit 165 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25

in 5° increments.
15

15/46 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
Version Length DT Rated current In PU PS*/ PG Weight
160 A, 250 A, 400 A (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
per PU
(with joint block)1)
1.25 BD2-400-R BVP:045889 1 1 unit 165 11.000
NSV0_00440
T-units (with joint block)

Rear 0.36 BD2A-400-TH BVP:261797 1 1 unit 165 12.800
NSV0_00441
Front 0.36 BD2A-400-TV BVP:261800 1 1 unit 165 12.800

NSV0_00442
Right 0.36 BD2A-400-TR BVP:261799 1 1 unit 165 12.800
NSV0_004
43
Left 0.36 BD2A-400-TL BVP:261798 1 1 unit 165 12.800
NSV0_0
0444
K-units (with joint block)

Front/rear 0.36 BD2A-400-KVH BVP:261792 1 1 unit 165 15.300
NSV0_004
45
15
Right/left 0.36 BD2A-400-KRL BVP:261791 1 1 unit 165 15.300
NSV0_004
46

1)
Upgradable to max. IP54.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/47
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
630 A, 800 A, 1000 A1) (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
per PU
1.75 1) BD2-800-R BVP:045890 1 1 unit 165 22.000
NSV0_00440

Rear 0.36 BD2A-1000-TH BVP:261807 1 1 unit 165 25.000
NSV0_00441
Front 0.36 BD2A-1000-TV BVP:261810 1 1 unit 165 25.000

NSV0_00442
Right 0.36 BD2A-1000-TR BVP:261809 1 1 unit 165 25.000
NSV0_004
43
Left 0.36 BD2A-1000-TL BVP:261808 1 1 unit 165 25.000
NSV0_0
0444

Front/rear 0.36 BD2A-1000-KVH BVP:261802 1 1 unit 165 32.000
15 NSV0_004
45
Right/left 0.36 BD2A-1000-KRL BVP:261801 1 1 unit 165 32.000
NSV0_004
46

1)
BD2-800-R for use up to 800 A.
2)

15/48 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Knee, rear X0.36/ BD2C-400-LH BVP:261885 1 1 unit 165 15.200
NSV0_004 Y0.36
28
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LH-X* BVP:261938 1 1 unit 165 31.500
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ BD2C-400-LH-Y* BVP:261939 1 1 unit 165 31.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261940 1 1 unit 165 48.200
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ BD2C-400-LV BVP:261888 1 1 unit 165 15.200

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LV-X* BVP:261941 1 1 unit 165 31.500
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-400-LV-Y* BVP:261942 1 1 unit 165 31.500
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
NSV0_00429
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261943 1 1 unit 165 48.200

X Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, right X0.36/ BD2C-400-LR BVP:261887 1 1 unit 165 13.300

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LR-X* BVP:261944 1 1 unit 165 30.100
NSV0_00430
Y Y0.36
X
X0.36/ BD2C-400-LR-Y* BVP:261945 1 1 unit 165 30.100
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261946 1 1 unit 165 46.600
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ BD2C-400-LL BVP:261886 1 1 unit 165 13.300
NSV0_004
31
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LL-X* BVP:261947 1 1 unit 165 30.100
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ BD2C-400-LL-Y* BVP:261948 1 1 unit 165 30.100
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261949 1 1 unit 165 46.600
Y0.36 ... 1.25

SET, M) approx.
15
kg
see page 15/72.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/49
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
Optional length 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A, 1250 A (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Knee, rear X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LH BVP:261895 1 1 unit 165 31.900
NSV0_004 Y0.36
28
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LH-X* BVP:261966 1 1 unit 165 72.300
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LH-Y* BVP:261967 1 1 unit 165 72.300
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261968 1 1 unit 165 112.800
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LV BVP:261898 1 1 unit 165 31.900

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LV-X* BVP:261969 1 1 unit 165 72.300
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LV-Y* BVP:261970 1 1 unit 165 72.300
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
NSV0_00429
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261971 1 1 unit 165 112.800

X Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, right X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LR BVP:261897 1 1 unit 165 29.500

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LR-X* BVP:261972 1 1 unit 165 70.000
NSV0_00430
Y Y0.36
X
X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LR-Y* BVP:261973 1 1 unit 165 70.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261974 1 1 unit 165 110.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LL BVP:261896 1 1 unit 165 29.500
NSV0_004
31
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LL-X* BVP:261919 1 1 unit 165 70.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LL-Y* BVP:261920 1 1 unit 165 70.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261921 1 1 unit 165 110.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25
15

15/50 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Rear X0.36/ BD2C-400-ZH-Z* BVP:261906 1 1 unit 165 29.700
NSV0_004
32
Y0.36/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
X X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2C-400-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261914 1 1 unit 165 37.100
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
Y
Front X0.36/ BD2C-400-ZV-Z* BVP:261905 1 1 unit 165 29.700
Y0.36/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2C-400-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261913 1 1 unit 165 37.100
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
33
Right X0.36/ BD2C-400-ZR-Z* BVP:261903 1 1 unit 165 27.600

Y0.36/
Z Z0.34 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
34
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2C-400-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261911 1 1 unit 165 34.100
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
X Z0.34 ... 1.25
Left X0.36/ BD2C-400-ZL-Z* BVP:261904 1 1 unit 165 27.600

NSV0_004
35
Y0.36/
Z0.34 ... 1.25
Y Z X X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2C-400-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261912 1 1 unit 165 34.100

Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.34 ... 1.25
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/51
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Rear X0.36/ BD2C-1250-ZH-Z* BVP:261910 1 1 unit 165 67.800
NSV0_004
32
Y0.36/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
X X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2C-1250-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261918 1 1 unit 165 83.500
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
Y
Front X0.36/ BD2C-1250-ZV-Z* BVP:261909 1 1 unit 165 67.800
Y0.36/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2C-1250-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261917 1 1 unit 165 83.500
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
33
Right X0.36/ BD2C-1250-ZR-Z* BVP:261907 1 1 unit 165 64.300

Y0.36/
Z Z0.34 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
34
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2C-1250-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261915 1 1 unit 165 78.600
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
X Z0.34 ... 1.25
Left X0.36/ BD2C-1250-ZL-Z* BVP:261908 1 1 unit 165 64.300

NSV0_004
35
Y0.36/
Z0.34 ... 1.25
Y Z X X0.36 ... 0.60/ BD2C-1250-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261916 1 1 unit 165 78.600

Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.34 ... 1.25
15

15/52 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Knee, rear X0.36/ BD2C-400-LH-G* BVP:261950 1 1 unit 165 14.700
NSV0_004
36a
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LH-X*-G* BVP:261951 1 1 unit 165 31.500
X Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-400-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261952 1 1 unit 165 31.500
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
85° – 175° X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261953 1 1 unit 165 48.200
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ BD2C-400-LV-G* BVP:261954 1 1 unit 165 14.700

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LV-X*-G* BVP:261955 1 1 unit 165 31.500
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-400-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261956 1 1 unit 165 31.500
85° – 175° Y0.36 ... 1.25
Y
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261957 1 1 unit 165 48.200
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
37
Elbow, right X0.36/ BD2C-400-LR-G* BVP:261958 1 1 unit 165 13.300

Y0.36
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LR-X*-G* BVP:261959 1 1 unit 165 30.100
85° – 175° Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-400-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261960 1 1 unit 165 30.100
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
38
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261961 1 1 unit 165 46.600
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ BD2C-400-LL-G* BVP:261962 1 1 unit 165 13.300
Y0.36
X NSV0_004
39
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LL-X*-G* BVP:261963 1 1 unit 165 30.100
Y
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-400-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261964 1 1 unit 165 30.100
85°-175° Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-400-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261965 1 1 unit 165 46.600
Y0.36 ... 1.25

in 5° increments.
15
SET, M) approx.
kg
see page 15/72.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/53
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
SET, M) approx.
per PU
Knee, rear X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LH-G* BVP:261922 1 1 unit 165 31.900
NSV0_004
36a
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LH-X*-G* BVP:261923 1 1 unit 165 72.300
X Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261924 1 1 unit 165 72.300
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
85° – 175° X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261925 1 1 unit 165 112.800
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LV-G* BVP:261926 1 1 unit 165 31.900

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LV-X*-G* BVP:261927 1 1 unit 165 72.300
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261928 1 1 unit 165 72.300
85° – 175° Y0.36 ... 1.25
Y
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261929 1 1 unit 165 112.800
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
37
Elbow, right X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LR-G* BVP:261930 1 1 unit 165 29.500

Y0.36
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LR-X*-G* BVP:261931 1 1 unit 165 70.000
85° – 175° Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261932 1 1 unit 165 70.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
38
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261933 1 1 unit 165 110.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LL-G* BVP:261934 1 1 unit 165 29.500
Y0.36
X NSV0_004
39
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LL-X*-G* BVP:261935 1 1 unit 165 70.000
Y
Y0.36
X0.36/ BD2C-1250-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261936 1 1 unit 165 70.000
85°-175° Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ BD2C-1250-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261937 1 1 unit 165 110.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25

in 5° increments.
15

15/54 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
160 A, 250 A, 400 A (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
per PU
1.25 BD2-400-R BVP:045889 1 1 unit 165 11.000
NSV0_00440

Rear 0.36 BD2C-400-TH BVP:261889 1 1 unit 165 21.900
NSV0_00441
Front 0.36 BD2C-400-TV BVP:261892 1 1 unit 165 21.900

NSV0_00442
Right 0.36 BD2C-400-TR BVP:261891 1 1 unit 165 16.700
NSV0_004
43
Left 0.36 BD2C-400-TL BVP:261890 1 1 unit 165 16.700
NSV0_0
0444

Front/rear 0.36 BD2C-400-KVH BVP:261884 1 1 unit 165 27.100
NSV0_004
45
15
Right/left 0.36 BD2C-400-KRL BVP:261883 1 1 unit 165 20.300
NSV0_004
46

1)

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/55
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
630 A, 800 A, 1000 A, 1250 A1) (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, M) approx.
per PU
1.75 1) BD2-800-R BVP:045890 1 1 unit 165 22.000
NSV0_00440

Rear 0.36 BD2C-1250-TH BVP:261899 1 1 unit 165 49.300
NSV0_00441
Front 0.36 BD2C-1250-TV BVP:261902 1 1 unit 165 49.300

NSV0_00442
Right 0.36 BD2C-1250-TR BVP:261901 1 1 unit 165 37.700
NSV0_004
43
Left 0.36 BD2C-1250-TL BVP:261900 1 1 unit 165 37.700
NSV0_0
0444

Front/rear 0.36 BD2C-1250-KVH BVP:261894 1 1 unit 165 63.100
15 NSV0_004
45
Right/left 0.36 BD2C-1250-KRL BVP:261893 1 1 unit 165 47.900
NSV0_004
46

1)
BD2-800-R for use up to 800 A.
2)

15/56 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Feeder units

Version DT Rated current In Weight DT Rated current In Weight
PU = 1 160 A, 250 A per PU 160 A, 250 A, 400 A per PU
PS*/P. unit = 1 unit; approx. approx.
PG = 165 Type Order No. Price Type Order No. Price
per PU kg per PU kg
Feeder units
End feeder units without joint block
Bolt terminal (bolt included as stan-
dard); PE position can be changed
Cable entry for multi-core cables from
the front
NSV0_00422
• Aluminum BD2A-250-EE BVP:261993 6.600 BD2A-400-EE BVP:261995 13.300

• Copper BD2C-250-EE BVP:262001 8.900 BD2C-400-EE BVP:262003 16.300
With cable entry plate1)
Cable entry for single-core cables
from the front
NSV0_014
52
• Aluminum BD2A-250-EE- BVP:611093 6.600 BD2A-400-EE- BVP:611097 13.300

EBAL EBAL
• Copper BD2C-250-EE- BVP:611094 8.900 BD2C-400-EE- BVP:611098 16.300
EBAL EBAL
With cabling box
Cable entry for multi-core cables
from 2 sides
NSV0_014
53
• Aluminum -- BD2A-400-EE- BVP:611095 16.500

KR
• Copper -- BD2C-400-EE- BVP:611096 19.500
KR
With cabling box and cable entry
plate1)
from 2 sides 15
NSV0_014
63
• Aluminum -- BD2A-400-EE- BVP:611099 16.500

KR-EBAL
• Copper -- BD2C-400-EE- BVP:611100 19.500
KR-EBAL
Accessories for cable entry, see page 15/72.

1)
Single-core cable entry plate, undrilled.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/57
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Feeder units

PU = 1 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A per PU 1250 A per PU
per PU kg per PU kg
Feeder units
End feeder units without joint block
from the front
NSV0_00422
• Aluminum BD2A-1000-EE BVP:261998 14.900 –

• Copper BD2C-1000-EE BVP:262006 22.100 BD2C-1250-EE BVP:262009 27.100
from the front
NSV0_014
52
• Aluminum BD2A-1000-EE- BVP:611103 14.900 –

EBAL
EBAL EBAL
With cabling box
from 2 sides
NSV0_014
53

KR
KR KR
With cabling box and cable entry
plate1)
from 2 sides
15 NSV0_014
63

KR-EBAL
KR-EBAL KR-EBAL

1)

15/58 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Feeder units

PU = 1 160 A, 250 A per PU 160 A, 250 A, 400 A per PU
per PU kg per PU kg
Feeder units
End feeder units with
3-pole switch disconnector and
with cable entry plate1)
from 3 sides
NSV0_01475
• Copper BD2C-250- BVP:611343 16.300 BD2C-315- BVP:611344 28.000

EESC EESC
• Copper BD2C-400- BVP:611345 33.000
EESC
Distribution board feeder units
without joint block
NSV0_00423
• Aluminum BD2A-250-VE BVP:261994 2.100 BD2A-400-VE BVP:261996 3.500

• Copper BD2C-250-VE BVP:262002 4.400 BD2C-400-VE BVP:262004 6.500
Center feeder units without joint
block
Bolt terminal (bolt included in scope of
supply); edgewise, flat and PE positions
can be changed (by rotating the whole
busbar section)
from 3 sides
NSV0_00424
• Aluminum – BD2A-400-ME BVP:261997 28.000
15
• Copper – BD2C-400-ME BVP:262005 36.600
from 3 sides
NSV0_01464
• Aluminum – BD2A-400-ME- BVP:611110 28.000

MBAL
• Copper – BD2C-400-ME- BVP:611111 36.600
MBAL

1)

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/59
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Feeder units

PU = 1 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A per PU 1250 A per PU
per PU kg per PU kg
Feeder units
End feeder units with
3-pole switch disconnector and
with cable entry plate1)
from 3 sides
NSV0_01475
• Copper BD2C-630- BVP:611346 39.000 –

EESC
• Copper BD2C-800- BVP:611347 39.000 –
EESC
Distribution board feeder units
without joint block
NSV0_00423
• Aluminum BD2A-1000-VE BVP:261999 4.700 –

• Copper BD2C-1000-VE BVP:262007 11.800 BD2C-1250-VE BVP:262010 16.300
Center feeder units without joint
block
Bolt terminal (bolt included in scope of
supply); edgewise, flat and PE positions
can be changed (by rotating the whole
busbar section)
from 3 sides
NSV0_00424
15
• Aluminum BD2A-1000-ME BVP:262000 47.000 –
• Copper BD2C-1000-ME BVP:262008 75.500 –
from 3 sides
NSV0_01464
• Aluminum BD2A-1000-ME- BVP:611112 47.000 –

MBAL
• Copper BD2C-1000-ME- BVP:611113 75.500 –
MBAL

1) Single-core cable entry plate, undrilled.

15/60 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

Version Fuse bases Rated Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
current operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
In voltage Ue SET, approx.
M)
A V kg
Molded-plastic enclosures, size 1, up to 25 A
With fuse base
• Without socket outlet 3 × D02 25 400 BD2-AK1/S18 BVP:047112 1 1 unit 165 1.150
3 × D01 16 400 BD2-AK1/S14 BVP:047113 1 1 unit 165 1.100
NSV0_00447
• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 2 × D01 16 230 BD2-AK1/ BVP:047167 1 1 unit 165 1.200
3-pole, 16 A 2CEE163S14
NSV0_00449
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 3 × D01 16 400 BD2-AK1/ BVP:047230 1 1 unit 165 1.200
5-pole, 16 A CEE165S14
NSV0_00450
• with 3 SCHUKO socket outlets 3 × D01 16 230 BD2-AK1/ BVP:047284 1 1 unit 165 1.400
16 A 3SD163S14
NSV0_00453
M25 cable grommet included in scope of supply.

Screw adapters, fuse links and screw caps are not included in
scope of supply.
of supply).
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/61
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Miniature circuit Rated Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
breakers (MCBs) current operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
M)
A V kg
Molded-plastic enclosures, size 1, up to 25 A
With miniature circuit breaker
• Without socket outlet 3-pole, 16 A, 16 400 BD2-AK1/A163 BVP:047146 1 1 unit 165 1.400
characteristic C
NSV0_00448
• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 2 × 1-pole, 16 A, 16 230 BD2-AK1/ BVP:047231 1 1 unit 165 1.400
3-pole, 16 A characteristic B 2CEE163A161
NSV0_00451
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 3-pole, 16 A, 16 400 BD2-AK1/ BVP:047283 1 1 unit 165 1.500
5-pole, 16 A characteristic C CEE165A163
NSV0_00452
• with 3 SCHUKO socket outlets 3 × 1-pole, 16 A, 16 230 BD2-AK1/ BVP:047335 1 1 unit 165 1.300
16 A characteristic B 3SD163A161
NSV0_00454
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 1-pole, 16 A, 16 230 BD2-AK1/ BVP:660869 1 1 unit 165 1.500
3-pole, 16 A characteristic C CEE163FIA161
Residual current-
operated circuit
NSV0_00452
breaker
2-pole,
25 A/ 30 mA
• with 2 SCHUKO socket outlets 1-pole, 16 A, 16 230 BD2-AK1/ BVP:660870 1 1 unit 165 1.300
16 A characteristic B 2SD163FIA161
15
Residual current-
operated circuit
NSV0_00477
breaker
2-pole,
25 A/ 30 mA
Freely assignable (PV max 13 W)

• Without socket outlet, Mounting space 25 400 BD2-AK1/F BVP:203247 1 1 unit 165 0.700
with integrated standard for
mounting rail 4 modular widths
(MW)
NSV0_01466
M25 cable grommet included in scope of supply.

of supply).

15/62 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Fuse base/ Rated Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
miniature circuit current operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
breaker In voltage Ue SET, approx.
M)
A V kg
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 02, up to 63 A
With fuse base
3-pole fuse base 63 400 BD2-AK02X/S18 BVP:262438 1 1 unit 165 4.140
D02
NSV0_00455

S27, with gauge
screw system
S33, with gauge
screw system
3-pole fuse base 25 400 BD2-AK02X/ BVP:262469 1 1 unit 165 5.500
SP38 for F1038-3
cylindrical fuses
10 mm × 38 mm
SP38 for F1038-3N
cylindrical fuses
10 mm × 38 mm
SP51 for F1451-3
cylindrical fuses
14 mm × 51 mm
SP51 for F1451-3N
cylindrical fuses
14 mm × 51 mm
SP58 for F2258-3
cylindrical fuses
22 mm × 58 mm
SP58 for F2258-3N
cylindrical fuses
22 mm × 58 mm
With miniature circuit
breaker
3-pole, 32 A, 32 400 BD2- BVP:262451 1 1 unit 165 4.380
characteristic C AK02M2/A323
NSV0_00456
3-pole + N, 32 A, 32 400 BD2- BVP:262452 1 1 unit 165 4.800

characteristic C AK02M2/A323N
3-pole, 63 A, 63 400 BD2- BVP:262453 1 1 unit 165 5.100
3-pole + N, 63 A, 63 400 BD2- BVP:262454 1 1 unit 165 5.200
characteristic C AK02M2/A633N
Freely assignable
(PV max 22.5 W)
• With integrated standard Mounting space for 63 690 BD2-AK02X/F BVP:262457 1 1 unit 165 3.800
mounting rail 8 modular widths
(MW)
15
NSV0_00455
• With device installation Mounting space for 63 690 BD2-AK02M2/F BVP:262458 1 1 unit 165 3.900
unit, 8 MW 8 modular widths
(MW)
NSV0_00456

Screw adapters, fuse links and screw caps are not included in
scope of supply.
of supply).

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/63
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Fuse bases Rated Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
current operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
M)
A V kg
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 2, up to 63 A,
with cover-integrated switch-disconnector
With fuse base
• Without socket outlet 3-pole fuse base 63 400 BD2-AK2X/S18 BVP:203135 1 1 unit 165 4.140
D02
NSV0_00457
S27, with gauge

screw system
S33, with gauge
screw system
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 3-pole fuse base 32 400 BD2-AK2X/ BVP:203142 1 1 unit 165 5.100
5-pole, 32 A S33, with gauge CEE325S33
screw system
NSV0_00458
• with 1 CEE socket outlet, 3-pole fuse base 63 400 BD2-AK2X/ BVP:203146 1 1 unit 165 5.680
5-pole, 63 A S33, with gauge CEE635S33
screw system
NSV0_00459
With 2 CEE socket outlets, 2 × 3-pole fuse 16 400 BD2-AK2X/ BVP:203148 1 1 unit 165 4.800
5-pole, 16 A base D01 2CEE165S14
2 × 3-pole fuse 16 400 BD2-AK2X/ BVP:203149 1 1 unit 165 4.900
NSV0_00460
base S27, 2CEE165S27/FOR

with gauge screw MP
system
Freely assignable
(PV max 22.5 W)
• Without socket outlet, Mounting space for 63 690 BD2-AK2X/F BVP:203251 1 1 unit 165 3.800
with integrated standard 8 modular widths
mounting rail (MW)
NSV0_00457
15 Screw adapters, fuse links and screw caps are not included in
scope of supply.
of supply).

15/64 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Miniature circuit Rated Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
breaker / fuse base / current operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
switch disconnector In voltage Ue SET, approx.
A V M) kg
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 2, up to 63 A,
With miniature circuit breaker
• Without socket outlet 3-pole, 32 A, 32 400 BD2- BVP:203144 1 1 unit 165 4.380
NSV0_00461
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 5-pole, 16 A 3-pole, 16 A, 16 400 BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:660868 1 1 unit 165 6.100
characteristic C CEE165FIA163
Residual current-
NSV0_00462
operated circuit
breaker
4-pole, 25 A/ 30 mA
characteristic C CEE325A323
NSV0_00462
and 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A characteristic B and 2SD163CEE16
2 × 1-pole, 16 A, 5A163
characteristic B
NSV0_00463a
• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 5-pole, 16 A 2 × 3-pole, 16 A, 16 400 BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:203151 1 1 unit 165 5.400
characteristic C 2CEE165A163
NSV0_00464
Freely assignable (PV max 22.5 W)

• Without socket outlet, Mounting space 63 690 BD2-AK2M2/F BVP:203252 1 1 unit 165 3.900
with device installation unit for 8 modular widths
(MW)
NSV0_00461
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 3, up to 125 A, 15

With fuse base Low-voltage LV HRC 125 690 BD2- BVP:203162 1 1 unit 165 5.400
fuse base, size 00; AK3X/GS00
bolt terminal
NSV0_00471
With fuse switch disconnector LV HRC fuse switch 125 690 BD2- BVP:203163 1 1 unit 165 6.960
disconnector, AK3X/GSTZ00
size 00;
NSV0_00472
bolt terminal
Special colors available on request. Use plastic cable glands with strain relief

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/65
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Protection Rated Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
equipment current operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
M)
A V kg
With fuse base Bolt terminal
SP58 for F2258-3
NSV0_00465
cylindrical fuses
22 mm × 58 mm
SP58 for F2258-3N
cylindrical fuses
22 mm × 58 mm
With fuse switch disconnector LV HRC fuse 125 690 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262496 1 1 unit 165 6.960
switch disconnec- GSTA00
tor, size 00;
NSV0_00465
bolt terminal
With fuse switch disconnector Bolt terminal

3-pole, IEC 125 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262499 1 1 unit 165 7.940
FS125IEC-3
NSV0_00467
3-pole, BS 125 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262500 1 1 unit 165 7.940

FS125BS-3
4-pole, IEC 125 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262501 1 1 unit 165 8.280
FS125IEC-4
4-pole, BS 125 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262502 1 1 unit 165 8.280
FS125BS-4
With miniature circuit breaker 3-pole, 125 A, 125 400 BD2-AK03M2/ BVP:262485 1 1 unit 165 5.800
characteristic C A1253
3-pole + N, 125 A, 125 400 BD2-AK03M2/ BVP:262486 1 1 unit 165 6.000
NSV0_00468
characteristic C A1253N

of supply).
15

15/66 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Circuit breaker/ Rated Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
setting range current operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
M)
A A V kg
With circuit breaker,
normal breaking capacity,
with rotary operating mecha-
nism, terminal connection
• With thermal-magnetic trip unit 3-pole
3VL27 05 40 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610402 1 1 unit 165 8.500
40 ... 50 LSD-DC40-N
NSV0_00470
3VL27 06 63 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610403 1 1 unit 165 8.500

50 ... 63 LSD-DC63-N
3VL27 08 80 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610404 1 1 unit 165 8.500
63 ... 80 LSD-DC80-N
3VL27 10 100 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610405 1 1 unit 165 8.500
80 ... 100 LSD-DC100-N
3VL27 12 125 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610406 1 1 unit 165 8.500
100 ... 125 LSD-DC125-N
• With solid-state trip unit, 3-pole
selective 3VL27 06 63 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610407 1 1 unit 165 8.500
25 ... 63 LSD-AE63-N
3VL27 10 100 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610408 1 1 unit 165 8.500
NSV0_00470
40 ... 100 LSD-AE100-N
• With thermal-magnetic trip unit, 4-pole

selective (N release 100 %) 3VL27 05 40 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610397 1 1 unit 165 9.000
40 ... 50 LSD-EM40-N
3VL27 06 63 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610398 1 1 unit 165 9.000
NSV0_00470
50 ... 63 LSD-EM63-N
3VL27 08 80 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610399 1 1 unit 165 9.000
63 ... 80 LSD-EM80-N
3VL27 10 100 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610400 1 1 unit 165 9.000
80 ... 100 LSD-EM100-N
3VL27 12 125 400 BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610401 1 1 unit 165 9.000
100 ... 125 LSD-EM125-N

of supply).
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/67
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Circuit breaker/ Rated Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
setting range current operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
M)
A A V kg
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 04, 05 and 06, up to 530 A
With circuit breaker,
normal breaking capacity,
with rotary operating mechanism,
bolt terminals
• With thermal-magnetic trip unit 3-pole
3VL27 16 160 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610424 1 1 unit 165 30.000
125 ... 160 LSD-DC160-N
3VL37 20 200 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610430 1 1 unit 165 30.000
160 ... 200 LSD-DC200-N
3VL37 25 250 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610436 1 1 unit 165 30.000
200 ... 250 LSD-DC250-N
3VL47 40 400 400 BD2-AK05/ BVP:610442 1 1 unit 165 35.000
320 ... 400 LSD-DC400-N
3VL57 63 530 400 BD2-AK06/ BVP:610448 1 1 unit 165 40.000
NSV0_01011 500 ... 530 LSD-DC630-N
• With solid-state trip unit, selective 3-pole

3VL27 16 160 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610428 1 1 unit 165 30.000
64 ... 160 LSD-AE160-N
3VL37 20 200 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610434 1 1 unit 165 30.000
80 ... 200 LSD-AE200-N
3VL37 25 250 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610440 1 1 unit 165 30.000
100 ... 250 LSD-AE250-N
3VL47 40 400 400 BD2-AK05/ BVP:610446 1 1 unit 165 35.000
160 ... 400 LSD-AE400-N
3VL57 63 530 400 BD2-AK06/ BVP:610452 1 1 unit 165 40.000
NSV0_01011 252 ... 530 LSD-AE630-N
• With thermal-magnetic trip unit, 4-pole

selective (N release 60 %) 3VL27 16 160 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610426 1 1 unit 165 30.000
125 ... 160 LSD-EC160-N
3VL37 20 200 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610432 1 1 unit 165 30.000
160 ... 200 LSD-EC200-N
3VL37 25 250 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610438 1 1 unit 165 30.000
200 ... 250 LSD-EC250-N
3VL47 40 400 400 BD2-AK05/ BVP:610444 1 1 unit 165 35.000
320 ... 400 LSD-EC400-N
3VL57 63 530 400 BD2-AK06/ BVP:610450 1 1 unit 165 40.000
500 ... 530 LSD-EC630-N
NSV0_01011

15 of supply).
For BD2-AK04, -AK05 and -AK06, the KT3 or KT4 cable grom-
met is included in scope of supply.
The tap-off units, size 05 and 06, are suitable only for systems
630 A to 1250 A.

15/68 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Fuse base/ Rated Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
fuse switch current operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
disconnector In voltage Ue SET, approx.
M)
A V kg
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 04, 05 and 06, up to 530 A
With fuse base, 3-pole, NH1 250 690 BD2-AK04/SNH1 BVP:610421 1 1 unit 165 30.000
bolt terminal NH2 400 690 BD2-AK05/SNH2 BVP:610422 1 1 unit 165 35.000
NH3 530 690 BD2-AK06/SNH3 BVP:610423 1 1 unit 165 40.000
NSV0_01010
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 04 and 05, up to 320 A

With fuse switch disconnector,
bolt terminal
• 3-pole NH1, IEC 225 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610409 1 1 unit 165 30.000
FS250IEC-3
NH1, BS 225 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610411 1 1 unit 165 30.000
FS250BS-3
NH2, IEC 320 400 BD2-AK05/ BVP:610413 1 1 unit 165 35.000
FS400IEC-3
FS400BS-3
NSV0_01013
• 4-pole NH1, IEC 225 400 BD2-AK04/ BVP:610410 1 1 unit 165 30.000
FS250IEC-4
FS250BS-4
NH2, IEC 320 400 BD2-AK05/ BVP:610414 1 1 unit 165 35.000
FS400IEC-4
FS400BS-4
NSV0_01013

of supply). 15
For BD2-AK04, -AK05 and -AK06, the KT3 or KT4 cable grom-
met is included in scope of supply.
The tap-off units, size 05 and 06, are suitable only for systems
630 A to 1250 A.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/69
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

Version Can be used for Max. Rated DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
power operational per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
loss Pv voltage Ue SET, approx.
M)
W V kg
Sheet-steel enclosures
Ancillary equipment units,
freely assignable
Built-in standard • Overvoltage protection 30 400 BD2-GKX/F BVP:203165 1 1 unit 165 2.800
mounting rail • Remote control/remote
for 8 MW switching
(MW = modular width) • Intelligence
• Fuse bases
• Miniature circuit
NSV0_00484
breakers (MCBs)
Sheet-steel enclosures with device installation unit

Ancillary equipment units,
freely assignable
Built-in standard • Remote control/remote 30 400 BD2-GKM2/F BVP:203166 1 1 unit 165 2.500
mounting rail switching
for 8 MW • Intelligence
(MW = modular width) • Miniature circuit
breakers (MCBs)
• Energy counters
NSV0_00485
Ancillary equipment units are used in combination with tap-off

units AK02, AK2, AK03 or AK3.
Including sundries for connecting the enclosures.
of supply).
15

15/70 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories

PU = 1 160 A, 250 A, 400 A per PU 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A, 1250 A per PU
Type Order No. Price Type Order No. Price
PG = 165 per PU kg per PU kg
Fixing
Joint blocks BD2-400-SK BVP:203516 3.500 BD2-1250-EK BVP:261989 6.480
NSV0_00486
End flanges BD2-400-FE BVP:043977 0.980 BD2-1250-FE BVP:261990 1.280

NSV0_00487
Fixing brackets BD2-400-BB BVP:045154 0.440 BD2-1250-BB BVP:261987 0.540

for flat and edgewise installation
NSV0_00488
Spacers BD2-DSB BVP:203532 0.030 BD2-DSB BVP:203532 0.030

for 40 mm spacing,
suitable for use with fixing bracket
NSV0_00489
Spacer brackets BD2-BD BVP:034228 0.440 BD2-BD BVP:034228 0.440

for wall and ceiling mounting,
for use with fixing bracket
NSV0_00490
Retaining elements for vertical

busbar lines
• Wall mounting, BD2-BWV BVP:045503 1.560 BD2-BWV BVP:045503 1.560
distance from wall adjustable
NSV0_00491
• Ceiling mounting BD2-BDV BVP:045504 4.500 BD2-BDV BVP:045504 4.500

15
NSV0_00492
Fixing for mounting rail BD2-BVC BVP:611348 0.500 BD2-BVC BVP:611348 0.500
e.g. Unistrut P1000
NSV_01661

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/71
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories

PU = 1 160 A, 250 A, per PU 630 A, 800 A, per PU
PS*/P. unit = 1 unit; 400 A approx. 1000 A, 1250 A approx.
per PU kg per PU kg
Fixing
Fixing bracket BD2-BVF BVP:203531 0.500 BD2-BVF BVP:203531 0.500
for vertical wall mounting
on a connecting flange
NSV0_00493
Protection sleeves BD2-400-D BVP:045505 4.000 BD2-1250-D BVP:261988 4.000

NSV0_00494
Cable entry
Cable entry plates
for single-core cable entry, undrilled
(drilling template included in scope of
supply)
NSV0_00495
• Suitable for end feeder unit 250 A BD2-250-EBAL BVP:203530 0.300 --

• For use with end feeder units or
cabling boxes
- Up to 400 A or 1000 A BD2-400-EBAL BVP:045507 0.500 BD2-1000-EBAL BVP:261976 1.000
- For 1250 A -- BD2-1250-EBAL BVP:261982 2.660
• For use with center feeder units
- Up to 400 A or 1000 A BD2-400-MBAL BVP:045509 0.500 BD2-1000-MBAL BVP:261980 1.000
Cabling boxes,
cable entry for multi-core cables from
2 sides, for use with feeder units
NSV0_00425
15 • Up to 400 A or 1000 A BD2-400-KR BVP:045511 3.100 BD2-1000-KR BVP:261978 5.000

• For 1250 A -- BD2-1250-KR BVP:261984 5.000
Version DT Rated current In PU PS*/ PG Weight

160 ... 1250 A (UNIT, P. unit per PU
SET, approx.
M)
per PU
Fire barrier
Fire barrier approval kits
(required only for Germany)
• S90 BD2-S90-ZUL-D BVP:611397 1 1 unit 165 0.200
• S120 BD2-S120-ZUL-D BVP:611398 1 1 unit 165 0.200

15/72 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories

per PU kg per PU kg
Flanges for degree
of protection IP54
Edgewise mounting position
• At all connection points BD2-400-HF BVP:045513 0.300 BD2-1250-HF BVP:261991 0.520
NSV0_004
96
• At end flanges BD2-400-HFE BVP:045515 0.180 BD2-1250-HFE BVP:261992 0.260

NSV0_004
97
Flat mounting position

• At all connection points BD2-FF BVP:045517 0.600 BD2-FF BVP:045517 0.600
NSV0_004
98
• At end flanges BD2-FFE BVP:045518 0.320 BD2-FFE BVP:045518 0.320
NSV0_00499
• At top tap-off points BD2-FAS BVP:045519 0.220 BD2-FAS BVP:045519 0.220

NSV0_00500
Vertical mounting position

• At all connection points BD2-400-VF BVP:045520 0.200 BD2-1250-VF BVP:262125 0.500
NSV0_00501
• At all tap-off points BD2-FAS BVP:045519 0.220 BD2-FAS BVP:045519 0.220

NSV0_00500
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/73
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories

per PU kg per PU kg
Flanges for degree
of protection IP55
Flanges for IP551)
• At all connection points BD2-400-FS BVP:610369 1.700 BD2-1250-FS BVP:610370 2.100
NS
V0
_0
10
15
• At end flanges BD2-400-FSE BVP:610371 1.900 BD2-1250-FSE BVP:610372 2.600
NS
V0
_0
10
15
• At tap-off points BD2-FAS BVP:045519 0.220 BD2-FAS BVP:045519 0.220

NSV0_00500
1) Not for use with BD2- ... -R.
Version For tap-off unit DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, approx.
M)
Type kg
Seals for tap-off units
BD2-AK1/... BD2-AK1-IP55 BVP:610373 1 1 unit 165 0.030
NSV0_01016
BD2-AK02X/... BD2-AK02X-IP55 BVP:610374 1 1 unit 165 0.040

0 17 BD2-AK03X/... BD2-AK03X-IP55 BVP:610375 1 1 unit 165 0.040
_ 01
V0 BD2-AK2X/... BD2-AK2X-IP55 BVP:611061 1 1 unit 165 0.070
NS
15 BD2-AK3X/... BD2-AK3X-IP55 BVP:611062 1 1 unit 165 0.070

18
10
_0
V0
NS

15/74 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories
Version Socket outlets DT Type Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight

SET, approx.
M)
kg
Socket outlets for tap-off units and ancillary equipment units
Socket outlets
with adapter enclosure, with wiring,
with fixing kit
• Schuko socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole BD2-SD163 BVP:203253 1 1 unit 165 0.280
NSV0_00502
• CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole BD2-CEE163 BVP:203254 1 1 unit 165 0.260

16 A, 5-pole BD2-CEE165 BVP:203255 1 1 unit 165 0.310
NSV0_00503
32 A, 5-pole BD2-CEE325 BVP:203256 1 1 unit 165 0.350
Adapter enclosures
for socket outlets with fixing kit
BD2-AG BVP:203257 1 1 unit 165 0.150
NSV0_00504
Adapter plates
for use with adapter enclosure
• For customized socket outlet cutouts BD2-APO BVP:203258 1 1 unit 165 0.090
NSV0_00505
• With socket outlet cutout, BD2-APM BVP:203259 1 1 unit 165 0.060

diameter 44 mm
NSV0_00506
15

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 15/75
© Siemens AG 2013

BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Notes
15
15/76 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

16
© Siemens AG 2013
System Cubicles,
System Lighting and
System Air-Conditioning
SIVACON sicube 8MF

system cubicles
16/2 Introduction
16/3 8MF system cubicles
16/4 Preconfigured cubicles
16/6 8MF/8MR system lighting
8MR system air-conditioning

16/8 Introduction
16/10 Filter fans
16/13 Air conditioners/cooling devices
16/14 Heat exchangers
16/15 Heater units
16/16 Fan heaters
16/18 Thermostats, hygrostats,
hygrotherms, switching modules
Additional information in
Catalog LV 50.
More technical product

information:
Service&Support portal: 16
technical-support .
→ Product list:
→ Entry list:

© Siemens AG 2013
System Cubicles, System Lighting and System Air-Conditioning

SIVACON sicube 8MF System Cubicles
Introduction
■ Overview ■ Application
SIVACON sicube offers a modular system for unequipped, SIVACON sicube 8MF system cubicles are designed especially
empty enclosures. The system cubicles can be used in different for:
application areas and environments. • Open- and closed-loop control technology
Degrees of protection • Power electronics
Available degrees of protection as standard: • Data systems
• System cubicles without ventilation: IP40 and IP54 Preconfigured cubicles
• System cubicles with ventilation: IP20 to IP40 SIVACON sicube 8MF system cubicles are also available for
• Further degrees of protection are available upon request. special applications, e.g. in special sizes:
Available dimensions 8MF6 earthquake-resistant version
Minimum and maximum sizes: Applications:
• Height: From 1800 mm to 2200 mm • In nuclear power plants
• Width: From 600 mm to 1200 mm • In case of increased vibrations (e.g. on excavators)
• Depth: From 400 mm to 800 mm • In areas at risk of earthquakes
• Special sizes available on request EMC versions
The exact graduations can be found in "Order designations of Measures for enhancing electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
the standard versions", see Catalog LV 50. are becoming more and more important, both for individual
devices and complete systems:
Transport
• Increasing processing speeds of communication systems
Cubicles are dispatched ex works on transport skids, or in the
case of cubicle suites on transport bases. • Growing complexity of plants
• Contact between different systems working in a plant
Structure
• Different power levels
A system cubicle comprises the following basic elements. • More and more external interference sources
• Rack
• Enclosure
• Cubicle expansions
A standard rack is supplied with the following standard enclo-
sure parts:
• Rear panel
• Flat-panel roof
• Door with espagnolette lock and lock insert
• Side panels (for stand-alone installation)
Versions
• Cutouts for special built-in components
• Double-wing doors
• Instrument covers
• Additional doors
• Roofs with busbar holders
• Doors with ventilation slots
• Perforated ventilation roofs
• Mounted units for cubicle air-conditioning
Possible cubicle modifications see Catalog LV 50.
16
16/2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

8MF system cubicles
8MF system cubicles are intended for the installation of devices
and equipment for electronic and conventional open- and
closed-loop control systems.
The design allows subracks for 19-inch installations for the most
varied industrial electronic systems or distribution modules for
power distribution.
Specific design measures permit 8MF6 cubicles with the dimen-
sions H × W = 2200 × 900 mm or 2200 × 600 mm to be supplied
as earthquake-resistant versions for operation in nuclear power
stations (see "8MF6 earthquake-resistant version" page 16/5).
8MF system cubicle

Design
• 8MF2: Completely welded rack
• 8MF5: Welded side frame sections, screwed on lateral stays,
delivery form: unassembled
• 8MF6: Welded side frame sections, screwed on lateral stays,
delivery form: assembled
• Side and rear panels add 9 mm to the rack dimensions
• Ground clearance of the doors: 63 mm
• Concealed hinges with an opening angle of 180° (130° for
cubicle suites)
• Trim strips for labeling and integration of signaling lights
16
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 16/3

© Siemens AG 2013

Preconfigured cubicles
■ Overview
Ventilated cubicles - 8MF2 (IP30/40)
Compact designs and high packing densities demand special
measures for heat dissipation. We offer ventilated cubicles in a
preconfigured version, i.e. the complete cubicle can be ordered
with one order number.
Features
• Perforated roof plates
• Doors with 5 rows of ventilation slots
• High air throughput per unit of area thanks to special SBL
ventilation design
• IP30 and IP40 degrees of protection available
NSE0_01344
IP54 cubicles
Special ambient conditions require a high degree of protection.
Particularly its protection against splashing water makes this
cubicle solution suitable for use on production lines and in other
areas with sprinkler systems.
Features
• Seals on all enclosure parts
NSE0_01371a
16
16/4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Preconfigured cubicles
EMC cubicles
To ensure a system's EMC, it is necessary that its devices emit
only limited interference and are at the same time immune as far
as possible to external interference.
Features
• Cubicle rack and enclosure fully galvanized
• Paint finish only on the outer surfaces of doors and rear/side
panels
• Conductive seals pre-mounted for doors and rear/side panels
• Additional standard base plate
PC cubicles - 8MF2
A variant of the 8MF system cubicles can also be ordered as a
PC cubicle. The PC cubicle is a robust construction and is thus
suitable for use in industrial environments.
Features
The standard door is replaced by:
• An upper compartment door (monitor cutout with inspection
pane)
• A central hinged flap (with telescopic shelf for a keyboard)
• A lower compartment door (with shelf for a printer)
Earthquake-resistant cubicles - 8MF6

This cubicle is a certified earthquake-resistant system cubicle.
An appropriate weight distribution and center of gravity are
prescribed by the certification. The devices and components
installed by the customer must also satisfy the relevant
demands.
Features
• Bracing stays at the top and bottom, plus a stay on the side
• Base plate with multiple divisions and foam rubber profile
• Corner bracings at the top and bottom
• Reinforcement plate
16
NSE0_02135
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 16/5

© Siemens AG 2013
8MF/8MR system lighting
■ Overview
Rating of energy-saving lamps Rating of conventional incandescent
lamps
9W 60 W
11 W 75 W
20 W 100 W
Spare lamp: Osram SPD1411-2B (100 W)
Socket outlets
Socket outlets are mounted on 35 mm support rails and con-
nected without screws by way of three clamping terminals
(for stranded and solid wires 0.5 ... 2.5 mm2).
The maximum operational voltage is 250 V. The enclosure is
light-gray UL94 V-Q plastic.
The slimline light is also available with country-specific socket
outlets.
Plug-on mounts
Slimline light with motion detector
If a cubicle light is provided with a plug-on mount, it remains
Cubicle lighting immune to vibration and can be removed at any later time
without tools.
The cubicle light is specifically suitable for operation in
switchgear and controlgear cubicles. If fitted between two plug-on mounts, the cubicle light is fixed
statically to the cubicle rack. The cubicle light can only be fitted
In the case of lights with a SCHUKO socket outlet, the outlet is to the cubicle rack by using plug-on mounts.
incorporated with an on/off switch or motion detector in the
plastic enclosure.
The flat slimline light with motion detector or on/off switch is ideal
for operation in cubicles and enclosures with a high density of
built-in electrical/electronic components.
All lights are fitted with environmentally friendly energy-saving
lamps.

Version DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, M) approx.
kg
Cubicle lighting
Compact lights (355 x 65 x 70 mm)
• 230 V, 50 Hz, 11 W (Germany) 8MF4 900 1 1 unit 181 2.230
• 120 V, 60 Hz, 9 W (Germany) 8MF4 901 1 1 unit 181 1.115
• 240 V, 50 Hz, 11 W 8MF4 900-1A 1 1 unit 181 1.000
With cover
NSE0_01334
• 230 V, 50 Hz, 11 W 8MF4 904 1 1 unit 181 1.000

With 3 m cable
• 230 V, 50 Hz, 11 W 8MF4 900-1B 1 1 unit 181 1.000
8MF4 900 With 3 m cable (orange-colored)
• 230 V, 50 Hz, 11 W 8MF4 900-1BB 1 1 unit 181 1.100
Spare parts for compact lights
16
• Covers 8MF4 908 1 1 unit 181 0.100
Dual lights (396 x 67 x 100 mm)
• 220 ... 240 V, 50-60 Hz, 20 W, with motion detector 8MF4 902 1 1 unit 181 0.600
• 220 ... 240 V, 50-60 Hz, 20 W, with on/off switch 8MF4 905 1 1 unit 181 0.600
• 220 ... 240 V, 50-60 Hz, 20 W, with hand-held lamp 8MF4 906 1 1 unit 181 0.600

16/6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
8MF/8MR system lighting

SET, M) approx.
kg
Slimline lights (345 x 91 x 40 mm)
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 11 W with pushbutton (On/Off)
• With socket outlet D, without magnet 8MF5 900-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.400
• With socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 50 N) 8MF5 900 1 1 unit 181 0.600
• With socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5 900-1C 1 1 unit 181 0.500
• Without socket outlet, without magnet 8MF5 900-2A 1 1 unit 181 0.400
• Without socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 50 N) 8MF5 900-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.600
8MF5 900-1A
230 V, 50/60 Hz, 11 W with motion detector
• With socket outlet D, without magnet 8MF5 910-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.400
• With socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 50 N) 8MF5 910 1 1 unit 181 0.600
• With socket outlet D, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5 910-1C 1 1 unit 181 0.500
24 ... 48 V DC, 11 W, with pushbutton (On/Off)
8MF5 910-1A
• Without socket outlet, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5 900-3B 1 1 unit 181 0.500
24 ... 48 V DC, 11 W, with motion detector
• Without socket outlet, with magnet (approx. 30 N) 8MF5 910-3B 1 1 unit 181 0.500
Socket outlets
Socket outlets with fuse
• VDE 8MF9 300 1 1 unit 180 0.500
• CEBEC 8MF9 301 1 1 unit 181 0.020
Socket outlets without fuse
• VDE 8MF9 305 1 1 unit 181 0.500
Plug-on mounts
Plug-on mount
• For fitting the cubicle lighting 8MF4 903 1 1 unit 181 0.100
NSE0_01335
8MF4 903
For more information see Catalog LV 50 "SIVACON System
Cubicles, System Lighting and System Air-Conditioning"
or in the Industry Mall under 16
"Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation
Technology" --> "System Cubicles, System Lighting and System
Air-Conditioning"--> "8MF/8MR System Lighting"

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 16/7
© Siemens AG 2013

8MR System Air-Conditioning
Introduction
■ Overview
Control supply voltage or voltage for switching capacity
24/48 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC 400/440 V AC
8MR system air-conditioning
Filter fans
Standard filter fans, IP54 or IP55
• With or without additional EMC protection ❍ ✓ ✓ --
• Cooling capacity 8 W/K ... 282 W/K ❍ ✓ ✓ --
• Air rate 25 m3/h ... 845 m3/h ❍ ✓ ✓ --
• Size 92 × 92 mm to 292 mm × 292 mm ❍ ✓ ✓ --
• Color RAL 7035 or RAL 7032 ❍ ✓ ✓ --
Roof filter fans, IP44
• Cooling capacity 113 W/K ... 242 W/K -- ✓ ✓ --
• Air rate 350 m3/h ... 690 m3/h -- ✓ ✓ --
• Size 430 mm × 430 mm to 470 mm × 470 mm -- ✓ ✓ --
• Color RAL 7035 or RAL 7032 -- ✓ ✓ --
Air conditioners/cooling devices
For door and side mounting (recessed)
• 380 ... 5800 W -- -- ✓ ✓
For roof mounting
• 410 ... 3850 W -- -- ✓ ✓
Heat exchangers
Standard
• Air/air (at ΔT = 20 K) -- ✓ ✓ --
For side and door mounting
• 700 ... 1900 W -- ✓ ✓ --
Heater units optionally without or with thermostat
• 10 W ... 150 W ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Fan heaters optionally without or with thermostat
• 100 W ... 1200 W ✓ ✓ ✓ --
• Setting ranges 0 ... +60 °C, +32 ... +140 °F ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Thermostats, hygrostats, hygrotherms, switching modules
Thermostats, optionally NC, NO, CO contacts
• Setting ranges -10... +80 °C -- ✓ ✓ --
• Switching capacities up to 16 A ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Hygrostats, changeover contacts ✓ ✓ ✓ --
• 40 ... 95 % relative air humidity ✓ ✓ -- --
Hygrotherms, optionally NC, NO, CO contacts
• Setting ranges 0 ... 60 °C, +32 ... +140 °F -- ✓ ✓ --
• 50 ... 90% relative air humidity -- ✓ ✓ --
• Switching capacities 6 (1) A ... 8 (1.6) A ✓ ✓ ✓ --
• Switching modules 16 A ✓ -- -- --
✓ Available or possible
-- Not available or not possible
❍ On request
The figures in brackets indicate inductive switching capacities.
16
16/8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Introduction
■ Benefits
Installing air-conditioning equipment in SIVACON sicube cubicle
systems ensures high fault tolerance for switchgear and control-
gear assemblies and consequently a high level of availability of
machines and plants.
■ Application
In control cubicles, depending on the ambient conditions
(e.g. heat, cold, air humidity etc.), there may be a tendency to
overheat or for mold to form. In such cases the cubicles should Optimum, extended
be air-conditioned. The following air-conditioning equipment is air duct for the system
available for this purpose: air-conditioning
• Filter fans
35 C°
• Air conditioners/cooling devices
• Heat exchangers, air/air Hot air from the
equipment and
• Heater units/thermostats busbars
55 C°
When selecting individual air-conditioning components, the
ambient temperature, the power losses of the installed devices, Cubicle
the maximum permissible device temperature and the heat
dissipation capacity of the cubicle used are the factors to be Cold air
considered. In addition, it is necessary to take into account the recirculation
required degree of protection.
25 C°
NSE0_01390a
System air-conditioning − optimum air duct
More information see Industry Mall under
"Building Technologies":
Technology" --> "SIVACON Power Distribution Boards and
Busbar Trunking Systems" --> "System Cubicles, System
Lighting and System Air-Conditioning" --> "SIVACON 8MR
System Air-Conditioning"
16
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 16/9

© Siemens AG 2013

Filter fans
■ Overview
Filter fans are the most cost-effective method - after heat Filter fan versions
dissipation through the surface of a control cubicle and/or venti-
lation openings in the enclosure parts of the control cubicles The following filter fans are available on request:
- for dissipating heat from control cubicles. • Standard filter fan IP54, color RAL 7035/7032
However, this can only achieve a control cubicle temperature • Standard filter fan IP55, color RAL 7035/7032
which lies above the ambient temperature. • Standard filter fan EMC, color RAL 7035/7032, IP54
Standard filter fans optionally in EMC version • Standard filter fan EMC, color RAL 7035/7032, IP55
When filter fans are used for air-conditioning, the cubicle must Note:
have openings which allow electromagnetic radiation to pass in For all standard filter fans the useful cooling capacity and air
and out unobstructed. Filter fans in EMC version offer additional rate are reduced by an average of approx. 30% in combinations
protection when higher requirements are imposed on electro- of filter fan / outlet filter / filter mat, and for roof filter fans by
magnetic compatibility. approx. 40%.

Filter fans
Degree Size Air current, Cutout Voltage Input Color DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
of pro- free blowing rating per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
tection at 50 Hz at SET, M) approx.
50 Hz RAL
m3/h mm V W kg
Filter fans
50/60 Hz except 8MR6 402-2LV41
IP54 1 25 92 × 92 115 AC 12 7035 8MR6 411-5LV10 1 1 unit 181 0.330
230 AC 12 7032 8MR6 423-2LV10 1 1 unit 181 0.330
230 AC 12 7035 8MR6 423-5LV10 1 1 unit 181 0.330
2 63 125 × 125 115 AC 20 7035 8MR6 411-5LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.800
230 AC 20 7032 8MR6 423-2LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.800
230 AC 20 7035 8MR6 423-5LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.800
3 115 177 × 177 115 AC 20 7035 8MR6 411-5LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
230 AC 20 7035 8MR6 423-5LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
4 160 223 × 223 115 AC 18 7035 8MR6 411-5LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
8MR6 411-5LV10 230 AC 18 7032 8MR6 423-2LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
230 AC 18 7035 8MR6 423-5LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
250 223 × 223 24 DC 16 7032 8MR6 402-2LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
115 AC 43 7035 8MR6 411-5LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
230 AC 45 7032 8MR6 423-2LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
230 AC 45 7035 8MR6 423-5LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
6 580 292 × 292 115 AC 64 7035 8MR6 411-5LV60 1 1 unit 181 3.400
230 AC 64 7032 8MR6 423-2LV60 1 1 unit 181 1.840
230 AC 64 7035 8MR6 423-5LV60 1 1 unit 181 3.400
930 292 × 292 115 AC 115 7035 8MR6 411-5LV80 1 1 unit 181 4.600
230 AC 135 7035 8MR6 423-5LV80 1 1 unit 181 4.600
IP55 2 63 125 × 125 115 AC 20 7035 8MR6 511-5LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.800
230 AC 20 7035 8MR6 523-5LV25 1 1 unit 181 0.800
3 115 177 × 177 115 AC 20 7035 8MR6 511-5LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
230 AC 20 7035 8MR6 523-5LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
4 160 223 × 223 115 AC 18 7035 8MR6 511-5LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
230 AC 18 7035 8MR6 523-5LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
250 223 × 223 115 AC 43 7035 8MR6 511-5LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
230 AC 45 7035 8MR6 423-5LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
8MR6 511-5LV10 6 580 292 × 292 115 AC 64 7035 8MR6 511-5LV60 1 1 unit 181 1.840
16 930
230 AC
292 × 292 115 AC
64
115
7035
7035
8MR6 523-5LV60
8MR6 511-5LV80
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
181
181
1.840
4.600
230 AC 135 7035 8MR6 523-5LV80 1 1 unit 181 4.600

16/10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Filter fans
Degree Size Air current, Cutout Voltage Input Color DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
of pro- free blowing rating per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
tection at 50 Hz at SET, M) approx.
50 Hz RAL
m3/h mm V W kg
EMC filter fans IP54
IP54 3 115 177 × 177 115 AC 20 7035 8MR6 411-6LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
230 AC 20 7035 8MR6 423-6LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
4 160 223 × 223 115 AC 18 7035 8MR6 411-6LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
230 AC 18 7035 8MR6 423-6LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
250 223 × 223 115 AC 43 7035 8MR6 411-6LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
230 AC 45 7035 8MR6 423-6LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
8MR6 411-6LV30
EMC filter fans IP55
IP55 3 115 177 × 177 115 AC 20 7035 8MR6 511-6LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
230 AC 20 7035 8MR6 523-6LV30 1 1 unit 181 1.030
4 160 223 × 223 115 AC 18 7035 8MR6 511-6LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
230 AC 18 7035 8MR6 523-6LV45 1 1 unit 181 1.400
250 223 × 223 115 AC 43 7035 8MR6 511-6LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
230 AC 45 7035 8MR6 523-6LV41 1 1 unit 181 1.840
8MR6 511-6LV30
Outlet filters
Size Dimensions Color DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
Cutout External di- Overall Cover RAL SET, M) approx.
mensions depth grille
W×H height
mm mm mm mm kg
Outlet filters IP54
1 92 × 92 105 × 105 12 4.5 7035 8MR6 400-2GV10 1 1 unit 181 0.060
7035 8MR6 400-5GV10 1 1 unit 181 0.060
2 125 × 125 148 × 148 23 5.5 7035 8MR6 400-2GV25 1 1 unit 181 0.170
7035 8MR6 400-5GV25 1 1 unit 181 0.170
3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6 400-5GV30 1 1 unit 181 0.350
4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7035 8MR6 400-2GV45 1 1 unit 181 0.500
7035 8MR6 400-5GV45 1 1 unit 181 0.500
8MR6 400-5GV67
6 292 × 292 323 × 323 33 6.5 7035 8MR6 400-2GV67 1 1 unit 181 0.800
7035 8MR6 400-5GV67 1 1 unit 181 0.800
Outlet filters IP55
2 125 × 125 148 × 148 23 5.5 7035 8MR6 500-5GV25 1 1 unit 181 0.170
3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6 500-5GV30 1 1 unit 181 0.350
4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7035 8MR6 500-5GV45 1 1 unit 181 0.500
6 292 × 292 323 × 323 33 6.5 7035 8MR6 500-5GV67 1 1 unit 181 0.800
8MR6 500-5GV67
16
EMC outlet filters IP54
3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6 400-6GV30 1 1 unit 181 0.350
4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7035 8MR6 400-6GV45 1 1 unit 181 0.500
EMC outlet filters IP55
3 177 × 177 204 × 204 26 6 7035 8MR6 500-6GV30 1 1 unit 181 0.350
4 223 × 223 250 × 250 32 6 7035 8MR6 500-6GV45 1 1 unit 181 0.500
8MR6 400-6GV30

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 16/11
© Siemens AG 2013

Filter fans
Filter mats
Size Dimensions DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
W×H SET, M) approx.
mm kg
Filter mats for filter fans or outlet filters for IP54
1 89 × 89 8MR6 000-0AM10 1 5 units 181 0.050
2 118 × 118 8MR6 000-0AM25 1 5 units 181 0.050
3 171 × 171 8MR6 000-0AM30 1 5 units 181 0.050
4 216 × 216 8MR6 000-0AM45 1 5 units 181 0.085
6 283 × 283 8MR6 000-0AM67 1 5 units 181 0.100
8MR6 000-0AM10
Roof filter fans

Air current, Dimensions External Voltage Input DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
free blowing Cutout dimensions rating per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
at 50 Hz W×H×D SET, M) approx.
m3/h mm mm V W kg
Roof filter fans IP44 for 50/60 Hz, color RAL 7035
405 345 × 265 420 × 340 × 108 115 40/45 8MR6 311-5DL40 1 1 unit 181 8.200
230 40/45 8MR6 323-5DL40 1 1 unit 181 8.200
690 345 × 265 420 × 340 × 108 115 100/130 8MR6 311-5DL42 1 1 unit 181 8.200
230 100/130 8MR6 323-5DL42 1 1 unit 181 8.200
8MR6 323-5DL40
Roof outlet filters IP44, color RAL 7035
Without fan 345 × 265 420 × 340 × 83 -- -- 8MR6 000-5DE40 1 1 unit 181 4.500
8MR6 000-5DE40
19" withdrawable fan units

Power Voltage Series DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
SET, M) approx.
W V kg
45 230 LE 019 8MR2 190-1A 1 1 unit 181 3.300
8MR2 190-1A
16

16/12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Air conditioners/cooling devices
■ Overview
Where ambient temperatures are higher than the permissible
device temperatures, air conditioners must be used.
All units operate with CFC-free refrigerants. Air conditioners
dehumidify the air inside the control cubicle.
Cooling devices for door or lateral and roof mounting
Two separate air circuits ensure that no ambient air enters the
control cubicle. High-performance radial fans provide for good
air circulation in the control cubicle.
Intelligent standard electronics with maximum customer
benefits:
• Simple temperature control with an integrated thermostat
• Test mode
• Temperature limits
• Start-up delay
• Door contact function
• Alarm contact
• Local diagnostics
• UL-approved
• CE-approved
Versions
8MR6 cooling devices: Air conditioners/cooling devices are available in the following
door or side mounting top left, roof mounting bottom right versions:
• For lateral and door mounting
• For roof mounting

Cooling devices for door or lateral mounting, degree of protection inside IP54/outside IP34, color RAL 7035
Cooling Rated power Dimensions Air capacity DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
capacity internal/ex- per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
W×H×D ternal SET, M) approx.
W W mm m3/h kg
Cooling devices for 230 V, 50/60 Hz1)
380 280 285 × 460 × 180 280/280 8MR6 423-5EG04 1 1 unit 181 23.000
640 400 360 × 606 × 212 330/570 8MR6 423-5EG06 1 1 unit 181 27.000
820 440 348 × 783 × 215 330/570 8MR6 423-5EG08 1 1 unit 181 34.000
10502) 570 348 × 783 × 215 570/860 8MR6 423-5SK10 1 1 unit 181 43.000
15502) 880 400 × 950 × 233 570/1050 8MR6 423-5SK15 1 1 unit 181 44.000
20502) 1080 400 × 1265 × 236 860/1050 8MR6 423-5SK20 1 1 unit 181 66.000
1)
Cooling devices for 400 V, 50/60 Hz
8MR6 423-5SK20 2900 1220 500 × 1270 × 336 860/1450 8MR6 440-5EG30 1 1 unit 181 86.000
1780 1780 500 × 1270 × 336 1450/1450 8MR6 440-5EG40 1 1 unit 181 88.000
5800 2340 600 × 2000 × 380 1450/2900 8MR6 440-5EG60 1 1 unit 181 156.000
1) 2)
Surface mounting and full integration possible. Partial integration possible.
Cooling devices for roof mounting, degree of protection inside IP54/outside IP34, color RAL 7035
Cooling ca- Rated power Dimensions
pacity
Air capacity
internal/ex-
DT Order No. Price
per PU
PU PS*/
(UNIT, P. unit
PG Weight
per PU
16
W×H×D ternal SET, M) approx.
W W mm m3/h kg
410 270 259 × 264 × 486 235/330 8MR6 423-5DE04 1 1 unit 181 24.000
820 510 340 × 340 × 600 330/570 8MR6 423-5DE08 1 1 unit 181 37.700
1150 550 401 × 415 × 567 570/1010 8MR6 423-5DE12 1 1 unit 181 46.000
1550 810 401 × 415 × 567 860/1820 8MR6 423-5DE15 1 1 unit 181 50.000
2050 1190 401 × 415 × 567 1050/1820 8MR6 423-5DE20 1 1 unit 181 56.000
2900 1210 492 × 496 × 797 860/3410 8MR6 440-5DE30 1 1 unit 181 88.000
3850 1630 492 × 496 × 797 1450/3410 8MR6 440-5DE40 1 1 unit 181 90.000

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 16/13
© Siemens AG 2013

Heat exchangers
■ Overview
Air/air principle
Heat exchangers designed on the air/air principle function with
two completely separate air circuits: an internal and an external
circuit. One fan draws in cool external air. A second fan then
directs the warmed air inside the cubicle past a large-area
finned partition element, which passes the heat to the external
circuit.
Note:
The devices can be surface mounted and fully integrated.
Heat exchanger 80 W/K

Air/air heat exchangers, degree of protection IP54, color RAL 7035
Thermal power Rated power Dimensions Air capacity DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG Weight
internal/exter- per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU
W×H×D nal SET, M) approx.
W/K W mm m3/h kg
Heat exchangers for 230 V, 50/60 Hz
36 140 316 × 771 × 93 570/570 8MR6 423-5ML36 1 1 unit 181 7.000

80 240 317 × 1260 × 108 1050/1050 8MR6 423-5ML80 1 1 unit 181 17.000
8MR6 423-5ML80
16

16/14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Heater units
■ Overview
Control cabinet heater units are used for preventing malfunc-
tions due to condensation water and corrosion and for control-
ling the temperature inside the control cabinet (observance of a
minimum temperature).
The plastic enclosure is designed such that the surface
temperatures on the touchable side areas are kept very low.
The heater units are designed for uninterrupted duty.
All units are also available in UL-approved versions and for
special voltages.
Small semiconductor heater unit, 8MR2 131-0A

SET, M) approx.
kg
Heater units
Heater units, UL-approved, with PTC thermistor
110-250 V AC/DC
• 15W 8MR2 130-1A 1 2 units 181 0.600
• 30 W 8MR2 130-3A 1 2 units 181 0.600
• 45 W 8MR2 130-4A 1 1 unit 181 0.300
• 60 W 8MR2 130-6A 1 1 unit 181 0.400
• 75 W 8MR2 130-7A 1 1 unit 181 0.500
• 100 W 8MR2 130-0A 1 1 unit 181 0.500
8MR2 130-1A
• 150 W 8MR2 130-5A 1 1 unit 181 0.700
Semiconductor heater units without thermostat,
degree of protection IP20, UL-approved, compact design
120-250 V AC/DC
• 50 W 8MR2 131-4A 1 1 unit 181 0.290
• 100 W 8MR2 131-0A 1 1 unit 181 0.300
• 150 W 8MR2 131-5A 1 1 unit 181 0.440
8MR2 131-4A
Semiconductor heater units with thermostat,
degree of protection IP20, compact design
120-250 V AC/DC
• 50 W, 15 °C 8MR2 132-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.300
• 50 W, 25 °C 8MR2 132-1AB 1 1 unit 181 0.300
• 100 W, 15 °C 8MR2 132-0A 1 1 unit 181 0.310
• 100 W, 25 °C 8MR2 132-0AB 1 1 unit 181 0.310
• 150 W, 15 °C
• 150 W, 25 °C
8MR2 132-5A
8MR2 132-5AB
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
181
181
0.440
0.440 16
8MR2 132-1A

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 16/15
© Siemens AG 2013

Fan heaters
■ Overview
Where higher heating outputs (from 150 W) are required, fan
heaters are used.
The integrated fans provide for better air circulation and hereby
achieve a more uniform air temperature distribution in the control
cabinet.
All units are also available in UL-approved versions and for
special voltages.
Fan heaters with integrated thermostat or hygrostat

SET, M) approx.
kg
Fan heaters
Fan heaters in standard version
• Without fan, UL-approved
- 230 V AC, 100 W 8MR2 140-0A 1 1 unit 181 0.400
- 230 V AC, 150 W 8MR2 140-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.400
- 230 V AC, 200 W 8MR2 140-2A 1 1 unit 181 0.500
- 230 V AC, 300 W 8MR2 140-3A 1 1 unit 181 0.500
- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2 140-4A 1 1 unit 181 0.500
8MR2 140-0A - 230 V AC, 600 W 8MR2 140-6C 1 1 unit 181 0.600
• With fan, UL-approved
- 230 V AC, 100 W 8MR2 140-0B 1 1 unit 181 0.600
- 230 V AC, 150 W 8MR2 140-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.600
- 230 V AC, 200 W 8MR2 140-2B 1 1 unit 181 0.900
- 230 V AC, 300 W 8MR2 140-3B 1 1 unit 181 0.900
- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2 140-4B 1 1 unit 181 0.900
- 230 V AC, 600 W 8MR2 140-6D 1 1 unit 181 1.000
8MR2 140-0B
Compact fan heaters
• With fan, UL-approved
- 230 V AC, 250 W 8MR2 122-4A 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 230 V AC, 400 W 8MR2 122-8A 1 1 unit 181 1.400
- 120 V AC, 250 W 8MR2 122-4B 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 120 V AC, 400 W 8MR2 122-8B 1 1 unit 181 1.400
• With fan
- 24 V DC, 250 W 8MR2 122-4AB 1 1 unit 181 1.100
8MR2 122-4A - 48 V DC, 250 W 8MR2 122-4AC 1 1 unit 181 1.100
Fan heaters with integrated thermostat or hygrostat
230 V AC, 950 W
• Fan heaters, UL-approved, for floor mounting
16 8MR2 150-0A
- Temperature range 0 to 60 °C
- 65% relative air humidity
8MR2 150-0A
8MR2 150-0BA
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
181
181
1.400
1.400
• Fan heaters, UL-approved, for wall mounting

- Temperature range 0 to 60 °C 8MR2 150-0C 1 1 unit 181 1.450
- 65% relative air humidity 8MR2 150-0CA 1 1 unit 181 1.450
8MR2 150-0C

16/16 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Fan heaters

SET, M) approx.
kg
Semiconductor fan heaters
Fan heaters
UL-approved
• Clip fixing for 35 mm standard mounting rail
- 230 V AC, 150 W, °C 8MR2 150-2C 1 1 unit 181 0.300
- 230 V AC, 350 W, °C 8MR2 140-3C 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 230 V AC, 550 W, °C 8MR2 140-5C 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 120 V AC, 350 W, °F 8MR2 140-3D 1 1 unit 181 1.100
- 120 V AC, 550 W, °F 8MR2 140-5D 1 1 unit 181 1.100
• With fixing
- 230 V AC, 150 W, screw fixing 8MR2 150-2D 1 1 unit 181 0.300
8MR2 150-2C
PTC fan heaters for floor mounting
230 V AC, 1200 W, screw fixing (M5)
• With thermostat, 0 to 60 °C 8MR2 150-2A 1 1 unit 181 1.200
• Without thermostat 8MR2 150-2B 1 1 unit 181 1.200
8MR2 150-2A
PTC heater units for wall mounting
UL-approved, 230 V AC, 1200 W, clip fixing for 35 mm standard
mounting rail or screw fixing (M6)
• With thermostat, 0 to 60 °C 8MR2 150-3A 1 1 unit 181 1.250
• Without thermostat 8MR2 150-3B 1 1 unit 181 1.250
8MR2 150-3A
16

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 16/17
© Siemens AG 2013

Thermostats, hygrostats, hygrotherms,
switching modules
■ Overview
Hygrostats
Hygrostats are used to regulate heaters/fan heaters so that the
temperature increase raises the dew point from a critical humid-
ity of 65% in cubicles and enclosures with built-in electrical and
electronic components. This prevents condensation on struc-
tural parts and electronic components.
Hygrotherms
Hygrotherms monitor both temperature and relative humidity in
cubicles and enclosures with built-in electrical/electronic com-
ponents and switch on a heater or fan upon reaching the se-
lected values (temperature or relative humidity). This prevents
condensation on structural parts and electronic components.
Switching modules
Switching modules are electronic relays for the switching of
high-power DC devices.
Tamper-proof thermostat, NC contact Thermostats, hygrostats or hygrotherms can be connected to
operate the switching modules.
Thermostats
Note:
Thermostats (as NC, NO or CO contacts) are used to regulate
cooling devices, filter fans and heat exchangers, as well as to The switching capacity values quoted in brackets refer to induc-
trigger signals in case of excessive temperatures. tive loads.

SET, M) approx.
kg
Thermostats
Small thermostats
UL-approved, max. switching capacity 250 V AC,
10 A (2 A)
• NC contacts
- Temperature range 0 ... 60 °C 8MR2 170-2BA 1 1 unit 181 0.040
- Temperature range -10 ... 50 °C 8MR2 170-1CA 1 3 units 181 0.150
- Temperature range +20 ... 80 °C 8MR2 170-1DA 1 3 units 181 0.150
8MR2 170-1BA
• NO contacts
- Temperature range 0 ... +60 °C 8MR2 170-2BB 1 1 unit 181 0.040
- Temperature range -10 ... +50 °C 8MR2 170-1CB 1 3 units 181 0.040
- Temperature range +20 ... +80 °C 8MR2 170-1DB 1 3 units 181 0.040
8MR2 170-1BB
Fix thermostats
UL-approved, max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 A (1.6 A)
• NC contacts
16
- Temperature range 15 °C / 59 °F (5 °C / 41 °F) 8MR2 171-1BA 1 1 unit 181 0.023
- Temperature range 25 °C / 77 °F (15 °C / 59 °F) 8MR2 171-2BA 1 1 unit 181 0.023
• NO contacts
- Temperature range 50 °C / 122 °F (40 °C / 104 °F) 8MR2 171-1BB 1 1 unit 181 0.023
8MR2 171-
1BA/2BA - Temperature range 60 °C / 140 °F (50 °C / 122 °F) 8MR2 171-2BB 1 1 unit 181 0.023
8MR2 171-
1BA/2BA

16/18 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

switching modules

SET, M) approx.
kg
Mechanical thermostats
UL-approved
• Changeover contact +5 ... +60 °C, 8MR2 170-1A 1 2 units 181 0.100
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 10 A (4 A)
• Changeover contact -20 ... +30 °C, 8MR2 170-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.100
8MR2 171-1A
Electronic thermostats
• CO contact, 0 ... +60 °C, 8MR2 170-2A 1 1 unit 181 0.080
max. switching capacity 28 V DC, 16 A
Twin thermostats
• NC and NO contacts, 0 ... +60 °C, 8MR2 170-1E 1 2 units 181 0.090
Twin thermostats (Fix)
• NC contact, 15 °C/59 °F (5 °C/41 °F) and 8MR2 172-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.040
NO contact, 50 °C/122 °F (40 °C/104 °F)
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 A (1.6 A)
• NC contact, 25 °C/77 °F (15 °C/ 59 °F) and 8MR2 172-2A 1 1 unit 181 0.040
NO contact, 60 °C/140 °F (50 °C/122 °F)
8MR2 172-1A max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 A (1.6 A)
or 30 W DC
• NO contact, 50 °C/122 °F (40 °C/104 °F) and 8MR2 172-1AB 1 1 unit 181 0.040
NO contact, 60 °C/140 °F (50 °C/122 °F)
max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 A (1.6 A)
Hygrostats
Mechanical hygrostats 8MR2 170-1C 1 1 unit 181 0.060
• UL-approved
• For regulating heaters/fan heaters so that the temperature
increase raises the dew point
• CO contact, 230 V AC
• 35 ... 95 % relative air humidity
• Max. switching capacity 250 V AC, 5 A (0.2 A) or 20 W DC
• Min. switching capacity 20 V AC/DC, 100 mA
Electronic hygrostats 8MR2 170-1AF 1 1 unit 181 0.700
• CO contact, 230 V AC
• 40 ... 90% relative air humidity
• Max. switching capacity 240 V AC, 8 A (1.6 A)
• For regulating heaters/fan heaters so that the temperature in-
crease raises the dew point
8MR2 170-1AF
16

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 16/19
© Siemens AG 2013

switching modules

SET, M) approx.
kg
Hygrotherms
Electronic hygrotherms
UL-approved, 50 ... 90% relative air humidity, for simultaneously
monitoring both temperature and relative humidity in cubicles
and enclosures with electronic components, CO contacts
• 120 V AC, +32 to +140 °F, 8MR2 170-4F 1 1 unit 181 0.020
max. switching capacity of NC contacts: 120 V AC, 6 A (1 A),
max. switching capacity of NO contacts: 120 V AC, 8 A (1.6 A)
• 120 V AC, 0 ... +60 °C, 8MR2 170-4H 1 1 unit 181 0.020
8MR2 170-4F max. switching capacity of NC contacts: 120 V AC, 6 A (1 A),
• 230 V AC, 0 ... +60 °C, 8MR2 170-4E 1 1 unit 181 0.200
max. switching capacity of NC contacts: 240 V AC, 6 A (1 A),
Switching modules
Switching modules
Electronic relay for switching high-power DC devices from
thermostats, hygrostats or hygrotherms
• 24 V DC, 16 A 8MR2 180-1A 1 1 unit 181 0.085
• 48 V DC, 16 A 8MR2 180-1B 1 1 unit 181 0.085
8MR2 180-1A
More information see Industry Mall under
"Building Technologies":
Technology"
--> "SIVACON Power Distribution Boards and Busbar Trunking
Systems"
--> "System Cubicles, System Lighting and
System Air-Conditioning"
--> "SIVACON 8MR System Air-Conditioning"
16

16/20 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
17
© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA DIN Technology

Distribution Boards
17.1/1 ALPHA SIMBOX

small distribution boards
17.2/1 ALPHA 160

distribution boards
17.3/1 ALPHA 400

distribution boards
17.4/1 ALPHA 630

distribution boards
17.5/1 ALPHA AS 1250

distribution boards
More technical
technical-support .
→ Product list: 17
→ Entry list:

© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA DIN Technology Distribution Boards
Notes
17
17 / 2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

17.1
© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA SIMBOX
Small Distribution Boards
17.1/2 Introduction
SIMBOX XL: Flush-mounting

and hollow-wall distribution
boards
17.1/4 Introduction
17.1/5 Versions
17.1/6 Accessories
SIMBOX XL: Surface-mounting

distribution boards, IP30
17.1/7 Introduction
17.1/8 Versions
17.1/9 Accessories
SIMBOX WP: Surface-mounting

17.1/10 Introduction
17.1/11 Versions
17.1/12 Accessories
17.1/13 Dimensional drawings
More technical
technical-support .
Technical specifications 1
→ Entry list:

© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA SIMBOX Small Distribution Boards
Introduction
■ Overview
Devices Page Surface- Flush- Rated cur- Cubicle depth Safety class
mounting mounting rent
distribu- distribu-
tion tion boards
boards
A mm 1 2
ALPHA SIMBOX SIMBOX XL: 17.1/4 -- ✔ 63 881) -- ✔
small distribution Flush-mounting and hollow-
boards wall distribution boards
SIMBOX XL: 17.1/8 ✔ -- 63 99 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
distribution boards IP30
SIMBOX WP: 17.1/10 ✔ -- 63 100/140/160 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
ALPHA 160 Cubicle, partially equipped 17.2/6 ✔ ✔ 160 140 -- ✔
DIN technology
distribution boards Unequipped distribution 17.2/6 ✔ ✔ 160 140 -- ✔
board
ALPHA 400 Unequipped distribution 17.3/9 ✔ -- 400 210 ✔ ✔

DIN technology board, flat pack
distribution boards
Unequipped distribution 17.3/10 ✔ ✔ 400 210 ✔ ✔
board, pre-assembled

distribution boards
Unequipped distribution 17.4/7 ✔ -- 630 210 / 250 / 320 ✔ ✔
Unequipped distribution 17.4/8 ✔ -- 630 250 / 320 ✔ --
board, pre-assembled, with
open side panels
ALPHA AS 1250 Unequipped distribution 17.5/7 ✔ -- 1250 400 ✔ --

DIN technology board, pre-assembled
distribution boards
1)
Mounting depth
17
1
17.1 / 2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Degree VDE EN DIN IEC Meets require- Meets require-

of protection ments of 8.2.1 - ments of 8.2.9 -
8.2.7 according 8.2.15 according
to EN 60439-1 to EN 60439-3
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --
IP65 DIN VDE 0603-1, EN 60439-1/-3 DIN 43871 IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔

DIN VDE 0660-500/504
IP31 / IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP31 / IP43 / IP55
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP43 / IP55
IP55
IP55 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- Type verification ✔ ✔

according to
IEC 61439-2
17
1
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.1 / 3

© Siemens AG 2013

SIMBOX XL: Flush-Mounting and Hollow-Wall Distribution Boards
Introduction
The new generation of Siemens small distribution boards is Small distribution boards are suitable as sub-distribution boards
designed for maximum utilization of space, even in extremely or floor panel boards for all applications in electrical building in-
confined conditions. stallations. Thanks to their compact mounting depth, they can be
Raised front covers, enlarged terminal compartments and inte- installed close to the respective load center in residential and
grated cable routing aids enable easy wiring. With a compact non-residential buildings, as well as in schools, commercial
mounting depth of just 88 mm these distribution boards fit in the buildings and shops.
narrowest of hollow walls.
To round off the package there is a comprehensive package of
accessories which is compatible with the surface-mounting dis-
tribution board (terminals, covering strips, door locks).
■ Design
• Available in sizes with 1-4 tiers
■ Benefits • Door and frame are made of elegant metal components
• Ample wiring space • Small mounting depth of 88 mm is ideal for hollow-wall instal-
lations
• Raised front cover
• Strain relief possibilities are provided at the top and bottom of
• Sealable front cover the distribution board
• Integrated water-level • Knockouts enable cable entry from all four sides of the distri-
• Marking aid on the wall-recessed box bution board
• Small mounting depth of just 88 mm • Integrated cable routing aids in the wall-recessed box
• Each tier can be expanded by 2 MW • Space-saving slots for RCCB terminals are available in addi-
• Hollow-wall distribution board also suitable for flush-mounting tion to terminal strips
Rated current in A up to 63
Rated voltage in V AC 400
Safety class 2 (total insulation)
Color pure white RAL 9010
Mounting rail spacing in mm 125
Standards DIN VDE 0603-1
DIN 43871
Mounting depth in mm 88
17
1
17.1 / 4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Versions
■ Overview
Features
• Pure white RAL 9010 1
1 Terminal strips
• Each tier can be expanded by 2 MW to a maximum of 14 MW 2 2 RCCB terminal
• Small mounting depth of 88 mm 3 Door locking kit
• All distribution boards are pre-configured with terminal strips
4 Blanking strip
featuring user-friendly plug-in terminals
5 Mounting aid for
Mounting 5 flush mounting
• Distribution boards of size 2 and larger are pre-configured for
the installation of two RCCB circuits
• Upgrading of the distribution boards with space-saving RCCB
terminals is also possible
I202_02437
3
This illustration does not show the scope of delivery

SET, approx.
M) kg
Flush-mounting distribution boards
Type Recess Tiers × MW Equipping options
dimensions Terminal strips
L×W×D Number × type
in mm
1-tier 393 × 359 × 88 1 × 12 1 × 8GB5 016-5KM 8GB5 012-1KM 1 1 unit 032 2.700
--
1 × 8GB5 005-5KM
8GB5 024-1KM 3-tier 643 × 359 × 88 3 × 12 1 × 8GB5 017-5KM 8GB5 036-1KM 1 1 unit 032 4.300
1 × 8GB5 021-5KM
1 × 8GB5 021-5KM
Hollow-wall distribution boards
Including accessories for hollow-wall mounting
Type Recess Tiers × MW Equipping options
dimensions Terminal strips
in mm
--
1 × 8GB5 005-5KM
8GB5 024-4KM
1 × 8GB5 021-5KM
1 × 8GB5 021-5KM
17
1

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.1 / 5
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

SET, approx.
M) kg
Terminal strips with plug-in terminals
Number of slots per distribution board:
•1 to 2-tier: 2 units
Type Potential 1 Potential 2
N/PE N = 3×25 + 14×4 mm² PE = 3×25 + 14×14 mm² 8GB5 016-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.110
N/N N1 = 3×25 +1 4×4 mm² N2 = 3×25 + 14×14 mm² 8GB5 017-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.110
N N = 6×25 + 28×4 mm² 8GB5 020-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.110
PE PE = 6×16 + 28×4 mm² 8GB5 021-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.110
Terminals strips with screw terminals
N/N N1 = 3×16 + 14×10 mm² N2 = 3×16 + 14×10 mm² 8GB5 015-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.130
N N = 6×16 + 28×10 mm² 8GB5 010-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.130
PE PE = 6×16 + 28×10 mm² 8GB5 011-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.130
RCCB terminals 8GB5 005-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.021
For distributing the neutral conductor to two RCCBs
N = 3×16 + 2×10 mm²
8GB5 005-5KM
Door locking kits 8GB5 006-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.026
•For snapping into door handle
•With two keys
8GB5 006-5KM
Blanking strips 8GB4 683 1 10 units 032 0.042

•12 MW wide
•Color: White
8GB4 683 •With increased flame protection up to 850°C,
hence suitable for hollow-wall distribution boards
Mounting aids for flush mounting 8GB5 013-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.120
•Comprising four wall anchors and locking aids
•Can also be used in hollow-wall distribution boards
I202_02447
8GB5 013-5KM
17
1

17.1 / 6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

SIMBOX XL: Surface-Mounting Distribution Boards, IP30
Introduction
The new generation of Siemens small distribution boards is de- Small distribution boards are suitable as sub-distribution boards
signed for maximum utilization of space, even in extremely con- or floor panel boards for all applications in electrical building in-
fined conditions. stallations.
The SIMBOX XL offers ample wiring space. Thanks to their small dimensions, they can be installed close to
To round off the package there is a comprehensive package the respective load center in residential and non-residential
of accessories which are compatible with the flush-mounting/ buildings, as well as in schools, commercial buildings and
hollow-wall distribution board (terminals, covering strips, door shops.
locks).
■ Design
■ Benefits • Available in sizes with 1-4 tiers
• Knockouts enable cable entry from all four sides and the rear • Strain relief possibilities are provided at the top and bottom of
of the distribution board the distribution board
• A comprehensive range of plastic doors is available in addi- • Knockouts enable cable entry from all four sides of the distri-
tion to robust sheet-steel doors bution board
• Each tier can be expanded by 2 MW • Space-saving slots for RCCB terminals are available in addi-
• The accessories pack can also be used for flush-mounting tion to terminal strips
and hollow-wall distribution boards • When the gray transparent plastic doors are used, indicator
lights are also visible when the door is closed
• Raised mounting rails permit user-friendly cable bushing
Color pure white RAL 9010
Mounting rail spacing in mm 125
Standards DIN VDE 0603-1
DIN 43871
17
1
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.1 / 7

© Siemens AG 2013

Versions
■ Overview
Features
• Pure white RAL 9010
• Each tier can be expanded by 2 MW to a maximum of 14 MW
• All distribution boards are pre-configured with terminal strips
featuring service-proven screw terminals
• Comprehensive range of doors
Mounting
• Distribution boards of size 2 and larger are pre-configured for
the installation of two RCCB circuits
• Upgrading of the distribution boards with space-saving RCCB
terminals is also possible

SET, approx.
M)
kg
Surface-mounting distribution boards without door
Type External Tiers × Equipping options
dimensions MW Terminal strips
in mm
--
1 × 8GB5 005-5KM
8GB5 012-0KM 3-tier 515 × 305 × 99 3 × 12 1 × 8GB5 015-5KM 8GB5 036-0KM 1 1 unit 032 1.930
1 × 8GB5 011-5KM
1 × 8GB5 011-5KM
Doors
• Metal door, white
- 1-tier 8GB5 001-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.520
- 2-tier 8GB5 002-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.750
- 3-tier 8GB5 003-5KM 1 1 unit 032 1.130
- 4-tier 8GB5 004-5KM 1 1 unit 032 1.520
8GB5 001-5KM
• Plastic door, white
- 1-tier 8GB5 001-5KM01 1 1 unit 032 0.240
- 2-tier 8GB5 002-5KM01 1 1 unit 032 0.330
- 3-tier 8GB5 003-5KM01 1 1 unit 032 0.530
- 4-tier 8GB5 004-5KM01 1 1 unit 032 0.660
8GB5001-5KM01
• Plastic door, transparent gray
- 1-tier 8GB5 001-5KM02 1 1 unit 032 0.240
17
- 2-tier 8GB5 002-5KM02 1 1 unit 032 0.330
- 3-tier 8GB5 003-5KM02 1 1 unit 032 0.530
- 4-tier 8GB5 004-5KM02 1 1 unit 032 0.660
1
8GB5 001-5KM02

17.1 / 8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

SET, approx.
M)
kg
Terminal strips with plug-in terminals
• 1 to 2-tier: 2 units
N N = 6×25 + 28×4 mm² 8GB5 020-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.110
PE PE = 6×16 + 28×4 mm² 8GB5 021-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.110
Terminals strips with screw terminals
N N = 6×16 + 28×10 mm² 8GB5 010-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.130
PE PE = 6×16 + 28×10 mm² 8GB5 011-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.130
RCCB terminals 8GB5 005-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.021
For distributing the neutral conductor to two RCCBs
N = 3×16 + 2×10 mm²
8GB5 005-5KM
Door locking kits 8GB5 006-5KM 1 1 unit 032 0.026
• For snapping into door handle
• With two keys
8GB5 006-5KM
• 12 MW wide
• Color: White
8GB4 683 • With increased flame protection up to 850°C,
hence suitable for hollow-wall distribution boards
17
1

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.1 / 9
© Siemens AG 2013

SIMBOX WP: Surface-Mounting Distribution Boards, IP65
Introduction
■ Benefits ■ Application
• Plan and configure quickly, simply and conveniently with Due to the high degree of protection IP65, these small distribu-
the ALPHA SELECT software – also available on the DVD tion boards can withstand harsh ambient conditions in both in-
enclosed with the paper catalog (see below). door and outdoor areas.
• The wiring space behind the standard mounting rail is 15 mm Their resistance to dust and splashing water makes them ideal
and 48 mm, ensuring fast and easy wiring for use in a range of different application areas, such as car
• The door can be hinged on the right or left without tools washes, farms, joiners' workshops, etc.
• Door opening angle of 180°
• The withdrawable device rack ensures easy and fast assem- Special applications
bly. The generous wiring space and clearly arranged modular Due to their large temperature operating range (-25°C to +60°C),
design reduce assembly times by approx. 20 % UV radiation resistance and resistance to dust and splashing
• The plastic materials used can be recycled. water, this small distribution board range is especially suitable
• ALPHA Select for harsh ambient conditions.
According to EN / IEC 60439-3
Color light gray RAL 7035
Temperature range -20°C to + 60 °C)
Impact strength IK07
Mounting rail spacing 150 mm
Device mounting depth 70 mm
According to IEC 62208 9.10 (EN / IEC 61439-1 Table 8)
Rated insulation voltage in AC/DC 1000
in V
Valid for Empty enclosures without terminal
strips. Installed devices must be
designed for this insulation voltage
17
1
17.1 / 10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Versions
■ Overview
Features
• Degree of protection IP65 1 1 Cover
• Can be used in outdoor areas (-20 °C to +60 °C)
• Safety class 2 (total insulation) 2 Terminal strips
2
• UV-resistant 7 3 Partition
6
• Transparent doors
4 Cover
• Color light gray RAL 7035
5 Cover, uninsulated
Mounting instructions
• N/PE terminal strips must be ordered separately 6 Door locking kit
• 1 blanking strip is provided for each tier 7 Device rack
• For device mounting depths up to 70 mm
i202_18220
3
5 4

SET, approx.
M) kg
Surface-mounting distribution boards
Type External Tiers × MW slots
dimensions N/PE terminal strips1)
H × W × D in mm No. × Type
• 1-tier 210 × 143 × 100 1×4 -- 8GB1 371-0 1 1 unit 032 0.579
210 × 215 × 100 1×8 1 × 8GB2 052-0 8GB1 371-1 1 1 unit 032 0.808
260 × 298 × 140 1 × 12 1 × 8GB2 052-1 8GB1 371-2 1 1 unit 032 1.677
285 × 410 × 140 1 × 18 1 × 8GB2 052-2 8GB1 371-3 1 1 unit 032 2.290
8GB1 371-2
• 2-tier 420 × 298 × 140 2 × 12 2 × 8GB2 052-1 8GB1 372-2 1 1 unit 032 2.546
463 × 410 × 140 2 × 18 2 × 8GB2 052-2 8GB1 372-3 1 1 unit 032 3.920
8GB1 372-2
• 3-tier 655 × 410 × 140 3 × 18 3 × 8GB2 052-2 8GB1 373-3 1 1 unit 032 5.225
8GB1 373-3
• 4-tier 878 × 410 × 160 4 × 18 4 × 8GB2 052-2 8GB1 374-3 1 1 unit 032 8.000
17
1
8GB1 374-3
1)
Not included in delivery of the device.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.1 / 11
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

SET, approx.
M) kg
Covers
•For connection of conduit and cable duct entries
•Convenient snap-on mounting on the distribution board
MW
• 12 8GB2 051-0 1 20 units 032 0.131
• 18 8GB2 051-1 1 20 units 032 0.197
8GB2 051-0
N/PE terminal strips
For snapping onto device rack
MW N
8GB2 052-0 •8 1 × 25 mm² + 7 × 10 mm² 1 × 25 mm² + 7 × 10 mm² 8GB2 052-0 1 10 units 032 0.169
• 12 3 × 25 mm² + 10 × 10 mm² 3 × 25 mm² + 10 × 10 mm² 8GB2 052-1 1 10 units 032 0.256
• 18 5 × 25 mm² + 14× 10 mm² 5 × 25 mm² + 14 × 10 mm² 8GB2 052-2 1 10 units 032 0.391
Inner partitions
Horizontal
MW
8GB2 053-0 • 12 8GB2 053-0 1 10 units 032 0.055
• 18 8GB2 053-1 1 10 units 032 0.098
Front covers
MW
• 12 8GB2 054-0 1 20 units 032 0.083
• 18 8GB2 054-1 1 20 units 032 0.213
Safety cylinder locks 8GB2 055-0 1 10 units 032 0.045
•With key
•Made of metal
8GB2 055-0
•12 MW wide
•Color: Gray
8GB4 671 •Knockouts enable easy cutting to required length
•With increased flame protection up to 850°C
17
1

17.1 / 12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Dimensional drawings
■ Dimensional drawings
c c
b d max b d max
o f e o f e
g
g
n
a
I201_07865
a
n
i
m l
5
I201_07866
h
1-tier 8GB1 371-0, 8GB1 371-1, 8GB1 371-2, 8GB1 371-3
5 m l
k
2-tier 8GB1 372-2, 8GB1 372-3

(3 and 4-tier versions not shown)
MW Type Dimensions
a b c dmax e f g h i k l m n o
1×4 8GB1 371-0 210 148 100 75 48 15 105 105 -- -- -- -- 156 87
1×8 8GB1 371-1 210 215 100 75 48 15 105 105 -- -- -- -- 110 115
1 × 12 8GB1 371-2 260 298 140 75 48 48 117.5 142.5 -- 102 75 21 161 200
1 × 18 8GB1 371-3 285 410 140 75 48 48 117.5 142.5 -- 102 75 21 185 310
2 × 12 8GB1 372-2 420 298 140 75 48 48 147.5 122.5 150 102 75 21 320 200
2 × 18 8GB1 372-3 463 410 140 75 48 48 155.5 131.5 150 102 75 21 210 293
3 × 18 8GB1 373-3 655 410 140 75 48 48 162.5 142.5 175 102 75 21 363 319
4 × 18 8GB1 374-3 878 410 160 75 48 48 175 155.5 175 102 75 21 394 319
a = Distribution board height

b = Distribution board width
c = Distribution board depth
g = Device mounting depth
h = Wiring space behind the standard mounting rail
17
1
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.1 / 13

© Siemens AG 2013

Notes
17
1
17.1 / 14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

17.2
© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA 160
Distribution Boards
17.2/2 Introduction
17.2/6 8GK1 surface and flush-

mounting distribution boards
Quick-assembly kits for

unequipped distribution boards
17.2/7 8GK4 quick-assembly kits for
Assembly kits for unequipped

distribution boards
17.2/8 Longitudinal stays
17.2/8 Assembly kits for modular
installation devices
17.2/9 8GK4 assembly kits
17.2/10 Mounting of fuse switch

disconnectors
17.2/10 Accessories
More technical
technical-support .
→ Entry list:

© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA 160 Distribution Boards
Introduction
■ Overview
Devices Page Surface- Flush- Rated Cubicle depth Safety class
mounting mounting current
distribu- distribu-
tion boards tion boards
A mm 1 2
SIMBOX XL: 17.1/8 ✔ -- 63 99 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
SIMBOX WP: 17.1/10 ✔ -- 63 100/140/160 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
DIN technology
board

distribution boards

distribution boards
board, pre-assembled,
with open side panels

distribution boards
1) Mounting depth
17
2
17.2 / 2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction

to EN 60439-1 to EN 60439-3
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --

DIN VDE 0660-500/504
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP31 / IP43 / IP55
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP43 / IP55
IP55

according to
IEC 61439-2
17
2
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.2 / 3

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
■ Benefits
• Plan and configure quickly, simply and conveniently with
the ALPHA SELECT software – also available on the DVD
enclosed with the paper catalog.
• Easy planning thanks to modular design
• Ample wiring space behind the standard mounting rail
• Comprehensive range of cabinet-high and frequently used
quick-assembly kits and standard assembly kits for individual
and project-related assembly
• Easy assembly thanks to keyhole-fastened components and
modules with quick-acting locks
• Fast mounting times thanks to quick-assembly kits
• System concept according to DIN, EN and VDE standards
• Solid sheet-steel enclosure
• Degree of protection:
- Surface mounting: IP43 with door
System - Flush mounting: IP31 with door and integrated masking
frame
The modular design of our Siemens distribution board system • Safety class 2 (total insulation)
draws on our long years of experience in the distribution board • High-quality surface finish: distribution boards made of elec-
sector. trogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel, system compo-
This system has been tailored to meet individual requirements nents made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel, galvanized
for distribution board installation. and transparently chromated small components and screws
• Doors can be hinged on the right or left
The system comprises unequipped distribution boards, partially • Door opening angle of 170°
equipped distribution boards with cabinet-high quick-assembly • Replaceable locking systems (accessories)
kits, cabinet-high quick-assembly kits for modular installation • Front cover with sealable 90° quick-acting locks
devices for fast equipping and wiring, assembly kits for project- • Environmentally-friendly and recyclable plastics.
related and individual assembly, as well as an extensive range
of accessories.
■ Application
Enclosures
ALPHA 160 DIN technology distribution boards are used for all
Material: applications for which a small distribution board does not pro-
Electrogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel. vide sufficient equipping or wiring space, e.g. in residential, ad-
Sheet thickness: ministrative, non-residential, commercial and industrial build-
body 0.75 mm, door 1 mm ings.
Its ultra flat design (depth 140 mm) is an extremely useful addi-
Color: tion to the Siemens distribution board product range.
RAL 9016 (traffic white).
Further RAL colors are available on request. The distribution board and its components are of modular de-
sign.
Quick-assembly kits and assembly kits With just a few standard components, it is possible to achieve a
The assembly kits are made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel wide range of project-related mounting and equipping options.
and are equipped with molded-plastic covers for a wide range The ALPHA 160 DIN technology distribution board range com-
of equipping options, e.g. with switching devices and modular prises wall-mounted distribution boards with up to 7 modular
installation devices. installation devices, each with 12 MW per mounting width
(250 mm). The standard mounting rail tier spacing is 125 mm or
The largest switching devices that can be installed in the ALPHA 150 mm. A total of 4 cabinet mounting widths are available, each
160 DIN technology distribution boards are the 3NP40 10 and with an internal dimension of 250 mm.
3NP40 70 fuse switch disconnectors in sizes NH 000 and NH 00 The distribution boards can be supplied in safety class 2 (total
with a rated current of up to 160 A. insulation). The standard degree of protection is IP43 for sur-
face-mounting distribution boards and IP31 for flush-mounting
distribution boards. The rated current is 160 A.
The modular design of the board enables easy planning, config-
uration, calculation, ordering and mounting.
Cabinet-high quick-assembly kits or assembly kits that only re-
quire a one-size screwdriver for assembly are available for all
mountable switching devices and modular installation devices.
17
2
17.2 / 4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Overvoltage category III
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp in KV 6
Clearance and creepage distances EN 60664-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui in V 690
Rated operational voltage Ue in V AC/DC 690
Rated voltage Un (40 Hz ... 60 Hz AC) in V 690 for built-in devices
Protective measures Safety class 2 (total insulation)
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 Surface mounting: IP43 with door,
flush mounting: IP31 with door and integrated masking frame
Standard mounting rail tier spacing per standard mounting rail tier 125/150
in mm
Modular width (MW) 18 mm, 12 MW + 1 mountable MW
Pollution degree 3
Ambient temperature in °C 35 (24-h mean value)
Relative air humidity in % 50 at 40 °C
Test specifications EN 60439-1/-3
Enclosures Sheet steel
Mounting dimensions DIN 43870
Surface Electrogalvanized and powder-coated
Color
• Enclosure1) RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• Covers RAL 7035 (light gray)
Lock Rotary handle - can be replaced by other locking systems
if required
Packing material Shock-proof, environmentally-friendly
1)
Further RAL colors are available on request.
Cabinet dimensions
Surface-mounting Flush-mounting
distribution boards distribution boards
(external dimensions) with integrated masking frame
(external dimensions)
Depth 140 mm Depth 140 mm
Height Width Height Width
mm mm mm mm
500 300 558 358
550 608
650 300 708 358
550 608
800 300 858 358
550 608
950 300 1008 358
550 608
1100 300 1158 358
550 608
17
2

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.2 / 5
© Siemens AG 2013

8GK1 surface and flush-mounting
distribution boards
■ Overview
• Cabinet depth of 140 mm • Flanges: per panel width: one 2-component flange each at the
• Safety class 2 (total insulation) top and bottom
• Color RAL 9016 (traffic white) • For distribution boards with built-in distribution board panels:
• Enclosure complete with door. Distribution boards with a width Tier spacing of 125 mm with N/PE bar per panel width
of 750/800 mm or more will be supplied with a double door. The • Flush-mounting distrib. board with integrated masking frame.
integral rotary handle can be replaced with a different type of Note: Wall anchors are included in delivery with flush-mounting
locking system, if preferred. distribution boards.

Internal/external Panel Tiers/ DT Surface-mounting PU PS*/ PG DT Flush-mounting PU PS*/ PG
dimensions width MW distribution boards, IP43 (UNIT, P. unit distribution boards, IP31 (UNIT, P. unit
Height Width Order No. SET, M) Order No. SET, M)
mm mm
Unequipped distribution boards
450/500 250/300 -- 8GK1 032-1KK11 1 1 unit 039 8GK1 031-1KK11 1 1 unit 039
500/550 8GK1 032-1KK21 1 1 unit 039 8GK1 031-1KK21 1 1 unit 039
I201_08448
750/800 8GK1 032-1KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
750/800 8GK1 032-2KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
1000/1050 8GK1 032-2KK41 1 1 unit 039 --
750/800 8GK1 032-3KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
1000/1050 8GK1 032-3KK41 1 1 unit 039 --
750/800 8GK1 032-4KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
1000/1050 8GK1 032-4KK41 1 1 unit 039 --
750/800 8GK1 032-5KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
1000/1050 8GK1 032-5KK41 1 1 unit 039 --
Distribution boards with built-in distribution board panels
450/500 250/300 3/36 8GK1 052-1KK11 1 1 unit 039 --
500/550 6/72 8GK1 052-1KK21 1 1 unit 039 --
I201_08443
750/800 9/108 8GK1 052-1KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
600/650 250/300 4/48 8GK1 052-2KK11 1 1 unit 039 --

500/550 8/96 8GK1 052-2KK21 1 1 unit 039 --
750/800 12/144 8GK1 052-2KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
1000/1050 16/192 8GK1 052-2KK41 1 1 unit 039 --
750/800 250/300 5/60 8GK1 052-3KK11 1 1 unit 039 --
500/550 10/120 8GK1 052-3KK21 1 1 unit 039 --
750/800 15/180 8GK1 052-3KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
1000/1050 20/240 8GK1 052-3KK41 1 1 unit 039 --
17 900/950 250/300 6/72 8GK1 052-4KK11 1 1 unit 039 --
2 500/550 12/144 8GK1 052-4KK21 1 1 unit 039 --

750/800 18/216 8GK1 052-4KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
1000/1050 24/288 8GK1 052-4KK41 1 1 unit 039 --
1050/1100 250/300 7/84 8GK1 052-5KK11 1 1 unit 039 --
500/550 14/168 8GK1 052-5KK21 1 1 unit 039 --
750/800 21/252 8GK1 052-5KK31 1 1 unit 039 --
1000/1050 28/336 8GK1 052-5KK41 1 1 unit 039 --
Quick-assembly kits and assembly kits: 17.2/7. Accessories: 17.2/10.

17.2 / 6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Quick-Assembly Kits for Unequipped Distribution Boards
8GK4 quick-assembly kits
for modular installation devices
■ Overview
Quick-assembly kits are pre-assembled cabinet-high system
components for the most common applications. Such kits
already include the longitudinal stays and can be simply
snapped into the unequipped distribution boards of the
respective mounting height, thanks to the time-saving quick-
locking technology.

External Tiers/ Quick-assembly kits, for modular installation devices
dimensions MW DT Tier spacing of 125 mm, PU PS*/ PG DT Tier spacing of 150 mm, PU PS*/ PG
with N/PE bar (UNIT, P. unit without N/PE bar (UNIT, P. unit
Height Width Order No. Price SET, Order No. Price SET,
per PU M) per PU M)
mm mm
450 250 3/36 8GK4 001-3KK11 1 1 unit 039 8GK4 051-3KK11 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 051-
3KK11
8GK4 051-
4KK11
8GK4 051-
5KK11
8GK4 051-
6KK11
17
2
8GK4 051-
7KK11
The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped
with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
Accessories: 17.2/10.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.2 / 7
© Siemens AG 2013

Assembly Kits for Unequipped Distribution Boards
Longitudinal stays

Version DT Order No. Price PU PS*/ PG
per PU (UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Longitudinal stays
• To mount the assembly kits in unequipped distribution boards,
2 longitudinal stays are required for each assembly kit width
• 1 set = 2 stays
Height in mm
• 450 8GK4 851-3KK00 1 1 set 039
• 600 8GK4 851-4KK00 1 1 set 039
• 750 8GK4 851-5KK00 1 1 set 039
• 900 8GK4 851-6KK00 1 1 set 039
• 1050 8GK4 851-7KK00 1 1 set 039
8GK4 851-3KK00
Assembly kits
■ Overview
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, Note: For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distri-
comprising: device racks, front cover including supports, bution boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly
screws and mounting accessories kit. These must be ordered separately (see page 17.2/8).
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting
locking connections facilitate fast and reliable attachment to
the supports.

External Tiers/ Assembly kits, for modular installation devices
dimensions MW DT Tier spacing of 125 mm, PU PS*/ PG DT Tier spacing of 150 mm, PU PS*/ PG
without N/PE bar (UNIT, P. unit without N/PE bar (UNIT, P. unit
Height Width Order No. Price SET, Order No. Price SET,
per PU M) per PU M)
mm mm
150 250 1/12 -- 8GK4 351-1KK11 1 1 unit 039
500 1/24 -- 8GK4 351-1KK21 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-
1KK21
500 2/48 8GK4 301-2KK21 1 1 unit 039 8GK4 351-2KK21 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-
2KK21
8GK4 351-
17 3KK21
8GK4 351-
4KK21
The assembly kits with a width of 250 mm and 500 mm are For accessories see page 17.2/10.
equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.

17.2 / 8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Assembly Kits for Unequipped Distribution Boards
8GK4 assembly kits

SET,
M)
Assembly kits for horizontal terminal blocks

• Terminal blocks with graded insulation design
• Closed
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, comprising:
device racks, front cover including supports, screws and mounting
accessories
• With a front cover (for unequipped panels is sealable as standard and
the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and reliable fixation
to the supports)
8GK4 401-1KK11
Height in mm Width in mm (external dimensions)
150 250 8GK4 401-1KK11 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 401-1KK21 1 1 unit 039
300 250 8GK4 401-2KK11 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 401-2KK21 1 1 unit 039
Note
• For assembly kits with a width of 500 mm it is recommended to install a
vertical profile bar.
• For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution boards,
2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be or-
dered separately (see page 17.2/8).
Assembly kits with mounting plates
• Closed
mounting plate, front cover including supports, screws and mounting
accessories
to the supports)
External dimensions (mm): Mounting plate dimensions in mm
assembly kit
8GK4 451-2KK11 Height Width Height Width
300 250 245 207.5 8GK4 451-2KK11 1 1 unit 039
450 395 8GK4 451-3KK11 1 1 unit 039
600 545 8GK4 451-4KK11 1 1 unit 039
Note
For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution boards,
Assembly kits for unequipped panels
front cover including supports, screws and mounting accessories
to the supports)
Height in mm Width in mm (external dimensions)
8GK4 501-1KK11 150 250 8GK4 501-1KK11 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-1KK21 1 1 unit 039
300 250 8GK4 501-2KK11 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-2KK21 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 501-3KK11 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-3KK21 1 1 unit 039
600 250 8GK4 501-4KK11 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-4KK21 1 1 unit 039
Note
For accessories see page 17.2/10 ff.
17
2

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.2 / 9
© Siemens AG 2013
Mounting of fuse switch disconnectors
■ Overview
Installation of the size 000 and 00 3NP1 fuse switch disconnec-
tors in the ALPHA 160 DIN technology distribution board is
implemented using the assembly kits for modular installation
devices. Here the fuse switch disconnector is mounted between
the standard mounting rails and the front cover on the modular
installation devices is cut out appropriately (see graphic).
Covering strip
For further information on 3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors
please see Catalog LV 10.1, chapter 7.
01I2_18163
Accessories

SET,
M)
Unequipped distribution boards and partially equipped distribution boards
Wall-mounting rails
• For all wall-mounted distribution boards
• The distribution board can be quickly and precisely mounted
by a single person
8GK9 912-0KK10
Length in mm
• 250 8GK9 912-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
• 500 8GK9 912-0KK20 1 1 unit 039
• 750 8GK9 912-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
• 1000 8GK9 912-0KK40 1 1 unit 039
• 1250 8GK9 912-0KK50 1 1 unit 039
Cabinet mounting lugs, flat
Versions
• For mounting and fixing the cabinet directly against the wall without 8GK9 910-0KK36 1 5 sets 039
spacing
- 1 set = 4 lugs incl. screws
• For linking two cabinets and for mounting and fixing directly against 8GK9 910-0KK37 1 1 set 039
17
the wall without spacing
- 8GK9 910-0KK36 also required for the ends of a series of cabinets
- 1 set = 2 lugs incl. screws
2 Hollow-wall sets 8GK9 910-0KK28 1 1 set 039
For fixing flush-mounting distribution boards in hollow walls

17.2 / 10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
Locking systems
Versions
• Standard locking devices 8GK9 560-0KK04 1 1 unit 039
- Made of plastic
- Color: black
8GK9 560-0KK04 - With rotary handle for wall-mounted distribution board,
degree of protection IP43
- Cannot be retrofitted to other locking devices
• Rotary handle locking devices for profile cylinders 8GK9 560-0KK06 1 1 unit 039
- For wall-mounted distribution boards with degree of protection
IP43/IP55, with mounting option for a profile semicylinder
(length 40 mm)
- Suitable for E012 or Senat tumbler
- Color: black
• Lockable rotary handles 8GK9 560-0KK13 1 1 unit 039
- Incl. E012 lock and two keys
Accessories
Spare key for E012 lock 8GF9 390-2 1 1 unit 042
Profile semicylinders
Versions
• With E012 lock and two keys 8GK9 560-0KK07 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 560-0KK07
• With Senat tumbler and two keys 8GK9 560-0KK08 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 560-0KK08
• With 3-mm pin as double-bit lock 8GK9 560-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 560-0KK10
2-component flanges 8GK9 000-0KK02 1 1 unit 039
• For fast and correct wiring
• With 44 possible knockouts
• Comprising 2 elastic components
8GK9 000-0KK02
Siemens nameplates 8GD9 084 1 1 unit 042
• Made of aluminum
8GD9 084 • Self-adhesive
• Color: petrol
Paint sticks 8GK9 910-0KK15 1 1 unit 039
• Color RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• 12 g
Paint spray cans 8GK9 910-0KK17 1 1 unit 039
• 400 ml
17
2

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.2 / 11
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
Partitions
• For the visual and spatial separation of different potentials
• Material plastic
Versions
• Vertical
- Height 450 mm 8GK9 001-3KK01 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 001-3KK01
• Horizontal
- Width 250 mm 8GK9 002-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 002-0KK10
N/PE bars 8GK9 910-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
• For mounting on longitudinal stays, with 2 × 29 clamping points, 16 mm2
• 250 mm long
8GK9 910-0KK10
N/PE bars as plug-in terminals
Versions
• Each with six screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in 8GK9 910-0KK11 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 910-0KK11 connections from 1.5 to 4 mm2 for mounting on longitudinal stays
at a 30° inclination
• With six screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in connections 8GK9 910-0KK12 1 1 unit 039
from 1.5 to 4 mm2, for PE bar and one N bar each with two screw termi-
nals from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 10 plug-in connections from 1.5 to 4 mm2,
for mounting on longitudinal stays at a 30° inclination
N terminals } 8GS4 034-1 1 1 unit 043
• For snap-on mounting onto the standard mounting rail
• For distributing the neutral conductor when using several RCBBs
• 2 × screw terminal, conductor cross-section max. 16 mm2
• 14 × plug-in terminal, conductor cross-section max. 4 mm2
8GS4 034-1
PE terminals } 8GS4 034-2 1 1 unit 043
8GS4 034-2
N/PE terminals } 8GS4 034-3 1 1 unit 043
• 1 × screw terminal, conductor cross-section max. 16 mm2 1)
• 7 × plug-in terminal, conductor cross-section max. 4 mm2 1)
Footnote
17 1) Per PE or N potential.
2
8GS4 034-3

17.2 / 12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
N/N terminals } 8GS4 034-4 1 1 unit 043
Footnote
1) Per PE or N potential.
8GS4 034-4
Supports for front covers 8GK9 910-0KK20 1 5 sets 039
• Short version
• 1 set = 4 supports
8GK9 910-0KK20
Blanking strips
Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
Versions
• For 12 MW (1 MW = 18 mm) 8GK9 910-0KK00 1 10 units 039
8GK9 910-0KK00
• Length 1 m, w/o pressure-relief joint, to cut to length 8GK9 910-0KK01 1 1 unit 039
ALPHA assembly tools 8GK9 910-0KK27 1 1 unit 039
• For supports
• Short and long version
• With ergonomic handle for supports
8GK9 910-0KK27
Standard mounting rails, lowered
Width
• 250 mm 8GK9 910-0KK35 1 1 unit 039
• 500 mm 8GK9 910-0KK40 1 1 set 039
• 750 mm 8GK9 910-0KK41 1 1 set 039
8GK9 910-0KK35
17
2

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.2 / 13
© Siemens AG 2013
Notes
17
2
17.2 / 14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

17.3
© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA 400
Distribution Boards
17.3/2 Introduction

(flat pack delivery)
17.3/9 8GK1 surface-mounting
Unequipped distribution boards,

pre-assembled
17.3/12 8GK1 flush-mounting
Quick-assembly kits for

unequipped distribution boards
modular installation devices and
terminal blocks
17.3/16 Longitudinal stays
17.3/17 Assembly kits for unequipped

distribution boards
17.3/24 Accessories
More technical
technical-support .
→ Entry list:

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
■ Overview
distribu- distribu-
A mm 1 2
SIMBOX XL: 17.1/8 ✔ -- 63 99 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
SIMBOX WP: 17.1/10 ✔ -- 63 100/140/160 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
DIN technology
board

distribution boards

distribution boards

distribution boards
1) Mounting depth
17
3
17.3 / 2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction

to EN 60439-1 to EN 60439-3
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --

DIN VDE 0660-500/504
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP31 / IP43 / IP55
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP43 / IP55
IP55

according to
IEC 61439-2
17
3
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 3

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Quick-assembly kits and assembly kits
The assembly kits are made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel
and are equipped with molded-plastic covers for a wide range
of equipping options, e.g. with switching devices and modular
installation devices.
The largest switching devices that can be installed in the ALPHA
400 DIN technology distribution boards are Siemens switching
devices with a maximum rated current of 400 A.
Cabinet dimensions
All dimensions are stated in mm
• Height (internal/external dimensions): 600/650, 750/800,
900/950, 1050/1100, 1200/1250, 1350/1400
• Width (internal/external dimensions): 250/300, 500/550,
750/800, 1000/1050, 1250/1300
• Depth (external dimension): 210
• Assembly kits in panel-size grid dimensions height × width:
150 × 250.
System
The modular design of our Siemens distribution board system
draws on our long years of experience in the distribution board
sector.
This system has been tailored to meet individual requirements
for distribution board installation.
The system comprises flat-packed unequipped distribution
boards for surface-mounting distribution boards (delivery in in-
dividual parts for self-assembly), pre-assembled unequipped
distribution boards for surface-mounting and flush-mounting
distribution boards, cabinet-high quick-assembly kits for ultra
fast equipping and wiring, assembly kits for project-related and
individual assembly - as well as an extensive range of accesso-
ries.
Enclosures
• Material: Electrogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel
• Sheet thickness, degree of protection IP43: body 0.75 mm,
door 1 mm
• Sheet thickness, degree of protection IP55: body 0.75 mm,
door 1 mm
• Color: RAL 9016 (traffic white). Further RAL colors are avail-
able on request.
17
3
17.3 / 4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Flat pack
The new delivery option for the ALPHA distribution board prod-
■ Application
uct range offered by Siemens is an innovation. The ALPHA 400 DIN technology distribution boards are used for
all applications for which the ALPHA 160 DIN technology distri-
"Flat pack" means that the distribution boards are delivered in bution boards do not provide sufficient equipping or wiring
the form of individual parts packaged in cardboard boxes. space, e.g. in residential, administrative, non-residential, com-
The cardboard boxes contain the individual parts, brief mount- mercial and industrial buildings.
ing instructions and all mounting accessories. With a mounting depth of 210 mm, it ideally supplements the
Only a few manual steps are required to assemble the individual Siemens distribution board product ranges.
system components to create wall or floor-mounted distribution The distribution board and its components are of modular
boards of degree of protection IP43. design.
The only tool required for such assembly is a one-size screw- With just a few standard components, it is possible to achieve a
driver. wide range of project-related mounting and equipping options.
This offers clear advantages and customer benefits: a consider- The ALPHA 400 DIN technology distribution board range com-
able reduction in the delivery volume and storage space re- prises wall-mounted distribution boards with up to 9 modular
quired. installation devices, each with 12 MW per mounting width
It goes without saying that the distribution boards can also be (250 mm). The standard mounting rail tier spacing is 125 mm or
delivered in a pre-assembled form. 150 mm. A total of 5 cabinet mounting widths are available, each
with an internal dimension of 250 mm.
The distribution boards can be supplied in safetyclass 1 (protec-
tive conductor connection) or safety class 2 (total insulation). The
standard degree of protection for surface-mounting distribution
boards is IP43 and IP55. The standard degree of protection for
flush-mounting distribution boards is IP31. The rated current is
400 A.
Cabinet-high quick-assembly kits or assembly kits that only re-
quire a one-size screwdriver for assembly are available for all
mountable switching devices and modular installation devices.
■ Benefits
• Plan and configure quickly, simply and conveniently with
the ALPHA SELECT software – also available on the DVD
enclosed with the paper catalog.
• Delivery options:
- Flat pack (assembly kit for self-assembly)
- Unequipped distribution board - pre-assembled
- The cabinet-high quick-assembly kits can be mounted
directly onto the platform (rear panel)
- Additional mounting stays are required for mounting the
assembly kits! 2 longitudinal stays per panel width must
be ordered separately for the assembly kits.
• Easy planning thanks to modular design
• Ample wiring space behind the standard mounting rail
• Comprehensive range of cabinet-high and frequently used
quick-assembly kits and standard assembly kits for individual
and project-related assembly
• Easy assembly thanks to keyhole-fastened components and
• Fast mounting times thanks to quick-assembly kits
• System concept according to DIN, EN and VDE standards
• Solid sheet-steel enclosure
• Degree of protection: surface-mounting version: IP43 with
door, IP55 with door; flush-mounting version: IP31 with door
and integrated masking frame
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) or safety 17
class 2 (total insulation) 3
• High-quality surface finish: distribution boards made of elec-
trogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel, system compo-
nents made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel, galvanized
and transparently chromated small components and screws
• Doors can be hinged on the right or left
• Door opening angle of 180°
• Replaceable locking systems (accessories)
• Front cover with sealable 90° quick-acting locks
• Environmentally-friendly and recyclable plastics.
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 5

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
■ Design
Platform concept secured with a screw, which is included in delivery. The enclo-
A further innovation of the ALPHA distribution board product sure covering parts such as top and base plate as well as side
range is the "platform concept", which means that all supporting plates are then mounted.
built-in components are mounted directly onto the platform (rear The available wiring space can be optimally utilized as the rear
panel). panels of the modular installation devices can be manually ac-
The covering parts (side plates, roofing plates, base plates and cessed from all four sides.
doors) are either assembled immediately or at a later point in Another advantage of the platform concept is that the covering
time, irrespective of the assembly kits. The fact that the quick- parts will not be scratched or damaged when wiring the distribu-
assembly kits and assembly kits can be equipped and wired tion board.
with modular installation devices and without an enclosure is an During the mounting phase, the platform can be optionally
additional advantage. mounted with or without the covering parts and doors. The com-
The fully wired assembly kits can then be placed on the platform pletely equipped and wired assembly kits or quick-assembly kits
and secured to the rear panel with a quick-acting lug. In addi- are then simply click-fastened onto the platform or in the pre-as-
tion, the quick-assembly kits or assembly kits can optionally be sembled unequipped distribution board.
The fully equipped and wired The front covers can now be Finally the covering parts such as
quick-assembly kits or assembly mounted. top, base and side plates are then
kits are fastened directly onto the mounted.
platform (rear panel).
17
3
17.3 / 6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
6
5
7
8
4
3
2
1
I201_13633
3
1 Longitudinal stays
2 Busbar supports, 3-phase
3 Cu busbars
4 Terminals
5 Supports for blanking covers
6 Blanking covers
7 Supports
9 8 Touch protection cover
Distribution board components for the SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
5
4
2
I201_13634a
1 NEOZED bus-mounting bases, 3-pole

2 DIAZED bus-mounting bases, 3-pole
3
4
SR60 bus-mounting fuse holders, 3-pole
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors, 3-pole 17
5 Connection modules, three-phase 3
6 Adapters for modular installation devices according
to DIN 43880
7 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
Built-in components for the SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 7

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp in kV 6
Clearance and creepage distances DIN VDE 0110
Rated peak short-circuit current Ipk in kA Up to 76 (3-pole) 2))
Rated short-time current Icw in kA 34, conduction interval of 1 s
Protective measures Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection)
Number of conductors in the busbar run 4/5
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 Surface mounting: IP43 with door, IP55 with door
Flush mounting: IP31 with door and integrated masking frame
Standard mounting rail tier spacing per standard mounting rail tier 125/150
in mm
Pollution degree 3
Test specifications EN 60439-1/3 (VDE 0660 Part 500/504), DIN VDE 0603-1
Color
• Enclosure 1) RAL 9016 (traffic white)
• Covers RAL 7035 (light gray)
Lock Rotary handle - can be replaced by other locking systems if required
1) Further RAL colors are available on request.
2) Busbar support spacing: 250 mm, Cu busbars 30 mm × 10 mm.
Cabinet dimensions
Surface-mounting Flush-mounting Recess dimensions
distribution boards distribution boards with for flush-mounting distribution boards
(external dimensions) integrated masking frame
Depth 210 mm Depth 210 mm Depth 215 mm
Height Width Height Width Height Width
mm mm mm mm mm mm
800 550 858 608 860 610
800 858 860
950 550 1008 608 1010 610
800 858 860
1250 550 1308 608 1310 610
800 858 860
1400 550 1458 608 1460 610
800 858 860
17
3
17.3 / 8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Unequipped Distribution Boards (Flat Pack Delivery)
8GK1 surface-mounting distribution boards, IP43
■ Overview
• Delivery options: • Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) or safety
- Flat pack (assembly kit for self-assembly) class 2 (total insulation)
- Unequipped distribution board - pre-assembled • Color RAL 9016 (traffic white)
- The cabinet-high quick-assembly kits and the assembly kits • Unassembled enclosure with unassembled enclosed door
can be mounted directly onto the platform (rear panel) and rotary handle, which can be replaced by other locking
- Additional mounting stays are required for mounting the systems. Distribution boards with a width of 750 mm/800 mm
assembly kits! 2 longitudinal stays per panel width must be or more will be supplied with a double door.
ordered separately for the assembly kits. • Flanges: One 1-component flange at the bottom and
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm one 2-component flange at the top per panel width.

Internal/external Panel width Surface-mounting distribution boards, IP43
dimensions
Height Width DT Safety class 1 PU PS*/ PG DT Safety class 2 PU PS*/ PG
Order No. Price (UNIT, P. unit Order No. Price (UNIT, P. unit
per PU SET, per PU SET,
M) M)
mm mm
600/650 250/300 8GK1 102-2KK12 1 1 unit 039 8GK1 112-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
I201_08453

I201_08454
I201_08455

I201_08456
I201_08457
750/800
1000/1050
8GK1 102-7KK32
8GK1 102-7KK42
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
039
039
8GK1 112-7KK32
8GK1 112-7KK42
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
039
039
17
3
I201_08458
Quick-assembly kits and assembly kits see pages 17.3/13 to 17.3/23.

For accessories see page 17.3/24.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 9
© Siemens AG 2013

Unequipped Distribution Boards, Pre-Assembled
■ Overview
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Enclosure pre-assembled with door and rotary handle, which
• Degree of protection IP43 can be replaced by other locking systems. Distribution boards
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) or safety with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with
class 2 (total insulation) a double door.
• Color RAL 9016 (traffic white) • Flanges: per panel width: one 2-component flange each at the
top and bottom

dimensions
M) M)
mm mm
I201_08453

I201_08454
I201_08455

I201_08456
I201_08457
17
I201_08458
3

17.3 / 10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

■ Overview
• IP55 degree of protection can be replaced by other locking systems. Distribution boards
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) or safety with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with
class 2 (total insulation) a double door.
• Color RAL 9016 (traffic white) • Flanges: per panel width: one 2-component flange each at the
top and bottom

dimensions
M) M)
mm mm
I201_08455

I201_08456
I201_08457
I201_08458

17
3

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 11
© Siemens AG 2013

8GK1 flush-mounting distribution boards, IP31
■ Overview
• Degree of protection: IP31 (flush-mounting design comes with can be replaced by other locking systems. Distribution boards
an integrated masking frame) with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) or safety a double door.
class 2 (total insulation) • Flanges:
• Color RAL 9016 (traffic white) - Safety class 1 is delivered without flanges.
Note: Wall anchors are included in delivery with flush-mounting
distribution boards.

Internal/external dimensions Panel width Flush-mounting distribution boards, IP31
Height Width DT Safety class 1 PU PS*/ PG
Order No. Price (UNIT, P. unit
per PU SET,
M)
mm mm
750/800 500/550 8GK1 121-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750/800 8GK1 121-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
I201_08454
900/950 500/550 8GK1 121-4KK22 1 1 unit 039

750/800 8GK1 121-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
I201_08455
1200/1250 500/550 8GK1 121-6KK22 1 1 unit 039

750/800 8GK1 121-6KK32 1 1 unit 039
I201_08457
1350/1400 500/550 8GK1 121-7KK22 1 1 unit 039

750/800 8GK1 121-7KK32 1 1 unit 039
I201_08458

17
3

17.3 / 12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

■ Overview
Quick-assembly kits are pre-assembled cabinet-high system into the unequipped distribution boards of the respective mount-
components for the most common applications. Such kits al- ing height, thanks to the time-saving quick-locking technology.
ready include the longitudinal stays and can be simply snapped

dimensions MW
DT Tier spacing of 125 mm, PU PS*/ PG DT Tier spacing of 150 mm, PU PS*/ PG
SET, SET,
M) M)
Height Width Order no. Price Order no. Price
per PU per PU
mm mm
600 250 4/48 8GK4 001-4KK11 1 1 unit 039 --
500 8/96 8GK4 001-4KK22 1 1 unit 039 --
8GK4 001-
4KK22
750 250 5/60 8GK4 001-5KK11 1 1 unit 039 --
500 10/120 8GK4 001-5KK22 1 1 unit 039 --
8GK4 001-
5KK22
8GK4 003-6KK11 1 1 unit 039 --
(with 2 N/PE bars)
8GK4 001-
6KK22
17
3

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 13
© Siemens AG 2013


dimensions MW
DT Tier spacing of 125 mm, PU PS*/ PG DT Tier spacing of 150 mm, PU PS*/ PG
SET, SET,
M) M)
Height Width Order no. Price Order no. Price
per PU per PU
mm mm
8GK4 003-7KK11 1 1 unit 039 --
(with 2 N/PE bars)
8GK4 001-
7KK11
8GK4 003-8KK12 1 1 unit 039 --
(with 2 N/PE bars)
8GK4 001-
8KK12
8GK4 003-8KK13 1 1 unit 039 --
(with 2 N/PE bars)
8GK4 002-
8KK12
Note
• The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are
17 equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
3 equipped with 15 mm standard mounting rails.
• For accessories see page 17.3/24.

17.3 / 14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

8GK4 quick-assembly kits for
modular installation devices and terminal blocks

External dimensions Tiers for terminals/tiers REG/MW Quick-assembly kits, for modular installation devices
DT Tier spacing of 150 mm, PU PS*/ PG
without N/PE bar (UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Height Width Order No. Price
per PU
mm mm
900 250 2/4/48 8GK4 100-6KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 4/8/96 8GK4 100-6KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 6/12/144 8GK4 100-6KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 100-6KK22
1050 250 2/5/60 8GK4 100-7KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 4/10/120 8GK4 100-7KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 6/15/180 8GK4 100-7KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 100-7KK22
1200 250 2/6/72 8GK4 100-8KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 4/12/144 8GK4 100-8KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 6/18/216 8GK4 100-8KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 100-8KK22
1350 250 3/6/72 8GK4 110-8KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 6/12/144 8GK4 110-8KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 9/18/216 8GK4 110-8KK32 1 1 unit 039
17
3
8GK4 110-8KK22
Note
equipped with 7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
• The quick-assembly kits with a width of 500 mm/750 mm
are equipped with 15 mm standard mounting rails.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 15
© Siemens AG 2013

Longitudinal stays

Version Order no. Price PU PS*/ PG
SET,
M)
Longitudinal stays
• 1 set = 2 stays
Height in mm
600 8GK4 851-4KK00 1 1 set 039
750 8GK4 851-5KK00 1 1 set 039
900 8GK4 851-6KK00 1 1 set 039
1050 8GK4 851-7KK00 1 1 set 039
1200 8GK4 851-8KK00 1 1 set 039
8GK4 851-4KK00 1350 8GK4 852-8KK00 1 1 set 039
Connecting kit for longitudinal stays 8GK9 910-0KK32 1 1 unit 039
• Connecting plate for stays
• 1 set = 4 units
8GK9 910-0KK32
17
3

17.3 / 16 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Assembly kits for unequipped distribution boards

Version Order no. Price PU PS*/ PG
SET,
M)
Assembly kits for modular installation devices

• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly,
comprising: device racks, front cover including supports, screws and
mounting accessories
8GK4 351-1KK12 • Panel-size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
• The front cover is sealable as standard and
the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and reliable attachment to
the supports.
Tier spacing External dimensions Tiers/MW
Height Width
mm mm mm
8GK4 351-2KK12
125 150 250 1/12 --
500 1/24 --
750 1/36 --
300 250 2/24 8GK4 301-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 2/48 8GK4 301-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 2/72 --
450 250 3/36 8GK4 301-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 3/72 8GK4 301-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-3KK12 750 3/108 --
600 250 4/48 8GK4 301-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 4/96 8GK4 301-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 4/144 --
150 150 250 1/12 8GK4 351-1KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 1/24 8GK4 351-1KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 1/36 8GK4 351-1KK32 1 1 unit 039
300 250 2/24 8GK4 351-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 2/48 8GK4 351-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-4KK12
750 2/72 8GK4 351-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 3/36 8GK4 351-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 3/72 8GK4 351-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 3/108 8GK4 351-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 4/48 8GK4 351-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 4/96 8GK4 351-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 4/144 8GK4 351-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
• For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution boards, 2 longi-
tudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be ordered separately
(see page 17.3/16).
• The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with 7.5 mm stan-
dard mounting rails.
• The assembly kits with a width of 500/750 mm are equipped with 15 mm stan-
dard mounting rails.
17
3

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 17
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,

• With closed front cover
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, com-
prising: device racks, front cover including supports, screws and
• Panel-size grid dimensions H × W (mm): 150 × 250
8GK4 401-1KK12 the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and reliable
attachment to the supports.
External dimensions in mm
Height Width
150 250 8GK4 401-1KK12 1 1 unit 039
300 250 8GK4 401-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 401-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 401-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 401-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 401-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 401-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
boards, 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These
must be ordered separately (see page 17.3/16).
Assembly kits for vertical terminal blocks
• Terminal blocks with insulation design
prising: device racks, front cover including supports, screws and
Height Width
8GK4 402-2KK12
300 250 8GK4 402-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 402-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 402-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 402-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 402-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 402-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 8GK4 402-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 402-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
Note
Assembly kit front covers, for measuring devices 8GK4 500-2KK20 1 1 unit 039
Note
8GK4 500-2KK20
17
3

17.3 / 18 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,

• Gray
comprising: front cover including supports, screws and
8GK4 501-0KK12 mounting accessories
locking connections facilitate fast and reliable attachment to the
supports.
Height Width
75 250 8GK4 501-0KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-0KK22 1 1 unit 039
150 250 8GK4 501-1KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-1KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-1KK32 1 1 unit 039
300 250 8GK4 501-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 501-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 8GK4 501-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
750 250 8GK4 501-5KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-5KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-5KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
• For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
Assembly kits for unequipped panels with deep-drawn cover,
40 mm
comprising: front cover including supports, screws and
supports.
8GK4 501-3KK23 Height Width
300 250 8GK4 501-2KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-2KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-2KK33 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 501-3KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-3KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-3KK33 1 1 unit 039
Note
17
3

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 19
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,

comprising: mounting plate, front cover including supports,
mounting brackets (depth-adjustable), screws and mounting
accessories
supports.
8GK4 451-2KK12
External dimensions (mm): assembly kit Mounting plate
dimensions in mm
300 250 245 207.5 8GK4 451-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 457.5 8GK4 451-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 707.5 8GK4 451-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 395 207.5 8GK4 451-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 457.5 8GK4 451-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 707.5 8GK4 451-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 545 207.5 8GK4 451-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 457.5 8GK4 451-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 707.5 8GK4 451-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
• If the fitted mounting plate extends over several panel widths,
it is not possible to place a longitudinal stay in the middle.
Cabinet-high mounting plates
• With fixing screws
• Sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel
• For mounting on longitudinal stays
• No covers available
• Not depth-adjustable
External dimensions in mm Mounting plate
dimensions in mm
600 250 596 243 8GK9 531-4KK10 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 531-4KK10 500 493 8GK9 531-4KK20 1 1 unit 039
750 250 685 243 8GK9 531-5KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 493 8GK9 531-5KK20 1 1 unit 039
900 250 835 243 8GK9 531-6KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 493 8GK9 531-6KK20 1 1 unit 039
1050 250 985 243 8GK9 531-7KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 493 8GK9 531-7KK20 1 1 unit 039
1200 250 1135 243 8GK9 531-8KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 493 8GK9 531-8KK20 1 1 unit 039
1350 250 1285 243 8GK9 532-8KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 493 8GK9 532-8KK20 1 1 unit 039
Note
• If these mounting plates are fitted in distribution boards of safety
class II, safety class II is no longer guaranteed!
• If the fitted mounting plate extends over several panel widths,
it is not possible to place a longitudinal stay in the middle.
17
3

17.3 / 20 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
Assembly kits for 3NP1 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors,

for mounting on support plates
prising: Support plate, front cover including supports, molded-
plastic masking frame, screws and mounting accessories
supports.
8GK4 550-2KK22 Assembly kit LV HRC fuse switch Height Width in mm
for size disconnectors in mm
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1 123... / 300 250 8GK4 550-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
3NP1 133...
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1 123... / 500 8GK4 550-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
3NP1 133...
1×1 1 × 3NP1 143… 450 250 8GK4 550-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
2×1 2 × 3NP1 143… 500 8GK4 550-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×2 1 × 3NP1 153… 450 250 8GK4 551-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
1×3 1 × 3NP1 163… 500 8GK4 551-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
Accessories:
• 3NP1 123... covers, size 000 8GK9 912-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
(required only for size 000 disconnectors)
• Busbar supports 8GK9 650-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
- 40 mm, 5-pole 8GK9 711-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
- 60 mm, 3-pole
Note
• For mounting size 000 fuse switch disconnectors you additional-
ly require the cover 8GK9 912-0KK00 (see Accessories on
page 17.3/21).
• For more accessories see page 17.3/24.
for mounting on busbars
prising: front cover including supports, molded-plastic masking
frame, screws and mounting accessories
the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and reliable
attachment to the supports.
8GK4 650-2KK12 Assembly kit LV HRC fuse switch Height Width in mm
for size disconnectors in mm
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1 123... / 300 250 8GK4 650-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
3NP1 133...
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1 123... / 500 8GK4 650-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
3NP1 133...
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1 123... / 450 250 8GK4 650-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
3NP1 133...
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1 123... / 500 8GK4 650-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
3NP1 133...
1×1 1 × 3NP1 143… 450 250 8GK4 651-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
2×1 2 × 3NP1 143… 500 8GK4 651-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×2 1 × 3NP1 153… 250 8GK4 652-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
Accessories:
(required only for size 000 disconnectors)
• Busbar supports 8GK9 650-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
- 40 mm, 5-pole 8GK9 711-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
- 60 mm, 3-pole
Note
17
• For mounting size 000 fuse switch disconnectors you additional- 3
ly require the cover 8GK9 912-0KK00 (see Accessories on
page 17.3/21).
• The Cu busbar and the busbar supports must be ordered sepa-
rately (see page 17.3/26).
• For more accessories see page 17.3/24.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 21
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
Assembly kits for VL circuit breakers

comprising: support plate, front cover including supports,
screws and mounting accessories
supports.
Versions External dimensions
in mm
Height Width
8GK4 701-3KK12
• 3-pole and 4-pole for VL circuit breakers
- 1 × VL160/VL160X 300 250 8GK4 701-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL160X, 1 × VL160, 1 × VL250 450 8GK4 701-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL400 600 8GK4 702-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
• For installation with mounted
RCD module
- 1 × VL160X + RCD 450 250 8GK4 720-3KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL160/VL250 + RCD 8GK4 721-3KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL400 + RCD 750 8GK4 720-5KK10 1 1 unit 039
Note
8GK4 721-3KK10 • For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
Assembly kits for meter mounting 8GE3 713-4 1 1 unit 042
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, not
standardized, only for internal measurements, comprising: meter
support plate with all-round partitions, screws and mounting ac-
cessories
• Not standardized, 375 mm
• Height 450 mm (external dimension)
• With 250 mm (external dimension)
I2_08085
Note
8GE3 713-4 • For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution
must be ordered separately (see page 17.3/16)
17
3

17.3 / 22 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
Assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse bases for mounting on

busbar systems
• 3-pole, busbar center-to-center spacing of 60 mm
prising: front cover including supports, busbar supports for bus-
mounting fuse bases, screws and mounting accessories
8GK4 801-2KK12 • The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting
supports.
• 7 × NEOZED D02
Height Width
300 250 8GK4 801-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
450 8GK4 801-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
Note
• Two busbar supports are included in the assembly kit
• The Cu busbar must be ordered separately (see page 17.3/26).
Assembly kits for busbar-adaptable units
• For 40 mm or 60 mm busbar system
• Busbar center-to-center spacing of 40 mm/60 mm
prising: deep-drawn front cover with supports
supports.
8GK4 801-2KK13 External dimensions in mm
Height Width
300 250 8GK4 801-2KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 801-2KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 801-2KK33 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 801-3KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 801-3KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 801-3KK33 1 1 unit 039
Note
• Notice: Busbar supports (8GK9 711-0KK03) not included in
delivery
• The Cu busbar and the busbar supports must be ordered sepa-
rately (see page 17.3/26).
Supports for blanking cover 5SH3 536 1 4/160 units 031
5SH3 536
Blanking covers 5SH3 537 1 2 units 031
Note
5SH3 537
17
Ventilation grilles 8GK9 120-0KK30 1 4 units 038 3
8GK9 120-0KK30

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 23
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
For assembly kits
3NP1 123... covers, size 000 8GK9 912-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 912-0KK00
Shrouding covers, for 3NP4 076 fuse switch disconnectors 3NY7 600 1 1 unit 103
3NY7 600
for unequipped distribution boards
Wall-mounting rails
• For all wall-mounted distribution boards
• The distribution board can be quickly and precisely mounted
8GK9 912-0KK10 by a single person
Length in mm
250 8GK9 912-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK9 912-0KK20 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK9 912-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
1000 8GK9 912-0KK40 1 1 unit 039
1250 8GK9 912-0KK50 1 1 unit 039
Versions
• For mounting and fixing a distribution board directly against the wall 8GK9 910-0KK36 1 5 sets 039
without a clearance (1set = 4 lugs including screws)
• For connecting 2 distribution boards and for mounting and fixing them 8GK9 910-0KK37 1 1 set 039
directly against the wall without a clearance, 8GK9 910-0KK36 addition-
ally required for the ends of a row of distribution boards (1 set = 2 lugs
including screws)
Hollow-wall sets 8GK9 910-0KK28 1 1 set 039
For fixing flush-mounting distribution boards in hollow walls
Locking systems
Versions
• Standard locking devices 8GK9 560-0KK04 1 1 unit 039
- Color: black
- Made of plastic
- with rotary handle for wall-mounted distribution boards,
degree of protection IP43
- Cannot be retrofitted to other locking devices
8GK9 560-0KK04
• Retrofit kits 8GK9 560-0KK05 1 1 set 039
- For standard locking device to degree of protection IP55
- Can only be used for distribution boards with degree of protection
17
IP55
8GK9 560-0KK05
3 • Rotary handle locking devices for profile semicylinders 8GK9 560-0KK06 1 1 unit 039
- Color: black
- For wall-mounted distribution boards with degree of protection
IP43/IP55, with mounting option for a profile semicylinder
(length 40 mm)
• Lockable rotary handles 8GK9 560-0KK13 1 1 unit 039
- Incl. E012 lock and two keys
Accessories

17.3 / 24 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
Profile semicylinders
Versions
• With E012 lock and 2 keys 8GK9 560-0KK07 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 560-0KK07
• With Senate tumbler and 2 keys 8GK9 560-0KK08 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 560-0KK08
• With 3-mm pin as double-bit lock 8GK9 560-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 560-0KK10
Flanges
for fast and correct wiring
Versions
• 1-component flanges (for IP43 distribution boards, 8GK9 100-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
installed on bottom panel)
- For bottom cable entry, with 11 possible knockouts
- Max. ∅ 50.5 mm, material plastic
8GK9 100-0KK00
• 2-component flanges (degree of protection: IP55) 8GK9 100-0KK01 1 1 unit 039
- For top/bottom cable entry
- With 44 possible knockouts
- Comprising 2 elastic components
8GK9 100-0KK01
• Flange plate made of sheet steel (only safety class 1) 8GK9 100-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
- For metric screw connections, degree of protection: IP55
8GK9 100-0KK03 (2 units)
• Connecting flanges 8GK9 100-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 100-0KK10
Circuit diagram pockets
Versions
• DIN A3, made of sheet steel, depth 10 mm 8GK9 910-0KK22 1 1 unit 039
• DIN A4, transparent sleeve 8GK9 910-0KK23 1 20 units 039
• DIN A4, made of plastic, depth 30 mm 8GD9 132 1 1 unit 042
8GK9 910-0KK23
• Made of aluminum
17
8GD9 084 • Self-adhesive
• Color: petrol
Paint sticks
8GK9 910-0KK15 1 1 unit 039
3
• 12 g
Paint spray cans 8GK9 910-0KK17 1 1 unit 039
• 400 ml

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 25
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
For quick-assembly kits and assembly kits
Mounting plates for telecommunication units
• Made of perforated steel plate
• With insert nuts and quick-locking technology
• With 1 set of captive nuts size M5, width 250 mm
Height in mm
900 8GS4 016-1 1 1 unit 043
1050 8GS4 016-2 1 1 unit 043
1200 8GS4 016-3 1 1 unit 043

8GS4 016-1
1350 8GS4 016-4 1 1 unit 043
Busbar supports
With matching support plate
Versions
8GK9 650-0KK00
• 1-pole 5SH3 540 1 1 unit 031
- For Cu busbars 12 × 5 (10) mm, 20 × 5 (10) mm, 30 × 5 (10) mm
- Height 150 mm
• 5-pole 8GK9 650-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
- Busbar center-to-center spacing of 40 mm
- For Cu busbars 12 × 5 (10) mm
- For mounting 3NP fuse switch disconnectors
- Height 300 mm
• 3-pole 8GK9 711-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
- For Cu busbars 12 × 5 (10) mm, 20 × 5 (10) mm, 30 × 5 (10) mm
- For bus-mounting fuse bases and switch disconnectors,
8GK9 711-0KK03 used together with assembly kits (mounting directly on the stays)
Cu busbars
Versions
• Cu cross-section of 12 × 5 mm, 250 A
8GK9 73 - Length 250 mm 8GK9 731-0KK10 1 5 units 039
- Length 500 mm 8GK9 731-0KK20 1 5 units 039
• Long version
8GK9 910-0KK30
• With 2 x 29 clamping points
17 • 16 mm2
• Length 250 mm
3
8GK9 910-0KK10

17.3 / 26 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
• Width 250 mm
• Each with 6 screw terminals from 2.5 to 16 mm2
8GK9 910-0KK11 Versions
• 21 plug-in connections from 1.5 to 4 mm2, for mounting on 8GK9 910-0KK11 1 1 unit 039
longitudinal stays at a 30° inclination
• 21 plug-in connections from 1.5 to 4 mm2 for the PE bar and an 8GK9 910-0KK12 1 1 unit 039
N-N bar each with 2 screw connections from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and
10 plug-in connections from 1.5 to 4 mm2 , for mounting on longitudinal
stays at a 30° inclination
N terminals } 8GS4 034-1 1 1 unit 043
8GS4 034-1
PE terminals } 8GS4 034-2 1 1 unit 043
8GS4 034-2
N/PE terminals } 8GS4 034-3 1 1 unit 043
Footnote
1)
Per PE or N potential.
8GS4 034-3
N/N terminals } 8GS4 034-4 1 1 unit 043
Footnote
1) Per PE or N potential.
8GS4 034-4
Terminals for circular conductors
Versions
• Busbar thickness 5 mm
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm2 } 8US1 921-2AA00 100 100 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm2 } 8US1 921-2AB00 100 50 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm2 } 8US1 921-2AD00 1 50 units 143

- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm2 } 8US1 921-2AC00 1 50 units 143
8US19 21-2AA00 ... AD00

- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm2 } 8US1 921-2BA00 1 100 units 143
17
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm2 } 8US1 921-2BB00 1 50 units 143 3
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm2 } 8US1 921-2BD00 1 50 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm2 } 8US1 921-2BC00 1 50 units 143
Replacement door hinges 8GK9 920-0KK24 1 1 set 038
• For wall/floor-mounted distribution boards
• 1 set = 2 hinges
8GK9 920-0KK24

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 27
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
Partitions
• For mounting depth 210 mm
Versions
• Vertical
8GK9 301-2KK01
• Horizontal
8GK9 103-0KK10 - Width 750 mm 8GK9 103-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
Blanking strips
Versions
8GK9 910-0KK00
• Length 1 m 8GK9 910-0KK01 1 1 unit 039
without pressure-relief joint, to cut to length
Connecting kits, IP43/IP55 8GK9 920-0KK31 1 1 unit 039
• For side-by-side mounting of enclosures
• Comprising:
- Screws
8GK9 920-0KK31 - Washers
- Nuts
- 10 m roll of sealing strip
Note
A bushing flange is required for electrical connections!
Cable holders on standard mounting rail 8GK9 910-0KK80 1 200 units 039
I201_10746
• Height 45 mm
• Width 40 mm
8GK9 910-0KK80
ALPHA assembly tools 8GK9 910-0KK27 1 1 unit 039
• For supports
• With ergonomic handle
8GK9 910-0KK27
Extra-deep brackets 8GK9 910-0KK34 1 1 set 039
• For recessed installation of stand. mounting rails
• 1 set = 2 brackets including mounting material
8GK9 910-0KK34
Screws 8GK9 911-0KK00 1 500 units 039
• Self-tapping
• M5 x 10
• Large pack: 500 units
8GK9 911-0KK00
17
3

17.3 / 28 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
Extra-deep brackets 8GK9 911-0KK01 1 10 units 039
• Depth-adjustable
8GK9 911-0KK01
Drop-down brackets, universal 8GK9 911-0KK02 1 10 units 039
8GK9 911-0KK02
Support extensions N 8GK9 911-0KK03 1 100 units 039
• 7.5 mm
8GK9 911-0KK03
Iso supports
• For insulated standard mounting rail assembly
Versions in mm
12 8GK9 911-0KK04 1 50 units 039
31.5 8GK9 911-0KK05 1 50 units 039
55.5 8GK9 911-0KK06 1 50 units 039
8GK9 911-0KK05
Width in mm
250 8GK9 910-0KK35 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK9 910-0KK40 1 1 set 039
750 8GK9 910-0KK41 1 1 set 039
8GK9 910-0KK35
17
3

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.3 / 29
© Siemens AG 2013
Notes
17
3
17.3 / 30 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

17.4
© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA 630
Distribution Boards
17.4/2 Introduction

17.4/10 Marshaling boxes

distribution boards
17.4/18 Accessories
17.4/24 Accessories - Ordering large

quantities
More technical
technical-support .
→ Entry list:

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
■ Overview
distribu- distribu-
A mm 1 2
SIMBOX XL: 17.1/8 ✔ -- 63 99 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
SIMBOX WP: 17.1/10 ✔ -- 63 100/140/160 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
DIN technology
board

distribution boards

distribution boards

distribution boards
1)
Mounting depth
17
4
17.4 / 2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction

to EN 60439-1 to EN 60439-3
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --

DIN VDE 0660-500/504
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP31 / IP43 / IP55
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP43 / IP55
IP55

according to
IEC 61439-2
17
4
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 3

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
System Assembly kits
The modular design of our Siemens distribution board system The assembly kits are made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel
draws on our long years of experience in the distribution board and are equipped with molded-plastic covers for a wide range
sector. of equipping options, e.g. with switching devices and modular
This system has been tailored to meet individual requirements installation devices.
for distribution board installation. The largest switching devices that can be installed in the ALPHA
The system comprises flat-packed unequipped distribution 630 DIN technology distribution boards are Siemens switching
boards (delivery in individual parts for self-assembly, see also devices with a maximum rated current of 630 A.
Part 3) in degree of protection IP43, pre-assembled unequipped Cabinet dimensions
distribution boards in degree of protection IP55, assembly kits
for project-related and individual assembly, as well as an exten- All dimensions are stated in mm
sive range of accessories. • Height:
- Internal dimension: 1800
Enclosures
- External dimension with base: 1950
• Material: Electrogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel
• Width (internal/external dimensions): 250/300, 500/550,
• Sheet thickness, degree of protection IP43/IP55: body 1 mm, 750/800, 1000/1050, 1250/1300
door 1 mm
• Depth (external dimension): 210, 250, 320
• Color: RAL 7035 (light gray), further RAL colors available on
• Assembly kits in panel-size grid dimensions, height × width:
request.
150 × 250.
■ Benefits
• Plan and configure quickly, simply and conveniently with the • Easy assembly thanks to keyhole-fastened components and
ALPHA SELECT software – also available on the DVD en- modules with quick-acting locks
closed with the paper catalog. • System concept according to DIN, EN and VDE standards
• Delivery options: • Solid sheet-steel enclosure
- Flat pack (assembly kit for self-assembly) • Degrees of protection: IP43 and IP55
- Unequipped distribution board - pre-assembled • Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and safety
- The cabinet-high quick-assembly kits and the assembly kits class 2 (total insulation)
can be mounted directly onto the platform (rear panel) • High-quality surface finish: distribution boards made of elec-
- Additional mounting stays are required for mounting the as- trogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel, system compo-
sembly kits! 2 longitudinal stays per panel width must be or- nents made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel, galvanized
dered separately for the assembly kits. and transparently chromated small components and screws
• Easy planning thanks to modular design • Doors can be hinged on the right or left
• Ample wiring space behind the standard mounting rail • Door opening angle of 170°
• Comprehensive range of assembly kits for individual and proj- • Replaceable locking systems (accessories)
ect-related assembly for Siemens switching devices and mod- • Front cover with sealable 90° quick-acting locks
ular installation devices • Environmentally-friendly and recyclable plastics.
■ Application
The ALPHA 630 DIN technology distribution boards are used for
all applications for which the ALPHA 400 DIN technology distri-
bution boards do not provide sufficient equipping or wiring
space, e.g. in administrative, non-residential, commercial and
industrial buildings.
With three different mounting depths of 210 mm, 250 mm and
320 mm they round off the Siemens distribution board product
range .
The distribution board and its components are of modular
design.
With just a few standard components, it is possible to achieve a
wide range of project-related mounting and equipping options.
The ALPHA 630 DIN technology distribution board range com-
prises wall-mounted distribution boards with up to 12 modular
installation devices, each with 12 MW per mounting width
(250 mm). The standard mounting rail tier spacing is 150 mm.
A total of 5 cabinet mounting widths are available, each with an
internal dimension of 250 mm.
The distribution boards are designed to meet safety class 1 (pro-
17
tective conductor connection) and safety class 2 (total insula-
tion). The standard degree of protection for floor-mounted distri-
bution boards with a depth of 210 mm is IP43 (flat pack: delivery
4 in individual parts) and IP55 (unequipped distribution board,
pre-assembled) with depths of 250 mm and 320 mm. The rated
current is 630 A.
40 mm or 60 mm busbar systems with dimensions up to 30 mm
× 10 mm can be installed.
Assembly kits that only require a one-size screwdriver for as-
sembly are available for all mountable switching devices and
modular installation devices.
17.4 / 4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
■ Design
6
5
7
8
4
3
2
1
I201_13633
3
3 Cu busbars
4 Terminals
6 Blanking covers
7 Supports
Distribution board components for the SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
5
4
2
I201_13634a

3
4
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors, 3-pole
17
to DIN 43880
Built-in components for the SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 5

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Clearance and creepage distances DIN VDE 0110
Rated peak short-circuit current Ipk in kA Up to 76 (3-pole)2))
Rated short-time current Icw in kA 34, conduction interval of 1 s
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 IP43 with door, IP55 with door (with matching flanges)
Standard mounting rail tier spacing per standard mounting rail tier in mm 150
Pollution degree 3
Test specifications EN 60439-1/3 (VDE 0660 Part 500/504)
Color 1) RAL 7035 (light gray)
Lock 3-point locking with integrated espagnolette lock
(can be replaced with other locking systems if required)
1)
Further RAL colors are available on request.
2)
Busbar support spacing: 250 mm, Cu busbars 30 mm × 10 mm.
Cabinet dimensions
Cabinet
Height Width Depth
mm mm mm
1950 with base (100 mm) 300 210
550
800
1050
1300
1950 with base (100 mm) 300 250
550
800
1050
1300
1950 with base (100 mm) 300 320
550
800
1050
1300
17
4
17.4 / 6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Unequipped Distribution Boards
■ Overview
• Delivery options: • Safety class 1 (protective conductor) and 2 (total insulation)
- Flat pack (assembly kit for self-assembly) • Degree of protection IP43
- Unequipped distribution board - pre-assembled • Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
- The cabinet-high quick-assembly kits and the assembly kits • Unassembled enclosure (with base) with unassembled en-
can be mounted directly onto the platform (rear panel) closed door or pre-assembled enclosure (with base) com-
- Additional mounting stays are required for mounting the plete with door and espagnolette lock, which can be replaced
assembly kits! 2 longitudinal stays per panel width must be with other locking systems. Distribution boards with a width of
ordered separately for the assembly kits. 750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a double door.
• Cabinet depth of 210 mm • Flanges: one 2-component flange at the top per panel width

Internal/external dimensions Panel width Surface-mounting distribution boards
with base
mm mm Order No. (UNIT, P. unit Order No. (UNIT, P. unit
SET, M) SET, M)
Cabinet depth of 210 mm Type of delivery: flat pack, degree of protection IP43
I201_08459
8GK1 302-8KK12
Cabinet depth of 210 mm Delivery as pre-assembled unequipped distribution board, degree of protection IP43
I201_08459
8GK1 322-8KK12
■ Accessories
SET,
M)
Longitudinal stays 8GK4 853-8KK00 1 1 set 039
• Height 1800 mm, width 210 mm
• 1 set = 2 stays
8GK4 853-8KK00
17
Connecting kits for longitudinal stays 8GK9 910-0KK32 1 1 unit 039 4
• 1 set = 4 units
8GK9 910-0KK32
For assembly kits see page 17.4/11 ff. For accessories see page 17.4/18 ff.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 7
© Siemens AG 2013

■ Overview
• Type of delivery: Unequipped distribution board - • SCII flange:
pre-assembled - Depth 250 mm: per panel width: one 2-component flange
• Cabinet depths: 250 mm and 320 mm each at the top and bottom
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and safety - Depth 320 mm: per panel width: two 2-component flange
class 2 (total insulation) each at the top and bottom
• IP55 degree of protection • SCI flange:
• Color RAL 7035 (light gray) - Depth 250 mm: per panel width: one 2-component flange
• Unassembled enclosure (with base) with unassembled en- each at the top
closed door or pre-assembled enclosure (with base) com- - Depth 320 mm: two 2-component flanges per panel width
plete with door and espagnolette lock, which can be replaced at the top (to achieve degree of protection IP55, a 2-compo-
with other locking systems. Distribution boards with a width of nent flange is also required at the bottom; please order sep-
750 mm/800 mm or more will be supplied with a double door. arately if required)

Internal/external Panel width ALPHA 630 DIN technology distribution boards,
dimensions delivered as pre-assembled unequipped distribution boards,
degree of protection: IP55, color: RAL 7035
M) M)
With closed side panel, cabinet depth 250 mm

1800/1950 300 8GK1 323-8KN13 1 1 unit 039 8GK1 333-8KN13 1 1 unit 039
550 8GK1 323-8KN23 1 1 unit 039 8GK1 333-8KN23 1 1 unit 039
8GK1 323-
8KN23
With closed side panel, cabinet depth 320 mm
1800/1950 300 8GK1 323-8KN14 1 1 unit 039 8GK1 333-8KN14 1 1 unit 039
With open side panel, cabinet depth 250 mm
1800/1950 300 8GK1 323-8KP13 1 1 unit 039 --
550 8GK1 323-8KP23 1 1 unit 039 --
800 8GK1 323-8KP33 1 1 unit 039 --
1050 8GK1 323-8KP43 1 1 unit 039 --
1300 8GK1 323-8KP53 1 1 unit 039 --
8GK1 323-
8KP23
With open side panel, cabinet depth 320 mm
1800/1950 300 8GK1 323-8KP14 1 1 unit 039 --
17 550
800
8GK1 323-8KP24
8GK1 323-8KP34
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
039
039
--
--
4 1050 8GK1 323-8KP44 1 1 unit 039 --
1300 8GK1 323-8KP54 1 1 unit 039 --

17.4 / 8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013


SET,
M)
Side panels 8GK9 520-0KK03 1 1 set 039

• Gray
• Depth 250/320 mm
8GK9 520-0KK03
Accessories
Longitudinal stays, (latchable pivot stays) 8GK4 853-8KK02 1 1 set 039
• Height 1800 mm
• Depth 250/320 mm
• 1 set = 2 stays
8GK4 853-8KK02
Connecting kits for longitudinal stays 8GK9 910-0KK32 1 1 unit 039
• 1 set = 4 units
8GK9 910-0KK32
Masking frames
• Sheet steel
• For recessed installation of stays
• Height 1800 mm
Width in mm
250 8GK9 913-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK9 913-0KK20 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK9 913-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
1000 8GK9 913-0KK40 1 1 unit 039
1250 8GK9 913-0KK50 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 913-0KK30
For assembly kits see page 17.4/11 ff.

For accessories see page 17.4/18 ff.
17
4

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 9
© Siemens AG 2013
Marshaling boxes

SET,
M)
Surface-mounting distribution boards

Safety class 1
• Marshaling boxes for supporting the incoming/outgoing cables,
option for terminal blocks available
• Large, foamed front cover with fixing screws
• Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
Marshaling box Degree of External dimensions Panel width
depth in mm protection in mm
Height Width
210 IP43 350 300 8GK1 382-0KK12 1 1 unit 039
550 8GK1 382-0KK22 1 1 unit 039
800 8GK1 382-0KK32 1 1 unit 039
1050 8GK1 382-0KK42 1 1 unit 039
1300 8GK1 382-0KK52 1 1 unit 039
8GK1 382-0KK12
250 IP55 350 300 8GK1 383-0KK13 1 1 unit 039
550 8GK1 383-0KK23 1 1 unit 039
800 8GK1 383-0KK33 1 1 unit 039
1050 8GK1 383-0KK43 1 1 unit 039
1300 8GK1 383-0KK53 1 1 unit 039
8GK1 383-0KK13
320 IP55 350 300 8GK1 383-0KK14 1 1 unit 039
550 8GK1 383-0KK24 1 1 unit 039
800 8GK1 383-0KK34 1 1 unit 039
1050 8GK1 383-0KK44 1 1 unit 039
1300 8GK1 383-0KK54 1 1 unit 039
8GK1 383-0KK14
Note
Flanges and 8GK9 920-0KK31 connecting kit must be ordered
separately, see accessories on page 17.4/18 ff.
Accessories
Longitudinal stays, for marshaling boxes 8GK4 855-2KK02 1 1 set 039
• Stays are available for mounting in the marshaling boxes
• Height 300 mm, depth 210 mm/250 mm/320 mm
• 1 set = 2 stays
8GK4 855-2KK02
17
4

17.4 / 10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)
Assembly kits, for modular installation devices

• Tier spacing of 150 mm, without N/PE bar
accessories
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the quick-acting locking
connections facilitate fast and reliable attachment to the supports.
External dimensions in mm Tiers/MW
Height Width
150 250 1/12 8GK4 351-1KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 1/24 8GK4 351-1KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 1/36 8GK4 351-1KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-1KK12
300 250 2/24 8GK4 351-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 2/48 8GK4 351-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 2/72 8GK4 351-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-2KK12
450 250 3/36 8GK4 351-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 3/72 8GK4 351-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 3/108 8GK4 351-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-3KK12
600 250 4/48 8GK4 351-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 4/96 8GK4 351-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 4/144 8GK4 351-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-4KK12
Note
dered separately (see pages 17.4/7 and 17.4/9).
• The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with
7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
• The assembly kits with a width of 500/750 mm are equipped with
15 mm standard mounting rails.
• For accessories see page 17.4/21 ff
• Terminal blocks with graded insulation design, with closed front cover
accessories
the quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and reliable attach-
ment to the supports.
Height Width
150 250 8GK4 401-1KK12 1 1 unit 039
300 250
500
750
8GK4 401-2KK12
8GK4 401-2KK22
8GK4 401-2KK32
1
1
1
1 unit 039
1 unit 039
1 unit 039
17
450 250 8GK4 401-3KK12 1 1 unit 039 4
500 8GK4 401-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 401-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 11
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)

• Terminal blocks, separate design, with closed front cover
accessories
300 250 8GK4 402-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 402-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 402-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 402-3KK12 1 1 unit 039

500 8GK4 402-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 402-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 8GK4 402-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 402-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 402-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
Note
8GK4 500-2KK20
• Gray
Height Width
75 250 8GK4 501-0KK12 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 501-4KK12 500 8GK4 501-0KK22 1 1 unit 039
150 250 8GK4 501-1KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-1KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-1KK32 1 1 unit 039
300 250 8GK4 501-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 501-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 8GK4 501-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
17 500
750
8GK4 501-4KK22
8GK4 501-4KK32
1
1
1 unit 039
1 unit 039
4 750 250 8GK4 501-5KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-5KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-5KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note

17.4 / 12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)

40 mm
Height Width
300 250 8GK4 501-2KK13 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 501-3KK23
500 8GK4 501-2KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-2KK33 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 501-3KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-3KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-3KK33 1 1 unit 039
Note
• For accessories see page 17.4/21 ff.
mounting plate, front cover including supports, mounting brackets
(depth-adjustable), screws and mounting accessories
External dimensions in mm Mounting plate dimensions in mm
8GK4 451-4KK12 300 250 245 207.5 8GK4 451-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 457.5 8GK4 451-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 707.5 8GK4 451-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 395 207.5 8GK4 451-3KK12 1 1 unit 039

500 457.5 8GK4 451-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 707.5 8GK4 451-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 545 207.5 8GK4 451-4KK12 1 1 unit 039

500 457.5 8GK4 451-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 707.5 8GK4 451-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
• If the fitted mounting plate extends over several panel widths, it is not
possible to place a longitudinal stay in the middle.
Internal dimensions Mounting plate dimensions in mm
of cabinet in mm
1800 250 1680 242 8GK9 533-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 492 8GK9 533-0KK20 1 1 unit 039
750 742 8GK9 533-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
17
8GK9 533-0KK10
1000 992 8GK9 533-0KK40 1 1 unit 039
1250 1242 8GK9 533-0KK50 1 1 unit 039
Note 4
• If these mounting plates are fitted in distribution boards of safety class
II, safety class II is no longer guaranteed!

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 13
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)

support plate, front cover including supports, molded-plastic masking
frame, screws and mounting accessories
Assembly kit LV HRC fuse switch Height Width
8GK4 550-2KK22 for size disconnectors in mm in mm
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 300 250 8GK4 550-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 500 8GK4 550-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×1 1 × 3NP1 143… 450 250 8GK4 550-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
2×1 2 × 3NP1 143… 500 8GK4 550-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×2 1 × 3NP1 153… 450 250 8GK4 551-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
1×3 1 × 3NP1 163… 500 8GK4 551-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
Note
• For mounting size 000 fuse switch disconnectors you additionally
require the cover 8GK9 912-0KK00 (see pages 17.4/21).
• For more accessories see page 17.4/21 ff.
front cover including supports, molded-plastic masking frame, screws
and mounting accessories
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 300 250 8GK4 650-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 500 8GK4 650-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 450 250 8GK4 650-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 500 8GK4 650-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×1 1 × 3NP1 143… 450 250 8GK4 651-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
2×1 2 × 3NP1 143… 500 8GK4 651-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×2 1 × 3NP1 153… 250 8GK4 652-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
Note
• The Cu busbar and the busbar supports must be ordered
separately (see page 17.4/22).
require the cover 8GK9 912-0KK00 (see page 17.4/21).
• For more accessories see page 17.4/21 ff.
17
4

17.4 / 14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)

support plate, front cover including supports, screws and mounting
accessories
in mm
Height Width
• 3-pole and 4-pole for
VL circuit breakers
- 1 × VL160/VL160X 300 250 8GK4 701-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL160X, 1 × VL160, 1 × VL250 450 250 8GK4 701-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL400 600 250 8GK4 702-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
• 3-pole for VL circuit breakers

- 1 × VL630 600 250 8GK4 703-4KK13 1 1 unit 039
• 4-pole for VL circuit breakers

- 1 × VL630 600 500 8GK4 704-4KK13 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 704-4KK13
• For installation with mounted RCD module

- 1 × VL160X + RCD 450 250 8GK4 720-3KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL160/VL250 + RCD 450 250 8GK4 721-3KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL400 + RCD 750 250 8GK4 720-5KK10 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 721-3KK10
• For installation with front-operated rotary
operating mechanism
- 1 × VL160X/VL160/VL2501) 450 250 8GK4 722-3KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL4002) 600 250 8GK4 722-4KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL630 3-pole2) 600 250 8GK4 723-4KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL630 4-pole2) 600 500 8GK4 721-4KK20 1 1 unit 039
Note
8GK4 722-3KK10 • For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution boards,
Footnote
1) Depth of distribution board: 250/320 mm.
2) Depth of distribution board: 320 mm.
Assembly kits for 3KA switch disconnectors on support plate
Type External dimensions
in mm
Height Width
• 1 × 3KA 50/51/52/53, mounting depth 250 mm 300 250 8GK4 707-3KK17 1 1 unit 039
• 1 × 3KA 55/57/58, mounting depth 320 mm 300 500 8GK4 707-4KK27 1 1 unit 039
Note
8GK4 707-3KK17 dered separately (see pages 17.4/7 and 17.4/9).
Assembly kits for meter mounting 8GE3 713-4 1 1 unit 042
17
• for meter mounting (not standardized, 375 mm) 4
• Height 450 mm
• Width 250 mm
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, not stan-
dardized, only for internal measurements, comprising: meter support
plate with all-round partitions, screws and mounting accessories
I2_08085
Note
8GE3 713-4 2 longitudinal stays are required per assembly kit. These must be or-

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 15
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)
Assembly kits for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors

front cover including supports, busbar supports on support plate,
• Note: Values in brackets below apply to in-line fuse switch disconnec-
tors with fixing claws
in mm
• Busbar center-to-center spacing of 100 mm,
with busbar support
- 4 (3) × 3NJ4, size 00 600 250 8GK4 751-4KK13 1 1 unit 039
- 9 (8) × 3NJ4, size 00 600 500 8GK4 751-4KK23 1 1 unit 039
- 14 (13) × 3NJ4, size 00 600 750 8GK4 751-4KK33 1 1 unit 039

with busbar support
- 2 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 250 8GK4 752-5KK15 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 752-5KK35
- 4 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 500 8GK4 752-5KK25 1 1 unit 039
- 7 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 750 8GK4 752-5KK35 1 1 unit 039
Note
• The Cu busbar must be ordered separately.
• Notice: Please heed max. rated current of 630 A.
• The assembly kits for sizes 1-3 require a mounting depth of 320 mm.
• If the assembly kits are fully equipped, an incoming feeder bay is re-
quired.
• When mounting the in-line fuse switch-disconnectors with 3NJ4 911-
3AA00 busbar terminals, the assembly kits cannot be fully equipped.
Blanking covers
Type Width
in mm
• For switchboard cutout 50 3NJ4 912-2AA00 1 1 unit 143
• For size 1 to 3 switch disconnectors 100 3NJ4 912-2BA00 1 1 unit 143
• For 3NJ4 410-3 50 3NJ4 912-2CA00 1 1 unit 143
3NJ4 912-2AA00
17
4

17.4 / 16 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)
Assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse bases for mounting

on busbar systems
• 3-pole
• Busbar center-to-center spacing 60 mm
• 7 × NEOZED D02
front cover including supports, busbar supports for bus-mounting fuse
bases, screws and mounting accessories
Height Width
300 250 8GK4 801-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 801-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
Note
Assembly kits for busbar-adaptable devices for 40 mm or 60 mm
busbar system
• Busbar center-to-center spacing of 40 mm/60 mm
deep-drawn front cover with supports

Height Width
300 250 8GK4 801-2KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 801-2KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 801-2KK33 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 801-3KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 801-3KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 801-3KK33 1 1 unit 039
Note
• Notice: Busbar supports (8GK9 711-0KK03) not included in delivery
5SH3 536
17
4
5SH3 537

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 17
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET, M)
For unequipped distribution boards

Versions
• For mounting and fixing a distribution board directly 8GK9 910-0KK36 1 5 sets 039
against the wall without a clearance
(1 set = 4 lugs including screws)
• For connecting two distribution boards and for mounting and fixing 8GK9 910-0KK37 1 1 set 039
them directly against the wall without a clearance, (8GK9 910-0KK36
additionally required for the ends of a row of distribution boards)
(1 set = 2 lugs including screws)
Flanges
For fast and correct wiring
Versions
• 1-component flanges (for IP43 distribution boards, installed on bottom 8GK9 100-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 100-0KK01 panel)
8GK9 100-0KK03 - For top/bottom cable entry
• Flange plate made of sheet steel (only safety class 1) 8GK9 100-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
- For metric screw connections, degree of protection: IP55
(2 units)
8GK9 100-0KK10 • Connecting flanges 8GK9 100-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
17
4

17.4 / 18 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET, M)
Bases
External height: 100 mm
Depth Width
210 300 8GK9 901-0KK12 1 1 unit 039
550 8GK9 901-0KK22 1 1 unit 039
800 8GK9 901-0KK32 1 1 unit 039
1050 8GK9 901-0KK42 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 9010KA12 1300 8GK9 901-0KK52 1 1 unit 039
250 300 8GK9 900-0KK13 1 1 unit 039
550 8GK9 900-0KK23 1 1 unit 039
800 8GK9 900-0KK33 1 1 unit 039
1050 8GK9 900-0KK43 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 900-0KK13 1300 8GK9 900-0KK53 1 1 unit 039
320 300 8GK9 900-0KK14 1 1 unit 039
550 8GK9 900-0KK24 1 1 unit 039
800 8GK9 900-0KK34 1 1 unit 039
1050 8GK9 900-0KK44 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 900-0KK14 1300 8GK9 900-0KK54 1 1 unit 039
Flange plates 8GK9 100-0KK04 1 1 unit 039

• IP55 degree of protection
• Safety class 1
• For cabinet depth 320 mm, if center plate is removed
• Sheet steel, without knockouts
8GK9 100-0KK04
Locking systems
Versions
• Rotary handles 8GK9 561-0KK01 1 1 unit 039
- Can be recessed, with pushbutton technique
• Lock insert 8GK9 561-0KK02 1 1 unit 039
- For installation of profile semicylinders
• Profile semicylinders, 40 mm, with E012 lock and 2 keys 8GK9 561-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
- With insert for the rotary handle
- Only to be used together with the lock insert (this must be
8GK9 561-0KK01 ordered separately)
• Profile semicylinders with Senat tumbler 8GK9 560-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
Accessories
8GK9 561-0KK02
8GK9 561-0KK00
17
Cable clamping rails
• For strain relief
• C-profile 30 mm x 15 mm
Versions 4
8GK9 911-0KK10 • Width 250 mm 8GK9 911-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
• Width 500 mm 8GK9 911-0KK20 1 1 unit 039

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 19
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET, M)

Versions
• DIN A 3, made of sheet steel, depth 10 mm 8GK9 910-0KK22 1 1 unit 039
• DIN A 4, transparent sleeve 8GK9 910-0KK23 1 20 units 039
• DIN A 4, made of plastic, depth 30 mm 8GD9 132 1 1 unit 042
8GK9 910-0KK22
Made of aluminum, self-adhesive, color: petrol
8GD9 084
Crossbeams
Versions
• Width 500 mm 8GK4 853-0KK20 1 2 units 039
8GK4 853-0KK20
Partitions
• Sheet steel
• For mounting depth 250/320 mm
Versions
• Vertical
(Vertical separation for 320 mm depth only: at a depth of 250 mm,
the stays reach the rear panel)
8GK9 520-8KK00
• Horizontal
(for 250 mm depth: push separation back to break it off)
8GK9 520-0KK20
Screws 8GK9 911-0KK00 1 500 units 039
• Self-tapping
• M5 x 10
8GK9 911-0KK00
8GK9 911-0KK01
Large pack: 10 units
17
4 8GK9 911-0KK02
Support extensions N 8GK9 911-0KK03 1 100 units 039
• 7.5 mm
8GK9 911-0KK03

17.4 / 20 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET, M)
Iso supports
Versions
• 12 mm 8GK9 911-0KK04 1 50 units 039
• 31.5 mm 8GK9 911-0KK05 1 50 units 039
• 55.5 mm 8GK9 911-0KK06 1 50 units 039
8GK9 911-0KK05
Partitions (for 210 mm depth)
• For mounting depth 210 mm
Versions
• Vertical
8GK9 301-2KK01 - Height 750 mm 8GK9 101-5KK01 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 103-0KK10 - Height 1350 mm 8GK9 102-8KK01 1 1 unit 039
• Horizontal
Ventilation grilles 8GK9 120-0KK30 1 4 units 038
8GK9 120-0KK30
For assembly kits
8GK9 912-0KK00
Busbar supports
with matching support plate
Versions
8GK9 650-0KK00
• 1-pole 5SH3 540 1 1 unit 031
- For Cu busbars 12 × 5 (10) mm, 20 × 5 (10) mm,
30 × 5 (10) mm
- Height 150 mm
• 5-pole 8GK9 650-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
and for mounting 3NP fuse switch disconnectors 17
- Height 300 mm
4
• 3-pole 8GK9 711-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 711-0KK03 - For Cu busbars 12 × 5 (10) mm, 20 × 5 (10) mm,
30 × 5 (10) mm
- For bus-mounting fuse bases and 3NP4076 switch disconnectors,
used together with assembly kits (mounting directly on the stays)

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 21
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET, M)
Cu busbars
Versions
8GK9 73 - Length 250 8GK9 731-0KK10 1 5 units 039
- Length 500 8GK9 731-0KK20 1 5 units 039

• Long version
8GK9 910-0KK30
• 16 mm2
• Length 250 mm
8GK9 910-0KK10
Versions
• Each with 6 screw connections from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in con- 8GK9 910-0KK11 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 910-0KK11 nections from 1.5 to 4 mm2 for mounting on longitudinal stays at a 30°
inclination
• With 6 screw connections from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in connec- 8GK9 910-0KK12 1 1 unit 039
tions from 1.5 to 4 mm2, for PE bar and one neutral-neutral bar each
with 2 screw connections from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 10 plug-in connec-
tions from 1.5 to 4 mm2, for mounting on longitudinal stays at a 30° in-
clination
Versions
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm² } 8US1 921-2AA00 100 100 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm² } 8US1 921-2AB00 100 50 units 143
17
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm² } 8US1 921-2AD00 1 50 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm² } 8US1 921-2AC00 1 50 units 143
8US19 21-2AA00
4
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm² } 8US1 921-2BA00 1 100 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm² } 8US1 921-2BB00 1 50 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm² } 8US1 921-2BD00 1 50 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm² } 8US1 921-2BC00 1 50 units 143
8GK9 920-0KK24

17.4 / 22 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET, M)
Blanking strips
Versions
8GK9 910-0KK00
w/o pressure-relief joint, to cut to length
• Comprising:
- Screws
- Washers
8GK9 920-0KK31
- Nuts
Note
Cable holders 8GK9 910-0KK80 1 200 units 039
I201_10746
For standard mounting rails
8GK9 910-0KK80
Spare keys 8GD9 290 1 1 unit 042
For double-bit locking mechanism
I201_08084
8GD9 290
For recessed installation of stand. mounting rails
8GK9 910-0KK34
Quick-lock screws 8GK9 910-0KK26 1 20 units 039
• Color RAL 7035
8GK9 910-0KK26
Assembly tools 8GK9 910-0KK27 1 1 unit 039
• For supports
8GK9 910-0KK27
Transport eyebolts 8GK9 918-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
M12
8GK9 918-0KK00
Width
• 250 mm 8GK9 910-0KK35 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 910-0KK35
• 500 mm
• 750 mm
8GK9 910-0KK40
8GK9 910-0KK41
1
1
1 set 039
1 set 039 17
4

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 23
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories - Ordering large quantities

SET,
M)
Front covers
Front covers, closed
Front covers in large order quantities (Big Pack)
External height External width in mm
in mm
75 250 8GK9 601-0KK10 1 10 units 039
150 250 8GK9 601-1KK10 1 10 units 039
500 8GK9 601-1KK20 1 10 units 039
750 8GK9 601-1KK30 1 10 units 039
300 250 8GK9 601-2KK10 1 10 units 039
8GK9 601-4KK10 500 8GK9 601-2KK20 1 10 units 039
750 8GK9 601-2KK30 1 10 units 039
450 250 8GK9 601-3KK10 1 10 units 039
500 8GK9 601-3KK20 1 10 units 039
750 8GK9 601-3KK30 1 10 units 039
600 250 8GK9 601-4KK10 1 10 units 039
500 8GK9 601-4KK20 1 10 units 039
750 8GK9 601-4KK30 1 10 units 039
Front covers, with cutout
Front covers in large order quantities (Big Pack)
External height External width in mm Tiers/MW
in mm
150 250 1/12 8GK9 601-1KK11 1 10 units 039
500 1/24 8GK9 601-1KK21 1 10 units 039
750 1/36 8GK9 601-1KK31 1 10 units 039
300 250 2/24 8GK9 601-2KK11 1 10 units 039
500 2/48 8GK9 601-2KK21 1 10 units 039
750 2/72 8GK9 601-2KK31 1 10 units 039
8GK9 601-4KK11
450 250 3/36 8GK9 601-3KK11 1 10 units 039
500 3/72 8GK9 601-3KK21 1 10 units 039
750 3/108 8GK9 601-3KK31 1 10 units 039
600 250 4/48 8GK9 601-4KK11 1 10 units 039
500 4/96 8GK9 601-4KK21 1 10 units 039
750 4/144 8GK9 601-4KK31 1 10 units 039
Assembly kits
Supports for front covers
Material plastic
Versions
• Long version (for use when mounting an 8GK9 910-1KK.0 15 mm 8GK9 910-0KK31 1 100 units 039
8GK9 910-0KK31 standard mounting rail on standard mounting rail holders)
• Short version (for use when mounting an 8GK9 910-1KK.0 15 mm 8GK9 910-0KK24 1 100 units 039
standard mounting rail directly on the stays)
Standard mounting rails 15 mm
Versions
8GK9 910-1KK10 • Width 250 mm 8GK9 910-1KK10 1 10 units 039
17
4

17.4 / 24 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)
Standard mounting rail holders

• For standard mounting rail, 15 mm and supports
• Long version
• Comprising 1 left and 1 right holder
• 1 set = 20 holders, 10 × left, 10 × right
Versions
8GK9 910-1KK83 • For 1 standard mounting rail 8GK9 910-1KK81 1 1 set 039
• For 2 standard mounting rails 8GK9 910-1KK83 1 1 set 039
8GK9 910-1KK84
8GK9 910-1KK85
Spare stays, for older floor-mounted distribution boards 8GK4 853-8KK01 1 1 set 039
• Height 1800 mm, depth 250/320 mm
• 1 set = 2 stays
Note
These stays cannot be used for the new
8GK4 853-8KK01 floor-mounted distribution boards.
8GK4 853-8KK01
17
4

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.4 / 25
© Siemens AG 2013
Notes
17
4
17.4 / 26 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

17.5
© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA AS 1250
Distribution Boards
17.5/2 Introduction
17.5/7 Unequipped distribution boards

distribution boards
17.5/17 Accessories
17.5/22 Accessories - Ordering large

quantities
More technical
technical-support .
→ Entry list:

© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA AS 1250 Distribution Boards
Introduction
■ Overview
Devices Page Surface- Flush- Rated cur- Cubicle depth Safety class
mounting mounting rent
distribu- distribu-
A mm 1 2
SIMBOX XL: 17.1/8 ✔ -- 63 99 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
SIMBOX WP: 17.1/10 ✔ -- 63 100/140/160 -- ✔
Surface-mounting
DIN technology
board

distribution boards

distribution boards

distribution boards
1) Mounting depth
17
5
17.5 / 2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction

to EN 60439-1 to EN 60439-3
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --
IP30 DIN VDE 0603 -- DIN 43871 -- -- --

DIN VDE 0660-500/504
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP31 / IP43 / IP55
IP43 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3 ✔ ✔
IP43 / IP55
IP55

according to
IEC 61439-2
17
5
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 3

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
System Assembly kits
The modular design of our Siemens distribution board system The assembly kits are made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel
draws on our long years of experience in the distribution board and are equipped with molded-plastic covers for a wide range
sector. of equipping options, e.g. with switching devices and modular
This system has been tailored to meet individual requirements installation devices.
for distribution board installation. The largest switching devices that can be installed in the ALPHA
The ALPHA AS DIN technology distribution board system AS range are Siemens switching devices with a maximum rated
(1250 A) comprises unequipped distribution boards with remov- current of 1250 A.
able rear panels, doors, bases with degree of protection IP55, Cabinet dimensions
assembly kits for individual assembly, and an extensive range of
accessories. All dimensions are stated in mm
• Height:
Enclosures - Internal dimension: 1800
• Material: Electrogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel - External dimension with base: 1950
• Sheet thickness, degree of protection IP43/IP55: • Width (internal/external dimensions): 250/300, 500/550,
body 1.25 mm, door 1 mm 750/800, 1000/1050, 1250/1300
• Color: RAL 7035 (light gray), further RAL colors available on • Depth (external dimension): 400
request. • Assembly kits in panel-size grid dimensions, height × width:
150 × 250.
■ Benefits
• Busbars are routed to the rear panel through side-by-side • System concept according to DIN, EN and VDE standards
cabinets • High-quality surface finish: distribution boards made of elec-
• Rear panel can be removed for easy installation trogalvanized and powder-coated sheet steel, system compo-
• IP55 degree of protection nents made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet steel, galvanized
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection) and transparently chromated small components and screws
• Easy planning thanks to modular design • Doors can be hinged on the right or left
• Flexible expansion with a wide range of assembly kits from the • Door opening angle of 170°
ALPHA 630 distribution board system • Replaceable locking systems (accessories)
• Generous wiring space • Front cover with sealable 90° quick-acting locks
• Easy assembly thanks to keyhole-fastened components and • Environmentally-friendly and recyclable plastics.
■ Application
The ALPHA AS DIN technology distribution boards (1250 A)
are used wherever busbar systems need to be routed through
several floor-mounted cabinets mounted side-by-side or where
floor-mounted cabinets require a greater enclosure depth
(e.g. in administrative, non-residential and industrial buildings).
It complements the Siemens range of floor-mounted distribution
boards with a mounting depth of 400 mm.
The distribution board and its components are of modular de-
sign.
The ALPHA AS distribution board (1250 A) is designed for
ALPHA DIN assembly kits.
The modular distribution boards can be supplied in safety class
1 (protective conductor connection). IP55 degree of protection
can be achieved with the necessary flanges.
With just a few standard components, it is possible to achieve a
wide range of project-related mounting and equipping options.
40 mm, 60 mm and 185 mm busbar systems with dimensions up
to 100 mm × 10 mm can be installed.
Assembly kits that only require a one-size screwdriver for as-
sembly are available for all mountable switching devices and
modular installation devices.
17
5
17.5 / 4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
■ Design
6
5
7
8
4
3
2
1
I201_13633
3
3 Cu busbars
4 Terminals
6 Blanking covers
7 Supports
Distribution board components of the 8GK4 assembly kits for the SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
5
4
2
I201_13634a

3
4
NEOZED bus-mounting switch disconnectors, 3-pole
17
to DIN 43880
Built-in components of the 8GK4 assembly kits for the SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 5

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Clearance and creepage distances EN 60664-1
Rated current in A 1250
Rated peak short-circuit current Ipk in kA
• With busbar support, 60 mm Up to 78.91)
• With busbar support, 185 mm Up to 1101)
Rated short-time current Icw in kA
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 IP55 with door (with matching flanges)
Standard mounting rail tier spacing per standard mounting rail tier in mm 150
Modular width (MW) 18 mm, 12 MW
Pollution degree 3
Test specifications EN 60439-1/-3 (VDE 0660 Part 500/504)
Color 2) RAL 7035 (light gray)
Lock 3-point locking with integrated espagnolette lock
(can be replaced with other locking systems if required)
1) Depending on busbar support spacing
2) Further RAL colors are available on request.
Cabinet dimensions
Cabinet
Height Width Depth
mm mm mm
1950 with base (100 mm) 300 400
550
800
1050
1300
17
5
17.5 / 6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)
Modular distribution boards

Modular distribution boards
• Color RAL 7035 (light gray)
• External height: 1950 mm
• External depth: 400 mm
• Type of delivery: pre-assembled unequipped distribution board,
with removable rear panel, door and open side panels
• Safety class 1 (protective conductor connection)
• Enclosure (with base) pre-assembled with door and espagno-
lette lock which can be replaced by other locking systems.
Distribution boards with a width of 750 mm/800 mm or more will
8GK1 423-8KK15 be supplied with a double door.
• Flanges must be ordered separately
External width Panel width
in mm
• 300 8GK1 423-8KK15 1 1 unit 039
• 550 8GK1 423-8KK25 1 1 unit 039
• 800 8GK1 423-8KK35 1 1 unit 039
• 1050 8GK1 423-8KK45 1 1 unit 039
• 1300 8GK1 423-8KK55 1 1 unit 039
Note
• For assembly kits see page 17.5/9 ff.
Side panels, modular distributon board 8GK9 520-0KK05 1 1 unit 039
Depth 400 mm
8GK9 520-0KK05
Accessories
Longitudinal stays (latchable pivot stays) 8GK4 853-8KK02 1 1 set 039
• Height 1800 mm
• Depth 250/320/400 mm
• 1 set = 2 stays
8GK4 853-8KK02
Connecting kits for longitudinal stays 8GK9 910-0KK32 1 1 unit 039
• 1 set = 4 units
17
5
8GK9 910-0KK32

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 7
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)
Assembly kits for masking frame for front cover

Height 1800 mm
Width in mm
250 8GK9 913-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK9 913-0KK20 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK9 913-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
1000 8GK9 913-0KK40 1 1 unit 039
1250 8GK9 913-0KK50 1 1 unit 039
Note
8GK9 913-0KK30 Assembly kit only necessary if the mounting stays are mounted at
the rear of the modular distribution board.
Flange plates 8GK9 100-0KK04 1 1 unit 039
For lower flange opening (sheet steel closed)
8GK9 100-0KK04
Expansion parts for busbars
Busbar supports
• Busbar spacing 100/185 mm
• Max. busbar current 1250 A
• Max. Cu 1 × 80 × 10
Versions
• With matching support plate for mounting on the rear panel 8GK9 720-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
• Without support plate for mounting on the busbar (no fixing to the 8GK9 720-0KK01 1 1 unit 039
cabinet enclosure), including fixing screws
Accessories
• PEN bar holder 8GK9 721-0KK00 1 2 units 039
8GK9 720-0KK00
• N/PE busbar supports 8GK9 110-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
Cross arm for N/PEN pin insulators and/or holders for PEN
bars
Included in delivery: Cross arm for N/PEN main busbar,
4 × fixing screws M5 × 10
I202_01411
Versions
8GK4854-0KK.. • W=250 mm 8GK4 854-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
• W=500 mm 8GK4 854-0KK20 1 1 unit 039
• W=750 mm 8GK4 854-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
• W=1000 mm 8GK4 854-0KK40 1 1 unit 039
• W=1250 mm 8GK4 854-0KK50 1 1 unit 039
Pin insulator for N busbar including holder 8GK9 110-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
Pin insulator, 1-pole, with M10 internal thread and holder
I202_01401
8GK9110-0KK00
ALPHA AS holder for PEN bar 8GK9 721-0KK00 1 2 units 039
I202 01410
PEN bar holder
8GK9721-0KK00
17
5

17.5 / 8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)
Assembly kits, for modular installation devices

• Tier spacing of 150 mm, without N/PE bar
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, compris-
ing: device racks, front cover including supports, screws and
Height Width
150 250 1/12 8GK4 351-1KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 1/24 8GK4 351-1KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 1/36 8GK4 351-1KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-1KK12
300 250 2/24 8GK4 351-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 2/48 8GK4 351-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 2/72 8GK4 351-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-2KK12
450 250 3/36 8GK4 351-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 3/72 8GK4 351-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 3/108 8GK4 351-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-3KK12
600 250 4/48 8GK4 351-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 4/96 8GK4 351-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 4/144 8GK4 351-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 351-4KK12
Note
• The quick-assembly kits with a width of 250 mm are equipped with
7.5 mm standard mounting rails.
• The assembly kits with a width of 500/750 mm are equipped with
15 mm standard mounting rails.
17
5

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 9
© Siemens AG 2013

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)

Height Width
150 250 8GK4 401-1KK12 1 1 unit 039
300 250 8GK4 401-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 401-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 401-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 401-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 401-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 401-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
• Terminal blocks with insulation design
Height Width
8GK4 402-4KK12
300 250 8GK4 402-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 402-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 402-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 402-3KK12 1 1 unit 039

500 8GK4 402-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 402-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 8GK4 402-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 402-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 402-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
17 8GK4 500-2KK20
5

17.5 / 10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)

• Gray
ing: front cover including supports, screws and mounting accessories
Height Width
75 250 8GK4 501-0KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-0KK22 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 501-4KK12
150 250 8GK4 501-1KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-1KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-1KK32 1 1 unit 039
300 250 8GK4 501-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 501-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 8GK4 501-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
750 250 8GK4 501-5KK12 1 1 unit 039

500 8GK4 501-5KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-5KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
40 mm
ing: front cover including supports, screws and mounting accessories
Height Width
300 250 8GK4 501-2KK13 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 501-3KK23 500 8GK4 501-2KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-2KK33 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 501-3KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 501-3KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 501-3KK33 1 1 unit 039
Note
17
5

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 11
© Siemens AG 2013

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)

ing: mounting plate, front cover including supports, mounting brack-
ets (depth-adjustable), screws and mounting accessories
External dimensions (mm): Mounting plate dimensions in mm
assembly kit
8GK4 451-4KK12 300 250 245 207.5 8GK4 451-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 457.5 8GK4 451-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 707.5 8GK4 451-2KK32 1 1 unit 039
450 250 395 207.5 8GK4 451-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 457.5 8GK4 451-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 707.5 8GK4 451-3KK32 1 1 unit 039
600 250 545 207.5 8GK4 451-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
500 457.5 8GK4 451-4KK22 1 1 unit 039
750 707.5 8GK4 451-4KK32 1 1 unit 039
Note
dered separately (see page 17.5/7)
• For mounting on longitudinal stays or the rear panel
Internal dimensions of Mounting plate dimensions in mm
cabinet in mm
1800 250 1680 242 8GK9 533-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 492 8GK9 533-0KK20 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 533-0KK10 750 742 8GK9 533-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
1000 992 8GK9 533-0KK40 1 1 unit 039
1250 1242 8GK9 533-0KK50 1 1 unit 039
Note
A cabinet-wide mounting plate is always required for mounting on the
rear panel.
ing: support plate, front cover including supports, molded-plastic
masking frame, screws and mounting accessories
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 300 250 8GK4 550-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 500 8GK4 550-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×1 1 × 3NP1 143… 450 250 8GK4 550-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
2×1 2 × 3NP1 143… 500 8GK4 550-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×2 1 × 3NP1 153… 450 250 8GK4 551-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
1×3 1 × 3NP1 163… 500 8GK4 551-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
Accessories
• Busbar supports
17 - 40 mm, 5-pole
- 60 mm, 3-pole
8GK9 650-0KK00
8GK9 711-0KK03
1
1
1 unit 039
1 unit 039
5 Note

17.5 / 12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)

ing: front cover including supports, molded-plastic masking frame,
Note
8GK4 650-2KK12 The Cu busbar and the busbar supports must be ordered separately
(see page 17.5/20).
Assembly kit LV HRC fuse switch discon- Height Width
for size nectors in mm in mm
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 300 250 8GK4 650-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 500 8GK4 650-2KK22 1 1 unit 039
2 × 00/000 2 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 450 250 8GK4 650-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
4 × 00/000 4 × 3NP1 123... / 3NP1 133... 500 8GK4 650-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×1 1 × 3NP1 143… 450 250 8GK4 651-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
2×1 2 × 3NP1 143… 500 8GK4 651-3KK22 1 1 unit 039
1×2 1 × 3NP1 153… 250 8GK4 652-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
Accessories
• Busbar supports
- 40 mm, 5-pole 8GK9 650-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
- 60 mm, 3-pole 8GK9 711-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
Note
ing: support plate, front cover including supports, screws and mount-
ing accessories
in mm
Height Width
• 3- and 4-pole
- 1 × VL160/VL160X 300 250 8GK4 701-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL160X, 1 × VL160, 1 × VL250 450 8GK4 701-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL400 600 8GK4 702-4KK12 1 1 unit 039
• 3-pole
- 1 × VL630 600 250 8GK4 703-4KK13 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL800 8GK4 704-4KK15 1 1 unit 039
• 3/4-pole
- 1 × VL630 600 500 8GK4 704-4KK13 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL800 8GK4 704-4KK25 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 704-4KK13 - 1 × VL1250/1600 8GK4 705-4KK25 1 1 unit 039
• For installation with mounted RCD module
- 1 × VL160X + RCD 450 250 8GK4 720-3KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL160/VL250 + RCD 8GK4 721-3KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL400 + RCD 750 250 8GK4 720-5KK10 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 721-3KK10
17
• For installation with front-operated rotary 5
operating mechanism
- 1 × VL160X/VL160/VL250 450 250 8GK4 722-3KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL400 600 8GK4 722-4KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL630 3-pole 8GK4 723-4KK10 1 1 unit 039
- 1 × VL630 4-pole 500 8GK4 721-4KK20 1 1 unit 039
Note
8GK4 722-3KK10 • For accessories see page 17.5/20 ff.

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 13
© Siemens AG 2013

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)
Assembly kits for 3KA switch disconnectors on support plate

Type Height Width
in mm in mm
• 1 × 3KA 50/51/52/53 300 250 8GK4 707-3KK17 1 1 unit 039
• 1 × 3KA 55/57/58 500 8GK4 707-4KK27 1 1 unit 039
Note
8GK4 707-3KK17 • For mounting the assembly kits in the unequipped distribution boards,
Assembly kits for 3NJ4 in-line fuse switch disconnectors
ing: front cover including supports, busbar supports on support plate,
• Note: Values in brackets below apply to in-line fuse switch disconnec-
tors with fixing claws
in mm
Height Width
with busbar support
- 4 (3) × 3NJ4, size 00 600 250 8GK4 751-4KK13 1 1 unit 039
- 9 (8) × 3NJ4, size 00 500 8GK4 751-4KK23 1 1 unit 039
- 14 (13) × 3NJ4, size 00 750 8GK4 751-4KK33 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 751-4KK33
with busbar support
- 2 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 250 8GK4 752-5KK15 1 1 unit 039
- 4 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 500 8GK4 752-5KK25 1 1 unit 039
- 7 × 3NJ4, size 1-3 750 750 8GK4 752-5KK35 1 1 unit 039
8GK4 752-5KK35
Note
• Notice: Please heed max. rated current of 630 A!
• The Cu busbar must be ordered separately.
• The assembly kits for sizes 1-3 require a mounting depth of 320 mm.
• If the assembly kits are fully equipped, an incoming feeder bay is
required.
• When mounting the in-line fuse switch-disconnectors with
3NJ4 911-3AA00 busbar terminals, the assembly kits cannot be fully
equipped.
Blanking covers
Type Width
17
in mm
• For switchboard cutout 50 3NJ4 912-2AA00 1 1 unit 143
• For size 1 to 3 switch disconnectors 100 3NJ4 912-2BA00 1 1 unit 143
5 • For 3NJ4 410-3 50 3NJ4 912-2CA00 1 1 unit 143
3NJ4 912-2AA00

17.5 / 14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)
Assembly kits for bus-mounting fuse bases for mounting

on busbar systems
• 3-pole
• Busbar center-to-center spacing 60 mm
• 7 × NEOZED D02
ing: front cover including supports, busbar supports for bus-mounting
fuse bases, screws and mounting accessories
• The front cover is sealable as standard and the
quick-acting locking connections facilitate fast and reliable
8GK4 801-3KK12 attachment to the supports.
Height Width
300 250 8GK4 801-2KK12 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 801-3KK12 1 1 unit 039
Note
Assembly kits for busbar-adaptable units, SR60
• Busbar center-to-center spacing of 60 mm
ing: deep-drawn front cover with supports
Height Width
8GK4 801-2KK13 300 250 8GK4 801-2KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 801-2KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 801-2KK33 1 1 unit 039
450 250 8GK4 801-3KK13 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK4 801-3KK23 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK4 801-3KK33 1 1 unit 039
Note
• Notice: Busbar supports (8GK9 711-0KK03) not included in delivery
• Design of the 8GK4 assembly kits for the SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
see page 17.5/9.
5SH3 536
5SH3 537
17
5

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 15
© Siemens AG 2013

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)
8GE assembly kits for meter mounting 8GE3 713-4 1 1 unit 042
• For meter mounting (not standardized, 375 mm)
• Assembly kits for individual and project-related assembly, not stan-
dardized, only for internal measurements, comprising: meter support
plate with all-round partitions, screws and mounting accessories
• Dimensions of assembly kits H × W (mm): 450 × 250
Note
I2_08085

8GE3 713-4 dered separately (see page 17.5/7).
17
5

17.5 / 16 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
for unequipped distribution boards

Additional bases
• For ALPHA distribution boards
• Depth 400 mm
• Height 100 mm
8GK9 902-0KK13 • Color: RAL 7035
External width in mm
300 8GK9 902-0KK13 1 1 unit 039
550 8GK9 902-0KK23 1 1 unit 039
800 8GK9 902-0KK33 1 1 unit 039
1050 8GK9 902-0KK43 1 1 unit 039
1300 8GK9 902-0KK53 1 1 unit 039
Transport eyebolts 8GK9 918-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
M12
8GK9 918-0KK00
8GK9 912-0KK00
Versions
• For mounting and fixing a distribution board directly against the wall 8GK9 910-0KK36 1 5 sets 039
without a clearance (1 set = four lugs including screws)
• For connecting two distribution boards and for mounting and fixing 8GK9 910-0KK37 1 1 set 039
the distribution boards directly against the wall without a clearance,
(8GK9 910-0KK36 additionally required for the ends of a row of
distribution boards, 1 set = 2 lugs including screws)
Flanges
For fast and correct wiring
Versions
• 1-component flanges 8GK9 100-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 100-0KK01 (for IP43 distribution boards, installed on bottom panel)
8GK9 100-0KK03 - For top/bottom cable entry
• Flange plate made of sheet steel (only safety class 1)
- For metric screw connections, degree of protection: IP55 (2 units) 8GK9 100-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 100-0KK10 • Connecting flanges 8GK9 100-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
Flange plates
8GK9 100-0KK04 1 1 unit 039
17
• Safety class 1
5
8GK9 100-0KK04

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 17
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
Locking systems
Versions
• Rotary handles 8GK9 561-0KK01 1 1 unit 039
- Can be recessed, with pushbutton technique
8GK9 561-0KK01
• Lock insert 8GK9 561-0KK02 1 1 unit 039
- For installation of profile semicylinders
8GK9 561-0KK02
• Profile semicylinders, 40 mm, with E012 lock and 2 keys 8GK9 561-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
- With insert for the rotary handle
- Only to be used together with the lock insert
(this must be ordered separately)
Accessories
8GK9 561-0KK00
• Profile semicylinders with Senat tumbler 8GK9 560-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
Cable clamping rails

• For strain relief
• C-profile 30 mm x 15 mm
Width in mm
8GK9 911-0KK10 250 8GK9 911-0KK10 1 1 unit 039
500 8GK9 911-0KK20 1 1 unit 039
750 8GK9 911-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
1000 8GK9 911-0KK40 1 1 unit 039
1250 8GK9 911-0KK50 1 1 unit 039
Versions
• DIN A 3, made of sheet steel, depth 10 mm 8GK9 910-0KK22 1 1 unit 039
• DIN A 4, transparent sleeve 8GK9 910-0KK23 1 20 units 039
• DIN A 4, made of plastic, depth 30 mm 8GD9 132 1 1 unit 042
8GK9 910-0KK22
Made of aluminum, self-adhesive, color: petrol
8GD9 084
17
5

17.5 / 18 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
Crossbeams
Width in mm
500 8GK4 853-0KK20 1 2 units 039
750 8GK4 853-0KK30 1 2 units 039
8GK4 853-0KK20
Partitions
Depth 400 mm
Versions
• Vertical, height 1800 mm 8GK9 521-8KK00 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 521-8KK00
• Horizontal, width 250 mm 8GK9 520-0KK30 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 520-0KK30
Screws 8GK9 911-0KK00 1 500 039
• Self-tapping units
• M5 x 10
8GK9 911-0KK00
8GK9 911-0KK01
Large pack: 10 units
8GK9 911-0KK02
Support extensions N 8GK9 911-0KK03 1 100 039
• 7.5 mm units
8GK9 911-0KK03
Iso supports
Versions
17
12 mm 8GK9 911-0KK04 1 50 units 039
31.5 mm 8GK9 911-0KK05 1 50 units 039
55.5 mm 8GK9 911-0KK06 1 50 units 039
8GK9 911-0KK05
5
Ventilation grilles 8GK9 120-0KK30 1 4 units 038
8GK9 120-0KK30

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 19
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)
For assembly kits

Busbar supports
with matching support plate
Versions
8GK9 650-0KK00
• 1-pole 5SH3 540 1 1 unit 031
30 × 5 (10) mm
• 5-pole 8GK9 650-0KK00 1 1 unit 039
and for mounting 3NP fuse switch disconnectors
- Height 300 mm
• 3-pole 8GK9 711-0KK03 1 1 unit 039
8GK9 711-0KK03 30 × 5 (10) mm
- For bus-mounting fuse bases and switch disconnectors,
used together with assembly kits (mounting directly on the stays)
Cu busbars
Versions
8GK9 73 • Cu cross-section of 12 × 5 mm, 250 A
• Long version
8GK9 910-0KK30
• 16 mm2
• Length 250 mm
8GK9 910-0KK10
17 For mounting on longitudinal stays at a 30° inclination

Versions
5 8GK9 910-0KK11 • Each with 6 screw connections from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in 8GK9 910-0KK11 1 1 unit 039
connections from 1.5 to 4 mm2
• With 6 screw connections from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 21 plug-in 8GK9 910-0KK12 1 1 unit 039
connections from 1.5 to 4 mm2 , for PE bar and one neutral bar each with
2 screw connections from 2.5 to 16 mm2 and 10 plug-in connections
from 1.5 to 4 mm2

17.5 / 20 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
Accessories

SET,
M)

Versions
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm² } 8US1 921-2AA00 100 100 143
units
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm² } 8US1 921-2AB00 100 50 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm² } 8US1 921-2AD00 1 50 units 143
8US19 21-2AA00 - Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm² } 8US1 921-2AC00 1 50 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 16 mm² } 8US1 921-2BA00 1 100 143
units
- Conductor cross-section 1.5 ... 35 mm² } 8US1 921-2BB00 1 50 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 70 mm² } 8US1 921-2BD00 1 50 units 143
- Conductor cross-section 16 ... 120 mm² } 8US1 921-2BC00 1 50 units 143
8GK9 920-0KK24
Blanking strips
Versions
8GK9 910-0KK00
w/o pressure-relief joint, to cut to length
• Comprising:
- Screws
- Washers
8GK9 920-0KK31 - Nuts
Note
Cable holders 8GK9 910-0KK80 1 200 039
I201_10746
For standard mounting rails units
8GK9 910-0KK80
Spare keys 8GD9 290 1 1 unit 042
For double-bit locking mechanism
I201_08084
8GD9 290
For recessed installation of stand. mounting rails
8GK9 910-0KK34
Quick-lock screws 8GK9 910-0KK26 1 20 units 039
• Color RAL 7035
17
8GK9 910-0KK26
Assembly tools 8GK9 910-0KK27 1 1 unit 039
• For supports
• Short and long version 5
8GK9 910-0KK27
Width
250 mm 8GK9 910-0KK35 1 1 unit 039
500 mm 8GK9 910-0KK40 1 1 set 039
750 mm 8GK9 910-0KK41 1 1 set 039
8GK9 910-0KK35

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 17.5 / 21
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)
For front covers

Front covers, closed
• Front covers in large order quantities (Big Pack)
• Tier spacing: 150
Height Width
75 250 8GK9 601-0KK10 1 10 units 039
150 250 8GK9 601-1KK10 1 10 units 039
500 8GK9 601-1KK20 1 10 units 039
750 8GK9 601-1KK30 1 10 units 039
8GK9 601-4KK10 300 250 8GK9 601-2KK10 1 10 units 039
500 8GK9 601-2KK20 1 10 units 039
750 8GK9 601-2KK30 1 10 units 039
450 250 8GK9 601-3KK10 1 10 units 039
500 8GK9 601-3KK20 1 10 units 039
750 8GK9 601-3KK30 1 10 units 039
600 250 8GK9 601-4KK10 1 10 units 039
500 8GK9 601-4KK20 1 10 units 039
750 8GK9 601-4KK30 1 10 units 039
Front covers, with cutout
Height Width
150 250 1/12 8GK9 601-1KK11 1 10 units 039
500 1/24 8GK9 601-1KK21 1 10 units 039
750 1/36 8GK9 601-1KK31 1 10 units 039
300 250 2/24 8GK9 601-2KK11 1 10 units 039
500 2/48 8GK9 601-2KK21 1 10 units 039
750 2/72 8GK9 601-2KK31 1 10 units 039
8GK9 601-4KK11 450 250 3/36 8GK9 601-3KK11 1 10 units 039
500 3/72 8GK9 601-3KK21 1 10 units 039
750 3/108 8GK9 601-3KK31 1 10 units 039
600 250 4/48 8GK9 601-4KK11 1 10 units 039
500 4/96 8GK9 601-4KK21 1 10 units 039
750 4/144 8GK9 601-4KK31 1 10 units 039
For assembly kits
Supports for front covers
Material plastic
Versions
• Long version (for use when mounting a 15 mm standard mounting rail 8GK9 910-0KK31 1 100 units 039
on standard mounting rail holders)
8GK9 910-0KK31 • Short version (for use when mounting a 15 mm standard mounting rail 8GK9 910-0KK24 1 100 units 039
directly on the stays)
Standard mounting rails 15 mm
Width in mm
250 8GK9 910-1KK10 1 10 units 039
8GK9 910-1KK10 500 8GK9 910-1KK20 1 10 units 039
750 8GK9 910-1KK30 1 10 units 039
1000 8GK9 910-1KK40 1 10 units 039
1250 8GK9 910-1KK50 1 10 units 039
Standard mounting rail holders
• For standard mounting rail, 15 mm and supports
• Long version
• Comprising 1 left and 1 right holder
• 1 set = 20 holders, 10 × left, 10 × right
Versions
17
• For 1 standard mounting rail 8GK9 910-1KK81 1 1 set 039
8GK9 910-1KK84
5 • For 4 standard mounting rails 8GK9 910-1KK85 1 1 set 039

17.5 / 22 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
18
© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic

18/2 Introduction
Distribution systems
18/8 Empty enclosures
18/11 Modular installation devices
18/14 DIAZED/NEOZED
18/17 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
18/19 LV HRC fuse bases
18/21 Meter enclosures
18/23 Switch disconnectors
18/25 Switch disconnectors with fuses
18/26 Changeover switches and parallel
switches
18/28 3VL molded case circuit breakers
Busbar assembly kits

18/30 Busbar supports
18/33 Fuse switch disconnectors
18/35 Terminals
Accessories
18/37 Accessories for enclosures
18/40 Terminals for mounting plate assembly
18/42 Wall mounting
18/43 Tools and aids
18/44 Support rack
Dimensional drawings
18/49 Single enclosures, knockouts
18/51 Enclosures with switching devices
18/52 Busbar systems
More technical product

information:
technical-support .
→ Product list:
→ Entry list:
18

© Siemens AG 2013
ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution Systems
Introduction
■ Overview
3
2
14
4
14
5
i201_18410
1 Rack with cable space cover 7

1 3VL molded case circuit breakers
2
5 Meter enclosure 8
5 3NP1 LV HRC fuse switch disconnector, type NH
14
3 NEOZED and DIAZED 13
9 Switch disconnectors
14
4 Modular installation devices 10 Cable inlet flanges
14
14
5 Busbar system 14
11 3NP1 LV HRC fuse switch disconnector, type NH
6 Enclosure with mounting plate

14 12 LV HRC fuse bases
14
Components of the ALPHA 8HP molded-plastic distribution system
18
18/2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
14
6
8
5
13
14
13
9
i201_18410
7
1
14
11
10
14
18
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/3

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
The ALPHA 8HP distribution system is ideal for control panels
and low-voltage and power distribution boards. The modular ■ Application
design offers virtually endless combination and expansion Degree of protection IP65 makes ALPHA 8HP suitable for all
options. Thanks to the use of high-quality materials, the system applications where particularly high demands are made on
is ideal for harsh ambient conditions and offers optimum protec- ambient conditions. The modular design allows you to expand
tion for your components. the system at will. We also offer a comprehensive accessories
The system also rounds off our comprehensive portfolio of pack for outdoor applications.
assembly kits and accessories. As a complete supplier of de- This makes ALPHA 8HP ideal for:
vices and enclosures, Siemens always tests the interaction of
all components. • Industrial environments
• Commercial buildings
You will find a comprehensive overview of ALPHA 8HP at our
Siemens channel under "ALPHA 8HP": • Power plants
• Large public and private buildings
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/videos
• Public utility companies
■ Benefits • Solar applications
All enclosures and the non-transparent covers are made of ALPHA 8HP is tested and certified according to recognized
glass-fiber reinforced polyester − the transparent covers are national and international standards. This makes the system
made of polycarbonate. ideal for the export of industrial goods in the fields of mechanical
engineering, agriculture, etc.
GOST UL1)
Russia USA
1) Empty enclosure without assembly kits

The high quality of ALPHA 8HP is underpinned by the following
additional tests:
• Fire tests for equipment used in mining are performed by the
Versuchsgrube Tremonia, Dortmund, Germany
• Shock tests for equipment used in protective rooms are
performed by the Bundesamt für Zivilschutz, Bad Godesberg,
The optimum design of these high-quality materials fulfills all the Germany, regulation category RK 1.0/10 to safety level "A",
demands made on modern distribution systems. This includes: certificate of use 036/95
• Corrosion resistance • Earthquake tests are performed by the IAB, Ottobrunn,
Germany
• Mechanical strength
• Testing of impact strength according to Belgian and French
• Easy workability standards
• Temperature resistance
• Flame retarding and self-extinguishing properties
• UV-resistance and component protection
• Durability
This makes ALPHA 8HP ideal for harsh ambient conditions,
offering optimum protection for your installed devices.
We also offer configuration software free of charge:
• Configure your plants quickly, simply and conveniently
on-screen with the ALPHA SELECT software
• This software can be downloaded on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/alphaselect
or is available on DVD:
"LV 01" (Catalogs, Manuals, Product Data Sheets, Animations
and Tools).
18
18/4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
■ Design
The distribution system comprises 5 enclosure sizes with a basic The enclosures have removable knockouts for flange openings
size of 307 mm. and for cable entries, which means that these enclosures can
be used for both distribution board applications and stand-alone
installation.
Enclosure size 1 Enclosure size 2 Enclosure size 2.5 Enclosure size 3 Enclosure size 4
153,5
307
307
460,5
614
614
307
i201_18415
307
307 614
The covers are available in non-transparent or transparent Intermediate frames can be used to increase the mounting
versions (size 2.5 only available in the transparent version) depth of size 3 and 4 enclosures. Several intermediate frames
and have quick-acting locks for tool actuation. These can be can be used together. Each intermediate frame increases the
replaced with locks for manual actuation. mounting depth by 92.5 mm.
The enclosures have a mounting depth of 147 mm. You will find our product videos on ALPHA 8HP on the
For enclosure size 2 there is also a cover for a mounting depth Siemens channel at:
of 212 mm, and for enclosure size 2.5 there is a transparent
cover for a mounting depth of 185 mm. www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/videos
I201_18442
Enclosure size 4
Enclosure size 3
Enclosure size 2.5
Enclosure size 2
18
Enclosure size 1
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/5

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Rated current in A
250 400 630 1000
Busbars
• Bar dimensions
- Main conductor L1, L2, L3 in mm 12 × 5 20 × 8 2 × 20 × 8 2 × 30 × 10
- N and PE bar in mm 12 × 5 20 × 8 20 × 8 30 × 10
• Infeed
- Single-ended in A 250 400 630 1000
- Centered in A 400 800 1000 1800
Short-circuit strength of the busbar
Rated current in A at 85 °C bar temperature
• Max. spacing of busbar supports
- 307 mm Icw (1 s) in kA 10 20 30 40
- 307 mm Ipk in kA 40 70 70 80
- 614 mm Icw (1 s) in kA 10 20 30 30
- 614 mm Ipk in kA 40 70 70 60
Rated current
• Built-in devices in A up to 800
• Infeed in A up to 1000
Rated operational voltage Ue in V 690 AC, 600 DC
Rated insulation voltage Ui in V 1000 AC, 1200 DC
Molded plastic group I 600 ≤ CTI
Acc. to DIN VDE 0110 Parts 1 and 2/01.89 For the installed devices, the specifications listed in the catalogs are applicable
Rated impulse withstand voltage/pollution degree 8 kV/3
Minimum air clearances in mm 8
Minimum creepage distances in mm 12.5
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529, DIN VDE 0470 IP65 (8HP1 520 cable entry plate with additional measures)
Color
• Enclosure parts RAL 7035, light gray
• Transparent cover Colorless
• Cable space cover RAL 7035, light gray
Ambient temperature in °C –40 ... +55
Characteristics
Test according to Enclosure base parts, non-trans- Transparent cover Cable entry plate,
parent cover, end cover plates cover lock
Material -- Glass-fiber reinforced polyester Polycarbonate/Macrolon PBTP-GV
Electrical characteristics
• Surface resistance in Ω DIN 53482 >1012 >1015 >1013
• Tracking resistance DIN 53480 Level KA 3c Level KA 1 Level KB 225
• Specific insulation resistance in Ω/cm DIN 53482 >1014 >1016 >1016
Physical characteristics
• Density in g/cm3 DIN 53479/B 1,7 1.2 1.37
• Water absorption in % DIN 53495/C 0.20 0.15 0.45
Temperature resistance
• Flammability DIN VDE 0304/3 BH2 < 10 mm BH2 < 30 mm BH2 < 30 mm
UL94 V-0 V-2 --
Temperature resistance
• Continuous operating temperature in °C -- 120 115 120
Mechanical characteristics
• Bending strength in N/mm2 DIN 53452 120 90 140
• Notched bar impact strength in kJ/m2 DIN 53453 40 > 25 --
• Impact strength in kJ/m2 DIN 53453 50 Not broken 45
• Impact strength EN 50102 / IK08 (without knockouts) IK10 --
EN 62208 /
VDE 0660 Part 511
Chemical resistance
• Acid (weak) -- Resistant Resistant Resistant
• Alkali (weak) -- Resistant Conditionally resistant Conditionally resistant
• Alcohol -- Resistant Resistant Resistant
• Gasoline -- Resistant Resistant Resistant
• Benzene -- Resistant Use polyester cover Resistant
• Grease and oil -- Resistant Conditionally resistant Resistant
18
• Chlorinated hydrocarbons -- Resistant Use polyester cover Resistant
UV resistance
• UL standard (USA) UL746 C Resistant -- Resistant
• IEC standard (International) IEC 61439-1/-2 Resistant -- Resistant
18/6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Certification
Standards Description
EN 60664 Standards for rating the creepage distances and clearances of electrical equipment
IEC 60439-1 Specifications for type-tested low-voltage switchgear assemblies (TTA)
EN 60947-3 Standards for low-voltage controls
DIN VDE 0100 Standards for the erection of power installations with rated voltages of up to 1000 V
Special tests passed • Fire tests for equipment used in mining are performed by the Versuchsgrube Tremonia, Dortmund, Germany.
• Shock tests for equipment used in protective rooms are performed by the Bundesamt für Zivilschutz, Bad Godesberg,
Germany, regulation category RK 1.0/10 to safety level "A", certificate of use 036/95.
• Earthquake tests are performed by the IAB, Ottobrunn, Germany.
GOST For export to Russia
UL Empty enclosures are UL-certified for export to the USA
Impact strength according to Belgian standard NBN C20-001 and French standard NF C20-010
Degree of Code Test values Enclosure base part Cover
protection M h
kg m
IP65 7 1.5 0.4 8HP1 101 8HP1 201
8HP1 102 8HP1 202/8HP1 212
IP65 8 5 0.2 8HP1 103 8HP1 203
8HP1 104 8HP1 204
h
IP65 10 15 0.235 8HP1 101 8HP1 221

8HP1 102 8HP1 222
8HP1 103 8HP1 223
8HP1 104 8HP1 224
I201_12254
IP65 11 15 0.4 8HP1 102 8HP1 232
8HP1 107 8HP1 247
Installation conditions
If the operating and ambient conditions differ from the standard If exposed to different climatic conditions or installed in rooms
conditions according to EN 60439-1, Item 6.1, appropriate mea- with high humidity and strongly fluctuating temperatures, suit-
sures must be taken to protect and maintain the operating capa- able measures must be taken (e.g. ventilation, indoor heating,
bility of the switchgear assembly for "Special operating and am- breathers) to prevent the generation of harmful condensation
bient conditions" according to Item 6.2 (e.g. mechanical water.
protection, corner covering).
Installation Climatic conditions according to DIN 50010 Measures
Indoor An indoor climate is an environment in rooms that are designed so that objects are --
largely separated from the direct influence of an open-air climate.
External An external environment is an environment in rooms that are designed so that ob- • Mechanical protection:
jects are protected against direct sunlight and precipitation and, if necessary, - Protected installation
against wind, but are otherwise exposed to an open-air climate. - Protective cover
Outdoor An outdoor climate is an environment that affects objects in the open air - Protective cabinet
- Corner covering
• Protection against condensed water
- Ventilation
- Indoor heating
- Breather glands
18
i201_18412
I201_18411
Protected installation
with protective cover Corner covering
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/7

© Siemens AG 2013

Empty enclosures
■ Overview
Features
1 Enclosure base part
• The quick-acting locks of the covers need tools for opening
and can be shut manually. 2 Mounting plate
• The enclosures have removable knockouts for flange 3 Intermediate frames
openings and cable entries. For position of knockouts (sizes 3 and 4)
see page 18/50 4a Cover, opaque,
• Depending on the type of enclosure, the mounting depth for mounting depth 147 mm
can be extended using high covers or intermediate frames. 4b Cover, transparent,
for mounting depth 147 mm
Mounting instructions 5a* Cover, opaque,
• The empty enclosures incl. mounting plate are delivered in (size 2)
individual components
I201_12241
5b* Cover, transparent,
• Dimensions of enclosures see page 18/49. 1 for mounting depth 212 mm
(size 2) and 185 mm (size 2.5)
2
3 * Not shown
4a 5a* 4b 5b*
Enclosure size Mounting Cover versions Empty enclosure Individual components

depth incl. mounting Enclosure base part Cover/+ Mounting plates
plate intermediate frame
Type Image Type Image Type Image Type
147 mm Non-transparent 8HP2 001 8HP1 101 D 8HP1 201 8HP6 301
Transparent 8HP2 021 8HP1 101 E 8HP1 221 8HP6 301
1
2
147 mm Transparent 8HP2 027 8HP1 107 E 8HP1 227 8HP6 307
185 mm Transparent 8HP2 047 8HP1 107 E 8HP1 247 8HP6 307
2.5
239.5 mm1) Non-transparent -- 8HP1 103 D 8HP1 203+ 8HP6 303
8HP1 283
Transparent -- 8HP1 103 D 8HP1 223+ 8HP6 303
8HP1 283
3
239.5 mm1) Non-transparent -- 8HP1 104 D 8HP1 204+ 8HP6 304
8HP1 284
Transparent -- 8HP1 104 D 8HP1 224+ 8HP6 304
8HP1 284
4
1) Additional intermediate frames, each 92.5 mm, can also be used.
18
18/8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Empty enclosures

Version DT Order No. PU PS*/ PG
(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Complete enclosures
Empty enclosures, incl. mounting plate
Versions Enclosure Length Width Depth
size mm mm mm
• Transparent 1 307 153.5 167 8HP2 021 1 1 unit 046
cover 2 307 307.0 167 8HP2 022 1 1 unit 046
2 deep 307 307.0 232 8HP2 032 1 1 unit 046
2.5 307 460.5 167 8HP2 027 1 1 unit 046
2.5 deep 307 460.6 205 8HP2 047 1 1 unit 046
3 307 614.0 167 8HP2 023 1 1 unit 046
4 614 614.0 167 8HP2 024 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 022
• Non-transparent 1 307 153.5 167 8HP2 001 1 1 unit 046
cover 2 307 307.0 167 8HP2 002 1 1 unit 046
2 deep 307 307.0 232 8HP2 012 1 1 unit 046
3 307 614.0 167 8HP2 003 1 1 unit 046
4 614 614.0 167 8HP2 004 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 002
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/9
© Siemens AG 2013

Empty enclosures

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Individual components
Versions Length Width Depth
mm mm mm
Enclosure size 1
Enclosure base part 307 153.5 127 8HP1 101 1 1 unit 046
Transparent cover 40 8HP1 221 1 1 unit 046
Non-transparent cover 40 8HP1 201 1 1 unit 046
Mounting plate (metal) -- 8HP6 301 1 1 unit 046
Enclosure size 2
Enclosure base part 307 307 127 8HP1 102 1 1 unit 046
Transparent cover, deep 105 8HP1 232 1 1 unit 046
Non-transparent cover, 105 8HP1 212 1 1 unit 046
deep
Enclosure size 2.5

Enclosure base part 307 460.5 127 8HP1 107 1 1 unit 046
Transparent cover, deep 78 8HP1 247 1 1 unit 046
Enclosure size 3
Intermediate frame 92.5 8HP1 283 1 1 unit 046
Enclosure size 4
Intermediate frame 92.5 8HP1 284 1 1 unit 046
18

18/10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Modular installation devices
■ Overview
• Complete enclosures with assembly kits, including cover
plates.
1 Enclosure base parts
• PE and N outgoing feeders,
1 PE and 1 neutral busbar each, 6 × 6 mm, each with 2 Complete assembly kit
1 incoming terminal, 4a* Cover, opaque, for
16 mm2 for size 1 and mounting depth 147 mm
35 mm2 for sizes 2 - 3. 4b Cover, transparent, for
mounting depth 147 mm
• Non-transparent cover available with and without actuating 5 Cover, opaque,
flap with actuating flaps
• Tier spacing = 125 mm * not shown
I201_12242a
• Each tier can be expanded to 14 MW With the exception of
versions with actuating flap.
1
4b 4a* 5
Enclosure Equipping options Cover versions Complete enclosures Individual components

size Tiers × MW
Type Image Type
1 × 12 Non-transparent 8HP2 511 8HP1 101
8HP5 531
1 D 8HP1 201
Transparent 8HP2 501 8HP1 101
8HP5 531
E 8HP1 221
Non-transparent, 8HP2 521 8HP1 101
with one actuating flap
8HP5 531
8HP1 331
8HP5 532
D 8HP1 202
2 8HP5 532
E 8HP1 222
Non-transparent, 8HP2 552 8HP1 102
with 2 actuating flaps
8HP5 532
8HP1 352
3 × 12 Transparent 8HP2 523 8HP1 107
8HP5 533
E 8HP1 227
2.5
8HP5 534
D 8HP1 203
8HP5 534
E 8HP1 223
3 Non-transparent, 8HP2 554 8HP1 103
with 4 actuating flaps
8HP5 534
8HP1 354
18
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/11

© Siemens AG 2013


(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Complete enclosures
Enclosures, for modular installation devices
Tiers can be expanded to 14 MW, with the exception of versions
with actuating flaps
Versions Enclosure size Tiers × MW
• Transparent cover 1 1 × 12 MW 8HP2 501 1 1 unit 046
2 2 × 12 MW 8HP2 532 1 1 unit 046
2.5 3 × 12 MW 8HP2 523 1 1 unit 046
3 4 × 12 MW 8HP2 534 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 532
• Non-transparent cover 1 1 × 12 MW 8HP2 511 1 1 unit 046
2 2 × 12 MW 8HP2 542 1 1 unit 046
3 4 × 12 MW 8HP2 544 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 542
• Non-transparent cover, 1 1 × 12 MW 8HP2 521 1 1 unit 046
with actuating flaps 2 2 × 12 MW 8HP2 552 1 1 unit 046
3 4 × 12 MW 8HP2 554 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 552
Complete assembly kits, including cover plates
Enclosure size
1 8HP5 531 1 1 unit 046
2 8HP5 532 1 1 unit 046
2.5 8HP5 533 1 1 unit 046
3 8HP5 534 1 1 unit 046
8HP5 532
Cover plates, single
Enclosure size
1 8HP6 581 1 1 unit 046
2 8HP6 582 1 1 unit 046
8HP6 582 2.5 8HP6 583 1 1 unit 046
3 8HP6 584 1 1 unit 046
Guide pins 8HP6 600 1 1 unit 046
• 1 set = 4 units
• Already included in the assembly kits and complete models
• For snapping onto the assembly kits in the enclosure
8HP6 600
Non-transparent covers, with actuating flaps
Enclosure size Number of actuating flaps
1 1 8HP1 331 1 1 unit 046
2 1 8HP1 351 1 1 unit 046
2 8HP1 352 1 1 unit 046
3 3 8HP1 353 1 1 unit 046
4 8HP1 354 1 1 unit 046
18
8HP1 351
Actuating flaps 8HP1 440 1 1 unit 046
• 12 modular widths
• Lockable, with padlock, 6 mm
8HP1 440

18/12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013


(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Accessories
PE
N
Covering strips, 285 mm long
L1
L2
• For multiple installation of assembly kits with cover plates for covering the
L3
8HP6 572
intermediate spaces
PE
N
• These are essential when using cover locks with manual operation
L1
L2
L3
Versions
8HP6 571
I201_12260
• Vertical 8HP6 571 1 1 unit 046
8HP6 57. • Horizontal 8HP6 572 1 1 unit 046
Incoming and outgoing terminals, for bars 6 mm × 6 mm
Suitable for N/PE bars
Conductor cross-section in mm²
(solid or stranded)
•4 8WA2 867 1 50 units 041
• 25 8WA2 868 1 50 units 041
8WA2 8..
• 35 8WA2 870 1 50 units 041
• 2.5 ... 16 (can be retrofitted without dismantling the busbar) 8JH4 112 1 10 units 046
8JH4 112
Blanking strips 8GB4 671 1 10 units 032
• 12 MW wide
• Color gray
8GB4 671 • Knockouts enable easy cutting to required length
• With increased flame protection up to 850°C
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/13
© Siemens AG 2013

DIAZED/NEOZED
■ Overview
• Enclosure complete with ready-to-connect assembly kits with
2c 2b 1 Enclosure base part
DIAZED and NEOZED bases including cover plates. 2a 2 Complete assembly kit
• The bars can be equipped with further terminals, 5
see Accessories on page 18/35 2a Cover plate
2b Intermediate
• For fuse links see Catalog LV 10.1.
covering strip1)
I201_12243a
• PE and N outgoing feeders: 1 PE and 1 neutral busbar each, 2c Connecting kit
6 x 6 mm, each with one incoming terminal: for 2 assembly kits1)2)
- 16 mm² for size 1
4 Cover, transparent, for
- 36 mm² for sizes 2 to 3. mounting depth 147 mm
1 5 Terminal blocks for N/PE
4 terminal strip
2
6 Covers and reduction
6 rings
1)
Available in assembly
kits sizes 2.5 and 3.
2)Also as cross-connection
to the next enclosure.
Enclosure Size and number of Incoming cable, Complete enclosures Individual components
size DIAZED or NEOZED fuses solid or stranded Type Image Type
Main conductor
PE
N
mm²
DIAZED fuse enclosures
2 × 3 × 25 A E27 3 × 16 8HP2 122 8HP1 101
1 × 16 8HP5 142
1 1 × 16 8HP1 221
2 × 3 × 63 A E33 3 × 16 8HP2 131 8HP1 101
1 × 16 8HP5 162
1 × 16 8HP1 221
5 × 3 × 25 A E27 3 × 35 8HP2 125 8HP1 102
1 × 35 8HP5 145
1 × 35 8HP1 222
4 × 3 × 63 A E33 3 × 35 8HP2 133 8HP1 102
2
1 × 35 8HP5 164
1 × 35 8HP1 222
10 × 3 × 25 A E27 2 × 3 × 35 8HP2 130 8HP1 103
1 × 35 8HP5 150
1 × 35 8HP1 227
8 × 3 × 63 A E33 2 × 3 × 35 8HP2 137 8HP1 103
1 × 35 8HP5 167
1 × 35 8HP1 223
3
NEOZED fuse enclosures
8 × 3 × 63 A D02 3 × 50 8HP2 157 8HP1 102
1 × 35 8HP5 157
1 × 35 8HP1 222
18
18/14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

DIAZED/NEOZED

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Complete enclosures
DIAZED fuse enclosures
Versions Size Enclosure size Equipping
options
25 A E27 1 2 × 3 × 25 A 8HP2 122 1 1 unit 046
2 5 × 3 × 25 A 8HP2 125 1 1 unit 046
3 10 × 3 × 25 A 8HP2 130 1 1 unit 046
63 A E33 1 2 × 3 × 63 A 8HP2 131 1 1 unit 046
2 4 × 3 × 63 A 8HP2 133 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 125 3 8 × 3 × 63 A 8HP2 137 1 1 unit 046
NEOZED fuse enclosures
Version Size Enclosure size Equipping
options
63 A D02 2 8 × 3 × 63 A 8HP2 157 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 157
Complete assembly kits, including cover plates
Versions Enclosure size Size Equipping
options
• For DIAZED 1 E27 2 × 3 × 25 A 8HP5 142 1 1 unit 046
fuse enclosures E33 2 × 3 × 63 A 8HP5 162 1 1 unit 046
2 E27 5 × 3 × 25 A 8HP5 145 1 1 unit 046
E33 4 × 3 × 63 A 8HP5 164 1 1 unit 046
3 E27 10 × 3 × 25 A 8HP5 150 1 1 unit 046
E33 8 × 3 × 63 A 8HP5 167 1 1 unit 046
8HP5 145
• For NEOZED 2 D02 8 × 3 × 63 A 8HP5 157 1 1 unit 046
fuse enclosures
8HP5 157
Guide pins 8HP6 600 1 1 unit 046
• 1 set = 4 units
• Already included in the assembly kits and complete models
• For snapping onto the assembly kits in the enclosure
8HP6 600
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/15
© Siemens AG 2013

DIAZED/NEOZED

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Accessories
8HP6 602 Connecting kits, for 2 DIAZED or NEOZED fuse assembly kits
PE • The bars of the connecting kit can be equipped with incoming terminals
N
L1
type 8JH4 125 or type 8JK3 441.
L2 • Note load rating of the bar-mounting base bar 160 A
L3 Versions
I201_12259 • Assembly kits for 3 busbars 16 x 3 mm (L1, L2, L3) 8HP6 602 1 1 unit 046
8HP6 602
8HP6 602 • Assembly kits for N/PE bars (2 units required for 5 conductors) 8HP6 603 1 1 unit 046
PE
N
Covering strips, 285 mm long
L1
L2
• For multiple installation of assembly kits with cover plates for covering the
L3
8HP6 572
intermediate spaces
PE
N
• These are essential when using cover locks with manual operation
L1
L2
L3
Versions
8HP6 571
I201_12260
• Vertical 8HP6 571 1 1 unit 046
8HP6 57. • Horizontal 8HP6 572 1 1 unit 046
Incoming and outgoing terminals for busbars 16 mm × 3 mm
Suitable for DIAZED bus-mounting rails and connecting kits
Conductor cross-section in mm2
(solid or stranded)
1.5 ... 16 8JH4 122 1 10 units 046
8JH4 122 10 ... 35 8JH4 124 1 10 units 046
16 ... 50 8JH4 125 1 10 units 046
10 ... 70 8JK3 441 1 1 unit 046
Incoming and outgoing terminals, for bars 6 mm × 6 mm
Suitable for N/PE bars
Conductor cross-section in mm²
(solid or stranded)
•4 8WA2 867 1 50 units 041
• 25 8WA2 868 1 50 units 041
8WA2 8..
• 35 8WA2 870 1 50 units 041
• 2.5 ... 16 8JH4 112 1 10 units 046
(can be retrofitted without dismantling the busbar)
8JH4 112
Reduction rings 8HP6 542 1 1 unit 046
• for snapping into cover plates
• as reduction ring from E33 to E27
8HP6 542
Covers
for snapping into cover plates
Versions
• Blanking plug E27 8HP6 543 1 1 unit 046
8HP6 54. • Blanking plug E33 8HP6 544 1 1 unit 046
18

18/16 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
■ Overview
Features
• Complete enclosures with integrated fuse switch
disconnectors
• With transparent cover
• Location of the switch disconnector is positioned slightly
higher than the cable gland (except size 00)
• Delivery does not include fuses. Selection of fuses in Catalog
LV 10.1, chapter 7, section "3NP1 fuse switch disconnectors",
"Fuses".
• Feeder terminals are required for size 000 disconnectors
to increase the size of the conductor cross-section,
if fuses >125 A are used.
Enclosure Size Rated current In Rated operational Equipment Connection Complete

size of fuse current1) Ie of fuse enclosures
A A
Enclosures with LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors
000 1602) 130 1 × 3NP1 123-1CA20 Box terminal 8HP2 450
120 2 × 3NP1 123-1CA20 8HP2 451
115 3 × 3NP1 123-1CA20 8HP2 452
00 160 148 1 × 3NP1 133-1CA10 Flat connection 8HP2 453
108 2 × 3NP1 133-1CA10 8HP2 454
2
1 250 240 1 × 3NP1 143-1DA10 Flat connection 8HP2 455
2 400 360 1 × 3NP1 153-1DA10 8HP2 456
3 630 480 1 × 3NP1 163-1DA10 8HP2 457
1) The specified values are applicable for use according to the standard at ambient temperatures in accordance with IEC 60947-3, using standard LV HRC
fuses, characteristic gG. The conductor cross-sections are to be selected according to the rated current of the fuse and not according to reduced operational
current. Additional fuse derating factors must be taken into account for use at increased ambient temperatures, or use of fuses for semi-conductor protection,
or for partial range protection use.
2) Only possible in connection with feeder terminal 3NP1 923-1BD00.

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Complete enclosures
Enclosure size Size Rated current Equipment
In
A
2 000 1601) 1 × 3NP1 123-1CA20 8HP2 450 1 1 unit 046
2 × 3NP1 123-1CA20 8HP2 451 1 1 unit 046
3 × 3NP1 123-1CA20 8HP2 452 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 451
2 00 160 1 × 3NP1 133-1CA10 8HP2 453 1 1 unit 046
2 × 3NP1 133-1CA10 8HP2 454 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 453
3 1 250 1 × 3NP1 143-1DA10 8HP2 455 1 1 unit 046
2 400 1 × 3NP1 153-1DA10 8HP2 456 1 1 unit 046
3 630 1 × 3NP1 163-1DA10 8HP2 457 1 1 unit 046
18
8HP2 457
1) Only possible in connection with feeder terminal 3NP1923-1BD00

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/17
© Siemens AG 2013

LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Accessories
Description Size
Auxiliary switches (CO contact) 000 3NP1 920-1FA00 1 1 unit 143
00 3NP1 930-1FA00 1 1 unit 143
1 ... 3 3NP1 940-1FA00 1 1 unit 143
3NP1 920-1FA00
Locking devices 000 ... 3 3NP1 900-1HA00 1 1 unit 143
• 1 set = 10 units
3NP1 900-1HA00
Feeder terminals, 16 ... 95 mm² 000 3NP1 923-1BD00 1 1 unit 143
• 1 set = 3 units
• for box terminal
• to increase the size of the conductor
cross-section
3NP1 923-1BD00
Saddle terminals, single, 1.5 ... 70 mm² 00 3NP1 933-1BA00 1 1 unit 143
• 1 set = 3 units 1 3NP1 943-1BA00 1 1 unit 143
• for flat connection 2 3NP1 953-1BA00 1 1 unit 143
3 3NP1 963-1BA00 1 1 unit 143
3NP1933-1BA00
Prism terminals, single, 35 ... 95 mm² 00 3NP1 933-1BB10 1 1 unit 143
• 1 set = 3 units 1 3NP1 943-1BB10 1 1 unit 143
• for flat connection 2 3NP1 953-1BB10 1 1 unit 143
3 3NP1 963-1BB10 1 1 unit 143
3NP1 933-1BB10
18

18/18 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

LV HRC fuse bases
■ Overview
• Complete enclosures with integrated LV HRC fuse bases
3a
and transparent cover 1 Enclosure base part
• All integrated LV HRC fuse bases (660 V AC, 440 V DC) 3b 2 Complete assembly kit
up to 250 A with integrated N/PE terminal. 3 Intermediate frame
• From 400 A without N and PE terminal. 3a N/PE terminal
• Connections: for 4th conductor
- NH00 via clamp connections, 3b Expandable
- NH1 and NH2 via M10 terminal screws, terminal for 5th conductor
- NH3 via M12 terminal screws 4a Cover, opaque,
• For LV HRC fuse links see Catalog LV 10.1. for mounting depth 147 mm
4b* Cover, opaque, for
• For terminal blocks, see 18/40. mounting depth 212 mm
I201_12244b
1 (size 2)
2 * Not shown
3
4a 4b*
Enclosure Rated current In Rated opera- Equipment Complete Individual components

size tional current enclosures
Ie
LV HRC fuse D N/PE E 5th
base terminal terminal
4th con- can be
ductor expanded
A A Type Image Type
Circuit number
160 125 3 × NH00 8JH404 ✔ 8HP2 301 8HP1 102
up to 50 mm2 up to 35 mm² 8HP5 301
D 8HP1 222
250 210 3 × NH1 8JK401 ✔ 8HP2 311 8HP1 102
2 up to 120 mm2 up to 70 mm² 8HP5 311
D 8HP1 222
400 300 3 × NH2 -- -- 8HP2 312 8HP1 102
up to 185 mm2 8HP5 312
D 8HP1 222
630 470 3 × NH3 -- -- 8HP2 314 8HP1 102
2 × 185 mm2 8HP5 314
E 8HP1 232
400 300 3 × NH2 8JH404 ✔ 8HP2 313 8HP1 103
up to 185 mm2 up to 35 mm² 8HP5 312
D 8HP1 223
630 470 3 × NH3 8JH404 ✔ 8HP2 315 8HP1 103
up to 185 mm2 up to 35 mm²
8HP5 314
8HP1 283
3 D 8HP1 223
18
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/19

© Siemens AG 2013

LV HRC fuse bases

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Complete enclosures
Enclosures, with LV HRC fuse bases
Enclosure size LV HRC fuse bases Rated current In in A
2 3 × NH00 160 8HP2 301 1 1 unit 046
3 × NH1 250 8HP2 311 1 1 unit 046
3 × NH2 400 8HP2 312 1 1 unit 046
3 × NH3 630 8HP2 314 1 1 unit 046
3 3 × NH2 400 8HP2 313 1 1 unit 046
3 × NH3 630 8HP2 315 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 301
LV HRC fuse bases
Enclosure size LV HRC fuse bases Rated current In in A
2 3 × NH00 160 8HP5 301 1 1 unit 046
3 × NH1 250 8HP5 311 1 1 unit 046
3 × NH2 400 8HP5 312 1 1 unit 046
3 × NH3 630 8HP5 314 1 1 unit 046
3 3 × NH2 400 8HP5 312 1 1 unit 046
3 × NH3 630 8HP5 314 1 1 unit 046
8HP5 301
18

18/20 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Meter enclosures
■ Overview
• Enclosure incl. support rails for meters or
ISO meter support plate with meter fixing screws
• Spacer bolts (15 mm) for raising the meter support plates
are included in the scope of delivery if cables are routed
underneath.
Enclosure size Mounting depth Complete enclosures Individual components
(delivery in individual components)
mm Type Designation Type
145 8HP2 627 Enclosure base part 8HP1 107
Transparent cover 8HP1 227
ISO meter support plate 8HP6 111
2.5
Intermediate frame 8HP1 283

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Complete enclosures
Meter enclosures
Enclosure size Mounting depth in mm
2.5 145 8HP2 627 1 1 unit 046
183 8HP2 647 1 1 unit 046
3 145 8HP2 623 1 1 unit 046
237 8HP2 653 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 623
ISO meter support plates
With meter fixing screws to DIN 46300 and spacer bolts (15 mm)
Versions
• For enclosure size 2.5 8HP6 111 1 1 unit 046
• For enclosure sizes 3 and 4 8HP6 112 1 1 unit 046
8HP6 112
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/21
© Siemens AG 2013

Meter enclosures

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Accessories
Support rails 8JH1 41 1 1 unit 046
• For meters
• Time switches and timing relays
8JH1 41 • Mounting length 1 enclosure width = 236 mm
Note
Two 8JK1 13 mounting rails are required for installing the support rail in
the enclosure
Mounting rails 8JK1 13 1 1 unit 046
• With threaded holes, M4
• Mounting length 1 enclosure width = 236 mm
• For mounting on enclosure base
8JK1 13
Sealing caps 8HP1 815 1 1 unit 046
• 1 set = 2 caps
• For sealing the quick-release cover locks
8HP1 815
18

18/22 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Switch disconnectors
■ Overview
• Enclosures with integrated switch disconnectors as main
and EMERGENCY-STOP switch. 1 Enclosure base part
3a
• For switch disconnectors see Catalog LV 10.1, Chapter 7 2 Mounting plate
"Switch disconnectors". 3b 2a Switch disconnectors
Mounting instructions 2b Door-coupling rotary
• The conductor cross-section refers to the terminal of the operating mechanisms
switching device. A separate fanning box may be necessary 3a N/PE terminal
I201_12246b
for cable entry for 4th conductor
3b Expandable terminal
• Dimensional drawings see page 18/51 for 5th conductor
• An additional terminal is a mounting option for the 5th conduc- 4 Cover,
tor (not included in the scope of delivery) when using expand- 1 opaque
able enclosures (3b).
2
2a
2b
2b
4
Enclosure Rated Rated Rated break- E Version Height × width × Equipment

size current opera- ing capacity depth2)
In tional
current Ie
Main switch EMERGENCY- D Switch D N/PE E 5th
STOP switch disconnector terminal terminal
4th con- can be
ductor expanded
A A mm
63 63 500 A/660 V 8HP2 705 8HP2 742 307 × 307 × 167 3KA50 8WA1 205 ✔
(AC-23) up to 35 mm2 up to 35 mm²
125 125 125 A/690 V 8HP2 707 8HP2 747 307 × 307 × 167 3KA52 8WA1 206 ✔
(AC-23 A) up to 70 mm2 up to 70 mm²
2 160 160 250 A/660 V 8HP2 714 8HP2 744 307 × 307 × 232 3KA53 8WA1 206 ✔
250 250 800 A/660 V 8HP2 732 8HP2 752 307 × 307 × 232 3KE42 8JK4 01 ✔
400 400 1200 A/660 V 8HP2 734 8HP2 754 307 × 307 × 232 3KE43 8JK4 04 --
(AC-22) up to 2 × 150 mm2 up to 150 mm²
or 1 × 24 mm2
2400 A/660 V 8HP2 716 8HP2 746 307 × 307 × 232 3KA57 -- --
(AC-23) up to 150 mm2
160 160 250 A/660 V 8HP2 711 8HP2 748 307 × 614 × 167 3KA53 8WA1 206 ✔
250 250 250 A/690 V 8HP2 712 8HP2 761 307 × 614 × 260 3KA55 -- --
(AC-23 A) up to 150 mm2
800 A/660 V 8HP2 733 8HP2 753 307 × 614 × 260 3KE42 8JK4 01 ✔
400 400 1200 A/660 V 8HP2 735 8HP2 755 307 × 614 × 260 3KE43 8JK404 --
3 (AC-23) up to 2 × 150 mm2 up to 150 mm²
or 1 × 240 mm 2
2400 A/660 V 8HP2 717 8HP2 762 307 × 614 × 260 3KA57 -- --
(AC-23) up to 150 mm2
630 630 400 A/690 V 8HP2 718 8HP2 763 307 × 614 × 260 3KA58 -- --
(AC-23 B) up to 240 mm2
2500 A/660 V 8HP2 736 8HP2 756 307 × 614 × 260 3KE44 8JK4 06 --
1000 8001) 2500 A/660 V 8HP2 738 8HP2 758 307 × 614 × 260 3KE45 8JK4 06 --
(AC-23) up to 2 × 240 mm2 up to 240 mm²
1)
Full load of 800 A only possible with busbars
Cu 2 × (30 mm × 10 mm) and incoming cable Cu 2 × (40 mm × 5 mm) or
Cu cable 2 × (3 × 240) mm2.
2)
Dimensions without operating handle E
18
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/23

© Siemens AG 2013


(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Complete enclosures
Main switches
Enclosure size Rated operational current Ie Switch disconnector
A
2 63 3KA50 8HP2 705 1 1 unit 046
125 3KA52 8HP2 707 1 1 unit 046

8HP2 705
160 3KA53 8HP2 714 1 1 unit 046
250 3KE42 8HP2 732 1 1 unit 046
400 3KA57 8HP2 716 1 1 unit 046

3KE43 8HP2 734 1 1 unit 046
3 160 3KA53 8HP2 711 1 1 unit 046
250 3KA55 8HP2 712 1 1 unit 046

3KE42 8HP2 733 1 1 unit 046
400 3KA57 8HP2 717 1 1 unit 046

3KE43 8HP2 735 1 1 unit 046
630 3KA58 8HP2 718 1 1 unit 046

3KE44 8HP2 736 1 1 unit 046
800 3KE45 8HP2 738 1 1 unit 046

EMERGENCY-STOP switches
Enclosure size Rated operational current Ie Switch disconnector
A
2 63 3KA50 8HP2 742 1 1 unit 046
125 3KA52 8HP2 747 1 1 unit 046

8HP2 742
160 3KA53 8HP2 744 1 1 unit 046
250 3KE42 8HP2 752 1 1 unit 046
400 3KA57 8HP2 746 1 1 unit 046

3KE43 8HP2 754 1 1 unit 046
3 160 3KA53 8HP2 748 1 1 unit 046
250 3KA55 8HP2 761 1 1 unit 046

3KE42 8HP2 753 1 1 unit 046
400 3KA57 8HP2 762 1 1 unit 046

3KE43 8HP2 755 1 1 unit 046
630 3KA58 8HP2 763 1 1 unit 046

3KE44 8HP2 756 1 1 unit 046
800 3KE45 8HP2 758 1 1 unit 046
18

18/24 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Switch disconnectors with fuses
■ Overview
• With motor switching capacity and disconnector characteris-
tics, can be used as main and EMERGENCY-STOP switch to
EN 60204-1 3a 1 Enclosure base part
• LV HRC fuse links must be ordered separately, 2 Mounting plate

see Catalog LV 10.1. 3b 2a Switch disconnectors
2b Door-coupling rotary
Mounting instructions operating mechanisms
• The conductor cross-section refers to the terminal of the 3a N/PE terminal
I201_12247b
switching device. A separate fanning box may be necessary for 4th conductor
for cable entry 3b Expandable terminal
for 5th conductor
• Dimensional drawings see page 18/51 4 Cover,
1
• An additional terminal for the 5th conductor can be retrofitted opaque
(not included in the scope of delivery) when using expandable 2
enclosures.
2a 2b
4 2b
Enclosure Rated Rated opera- Rated break- E Version Equipment

size current In tional current ing capacity
Ie
Main switch EMERGENCY- D Switch dis- Fuse type D N/PE E 5th
STOP switch connector terminal terminal
4th con- can be
ductor expanded
A A
63 63 500 A/660 V 8HP2 710 8HP2 741 3KL50 NH00 8WA1 205 ✔
125 125 800 A/660 V 8HP2 713 8HP2 743 3KL52 NH00 8WA1 206 ✔
with M6 cable
2 lug
250 250 2000 A/660 V 8HP2 715 8HP2 745 3KL55 NH1 8WA1 206 --
with M10 cable with M10
lug cable lug

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Complete enclosures
Main switches
Enclosure size Switch disconnectors Rated current In in A
2 3KL50 63 8HP2 710 1 1 unit 046
3KL52 125 8HP2 713 1 1 unit 046
3KL55 250 8HP2 715 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 715
EMERGENCY-STOP switches
Enclosure size Switch disconnectors Rated current In in A
2 3KL50 63 8HP2 741 1 1 unit 046
3KL52 125 8HP2 743 1 1 unit 046
3KL55 250 8HP2 745 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 741
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/25
© Siemens AG 2013

Changeover switches and parallel switches
■ Overview
Features
5
• Changeover operating mechanism
- Suitable for changing over to different load lines, e.g.
emergency operation, repair switch
1 - Available make-before-break and break-before-make
1 Cover
2 Intermediate • Shifting linkage for parallel switching
2
frames - For the simultaneous actuation of two load lines.
3 Enclosure base
parts
3
4 Switch • Order and delivery are in individual components
disconnectors • The switches must be connected using copper busbars
5 Assembly kit or NYA cables.
Parallel switches
I202_02145a Changeover • For dimensional drawings, see page 18/51.
switch
4
Assembly kit for changeover switch

Enclosure size Rated current Rated opera- Switch discon- Individual components
In tional current nector/ main Cover
Ie conductor Switch Assembly kit Type
Intermediate disconnector
connection
frame
Base
A A Type Type
250 250 3KE42 8HP1 204 2 × 3KE42 30-0AA Changeover operating
mechanism 8HP5 458
1 × 150 mm2 2 × 8HP1 284 • Break-before-make 8HP5 458-Z1)
• Make-before-break
8HP1 104
mechanism 8HP5 458
4 8HP1 104
mechanism 8HP5 458
8HP1 104
1)
Add "make-before-break" in plain text.
Assembly kit for parallel switch

For thermal reasons the rated operational current is reduced to
approximately 80% of the rated current.
Enclosure size Rated current Rated opera- Switch discon- Individual components
In tional current nector/ main Cover
Ie conductor Switch Assembly kit Type
Intermediate disconnector
connection
frame
Base
A A Type Type
500 500 3KE42 8HP1 204 2 × 3KE42 30-0AA Shifting linkage for 8HP5 457
parallel switching
1 × 150 mm2 2 × 8HP1 284
8HP1 104
parallel switching
2
2 × 150 mm 2 × 8HP1 284
4 8HP1 104
parallel switching
2
2 × 240 mm 2 × 8HP1 284
8HP1 104
18
18/26 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Changeover switches and parallel switches

Ordering information
The assembly kit must be ordered in individual components:
• Enclosure base part
• Cover
• 2 × intermediate frames
• 2 × 3KE switch disconnectors
• Changeover switch or parallel switch assembly kit

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Assembly kits for changeover and parallel switches

Versions
Cover 8HP1 204 1 1 unit 046
Intermediate frame 8HP1 284 1 1 unit 046
Enclosure base part 8HP1 104 1 1 unit 046
Switch disconnector
Changeover switches Parallel switches1)
- 250 A - 500 A 3KE4 230-0AA 1 1 unit 103
- 400 A - 800 A 3KE4 330-0AA 1 1 unit 103
- 630 A - 1260 A 3KE4 430-0AA 1 1 unit 103
Assembly kit
- Changeover operating mechanism break-before-make 8HP5 458 1 1 unit 046
- Changeover operating mechanism make-before-break2) 8HP5 458-Z 1 1 unit 046
- Shifting linkage for parallel switching 8HP5 457 1 1 unit 046
Footnote
1)
For thermal reasons the rated operational current is reduced to
approximately 80% of the rated current.
2)
Add "make-before-break" in plain text.
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/27
© Siemens AG 2013

3VL molded case circuit breakers
■ Overview
Features
1 Enclosure • Enclosure complete with built-in 3VL molded case circuit
base part
breaker, door-coupling rotary operating mechanism in black
2 Assembly kit for
circuit breaker
and terminals
2a Circuit breaker • Terminal covers and connecting bars for safe use with
2b Door-coupling maximum possible rated current
rotary operating • All circuit breakers in size 3 enclosure with intermediate frame
I201_13956
mechanism
3 Intermediate frame • Cover, non-transparent
4 Cover, opaque • EMERGENCY-STOP operating mechanisms on request.
• Notice: The distribution board must be installed in accordance
1 with the data in the table
• Minimum volume (see table) of the flange-mounted distribu-
2 tion board on the enclosure with 3VL to accommodate the
2a switching pressure on tripping (the supplementary enclosure
2b 2b does not have to be an empty enclosure)
3 4
• Values valid for rated voltage of 415 V AC.
ALPHA 8HP, diagram of enclosure with 3VL molded case circuit breakers
Design of distribution boards

Rated current n Short-circuit strength k
10 kA 20 kA 27 kA 40 kA
63 A Mounting example: 3 Mounting example: 3 Mounting example: 3 Mounting example:

• 8HP2 012 • 8HP2 003 • 8HP2 003 • 8HP2 003
2 • 8HP1 283 • 8HP1 283 • 8HP1 283
3 Enclosure volume 3 Enclosure volume 3 Enclosure volume 3 Enclosure volume

at least 65 dm 3 at least 90 dm 3 at least 90 dm 3 at least 90 dm 3
100 A Mounting example: 3 Mounting example: 3 Mounting example: 4 Mounting

• 8HP2 012 • 8HP2 003 • 8HP2 003 example:
2 • 8HP1 283 • 8HP1 283 • 8HP2 004
• 8HP1 284
3 Enclosure volume 3 Enclosure volume 3 Enclosure volume 3
at least 65 dm 3 at least 90 dm 3 at least 90 dm 3 Enclosure volume
at least 135 dm 3
160 A Mounting example: 3 Mounting example: 3 Mounting example: 4 Mounting

• 8HP2 012 • 8HP2 003 • 8HP2 003 example:
2 • 8HP1 283 • 8HP1 283 • 8HP2 004
• 8HP1 284
3 Enclosure volume 3 Enclosure volume 3 Enclosure volume 3
at least 65 dm 3 at least 90 dm 3 at least 90 dm 3 Enclosure volume
at least 135 dm 3
250 A Mounting example: Mounting Mounting 3 Mounting

• 8HP2 012 example: example: example:
4 • 8HP2 004 4 • 8HP2 004 4 • 8HP2 003
• 8HP1 284 • 8HP1 284 • 8HP1 283
2 ___________
• 8HP2 004
3 Enclosure volume 3 3 3 • 8HP1 284
at least 65 dm 3 Enclosure volume Enclosure volume
18
I202_02273
at least 135 dm 3 at least 135 dm 3 Enclosure volume

at least 180 dm 3
18/28 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

3VL molded case circuit breakers
Order No. Rated current In Rated operational Poles Release Order No. of built-in molded case
current Ie circuit breaker
A A
8HP2 200-1 63 63 3 Thermomagnetic 3VL1 706-1DA33-0AA0
8HP2 200-2 Solid-state 3VL2 706-1SB33-0AA0
8HP2 200-3 4 Thermomagnetic 3VL1 706-1EH43-0AA0
8HP2 200-4 Solid-state 3VL2 706-1TA43-0AA0
8HP2 203-1 250 250 3 Thermomagnetic 3VL3 725-1DC33-0AA0
8HP2 203-3 4 Thermomagnetic 3VL3 725-1EC43-0AA0

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Enclosures with built-in 3VL molded case circuit breaker

• Size 3
• With intermediate frame
• With rotary operating mechanism and terminal cover
Type Rated current In Poles Release
A
• Without 63 3 Thermomagnetic 8HP2 200-1 1 1 unit 046
connecting bars Solid-state 8HP2 200-2 1 1 unit 046
4 Thermomagnetic 8HP2 200-3 1 1 unit 046
Solid-state 8HP2 200-4 1 1 unit 046
8HP2 202-3
100 3 Thermomagnetic 8HP2 201-1 1 1 unit 046
• With connecting 160 3 Thermomagnetic 8HP2 202-1 1 1 unit 046
bars Solid-state 8HP2 202-2 1 1 unit 046
250 3 Thermomagnetic 8HP2 203-1 1 1 unit 046
Note
Please refer to the table containing information on
"Design of the distribution boards" (see page 18/28).
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/29
© Siemens AG 2013

Busbar Assembly Kits
Busbar supports
■ Overview
Features
• Entire enclosure width available for equipment
I202_02143
2
• High flexibility.
3 • Busbar supports can be fitted in the end cover plate as
4 well as in the connecting flange between the enclosures
• For dimensional drawings, see page 18/51.
5
1
6
1 Cover plates
2 Busbar supports
3 Partition
4 Support brackets
5 Connecting flange
6 Incoming and outgoing terminals

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
End covers plate 8HP1 500 1 1 unit 046

Including mounting material
8HP1 500
Busbar supports, for copper busbars
Dimensions Rated current of Center-to-center
copper busbars spacing
(85 °C) L1, L2, L3
A mm
• 12 mm × 5 mm 250 40 8HP1 701 1 1 unit 046
• 2 × (12 mm × 5 mm) 400
8HP1 701
• 20 mm × 8 mm 400 49 8HP1 704 1 1 unit 046
• 2 × (20 mm × 8 mm) 630
8HP1 704
• 2 × (30 mm × 10 mm) 1000 58 8HP1 703 1 1 unit 046
8HP1 703
Partitions 8HP1 708 1 1 unit 046
• As end plate or barrier
• To mount a partition to a busbar support, a 8HP1 700 support bracket
is required
8HP1 708
Support brackets 8HP1 700 1 1 unit 046
• 1 set = 2 support brackets
• For mounting free-standing 8HP1 70 busbar supports
• Busbar support not part of the scope of delivery
18 8HP1 700
8HP1 541 connecting flanges 8HP1 541 1 1 unit 046
Including locking screws and nuts
8HP1 541

18/30 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Busbar supports

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Busbar supports
Versions Number Cross-section
mm
• For PE/neutral busbars, 1 6×6 8JH4 230 1 1 unit 046
for free mounting
8JH4 230
• For standard mounting rail 1 6×6 8HP6 601 1 1 unit 046
35 mm
8HP6 601
• For standard mounting rail 2 × 1 6×6 8GF9 318-2 1 10 set 042
35 mm (1 pair)
8GF9 318-2
• Can be screwed on 2×1 6×6 8GF9 320-1 1 10 set 042
(1 pair)
8GF9 320-1
Busbar supports, 60 mm center-to-center spacing
Mounting Number Cross-section
mm
• External 1×3 12 × 5 8US1 923-2AA01 1 10 units 143
• Internal 1×3 30 × 10 8US1 923-3AA01 1 10 units 143
8US19 23-2AA01
Cover profile
• Length: 1000 mm
• Width: 20 ... 30 mm
Busbar cross-section
• 5 mm thick 8US1 922-2AA00 1 10 units 143
8US1 922-2AA00 • 10 mm thick 8US1 922-2BA00 1 10 units 143
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/31
© Siemens AG 2013

Busbar supports

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
Flat copper profiles

• When the busbar supports are mounted in end cover plates, the length
of the busbars is equal to the total of the external dimensions of the bus-
bar enclosure plus 12 mm.
• One set = five busbars
Cross-section Length
mm
Cu 12 × 5 For 3 sections, each 307 mm 8HP1 783 1 1 unit 046
For 4 sections, each 307 mm 8HP1 784 1 1 unit 046
Cu 20 × 8 For 3 sections, each 307 mm 8HP1 793 1 1 unit 046
Flat copper profiles, bare
• Length: 2.4 m
• Bare
Cross-section
mm
6×6 8WC5 120 1 1 unit 143
12 × 5 8WC5 123 1 1 unit 143
20 × 5 8WC5 126 1 1 unit 143
20 × 8 8WC5 127 1 1 unit 143
30 × 10 8WC5 134 1 1 unit 143
18

18/32 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

■ Overview
Mounting instructions • Delivery does not include fuses. Selection of fuses in Catalog
• For mounting dimensions, see page 18/52. LV 10.1, Chapter 5.
• 40 mm center-to-center spacing for 8HP1 701. • Feeder terminals are required for NH000 disconnectors to in-
crease the size of the conductor cross-section, if fuses >125 A
• 49 mm center-to-center spacing for 8HP1 704. are used.
• For further accessory components, see LV 10.1, Chapter 7.

(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
40 mm center-to-center spacing, 12 × 5 or 2 × (12 × 5)

Basic units
Size Rated current Rated operational Connection
In of fuse current Ie of
fuse1)
A A
000 160 120 Box terminal at either 3NP1 123-1BB20 1 1 unit 143
top or bottom
00 160 120 Flat connection at 3NP1 133-1BB10 1 1 unit 143
either top or bottom
Box terminal at either 3NP1 133-1BB20 1 1 unit 143
top or bottom
3NP1 133-1BB10
1)
Calculated derating and measured values can be obtained from our Technical Support. The
specified values are applicable for use according to the standard at ambient temperatures in
accordance with IEC 60947-3, using standard LV HRC fuses, characteristic gG. The conductor
cross-sections are to be selected according to the rated current of the fuse and not according to
reduced operational current. Additional fuse derating factors must be taken into account for use
at increased ambient temperatures, or use of fuses for semi-conductor protection, or for partial
range protection use.
Accessories
Description Size
Auxiliary switches (CO contact) 000 3NP1 920-1FA00 1 1 unit 143
00 3NP1 930-1FA00 1 1 unit 143
3NP1 920-1FA00
Locking devices 000, 00 3NP1 900-1HA00 1 1 unit 143
3NP1 900-1HA00
Saddle terminals, single, 1.5 ... 70 mm² 00 3NP1 933-1BA00 1 1 unit 143
• 1 set = 3 units
• For flat connection
3NP1 933-1BA00
Feeder terminals, 16 ... 95 mm² 000 3NP1 923-1BD00 1 1 unit 143
• 1 set = 3 units
• For box terminal
• To increase the size of the conductor
cross-section
3NP1 923-1BD00
Fuse carriers with electronic EFM10 000 3NP1 923-1GB20 1 1 unit 143
fuse monitoring 00 3NP1 933-1GB20 1 1 unit 143
• Mounting of fuse carriers only possible with
raised cover or with intermediate frame, see
page 18/10.
18
3NP1 933-1GB20

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/33
© Siemens AG 2013


(UNIT, P. unit
SET,
M)
49 mm center-to-center spacing, 20 × 8 or 2 × (20 × 8)

Basic units
Fuse switch disconnectors
from A. Jung or Ostrach
All disconnectors incl. cover
Size Rated current Rated operational Connection
In current Ie
A A
00 160 145 up to 50 mm² 8HP4 310 1 1 unit 046
terminal clamp,
top or bottom
2 × 00 160 145 up to 50 mm² 8HP4 311 1 1 unit 046
terminal clamp,
top or bottom
1 250 225 up to 120 mm² 8HP4 314 1 1 unit 046
cable connection,
top or bottom
Note
Raised cover or intermediate frame required see page 18/10.
Accessories
Covers for
Versions
8HP4 310 8HP6 411 1 1 unit 046
8HP4 311 8HP6 412 1 1 unit 046
8HP4 312 8HP6 413 1 1 unit 046
18

18/34 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Terminals

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)

(solid or stranded)
2.5 ... 16 8JH4 112 1 10 units 046
8JH4 112
16 ... 35 (can be retrofitted without dismantling the busbar) 8JH4 114 1 10 units 046
8JH4 114
or 2 × (12 mm × 5 mm)
(solid or stranded)
one bar two bars
1.5 ... 16 -- } 8US1 921-2AA00 100 100 units 143
4 ... 35 -- } 8US1 921-2AB00 100 50 units 143
16 ... 70 -- } 8US1 921-2AD00 1 50 units 143
16 ... 120 -- } 8US1 921-2AC00 1 50 units 143
-- 1.5 ... 16 } 8US1 921-2BA00 1 100 units 143
-- 4 ... 35 } 8US1 921-2BB00 1 50 units 143
8US1 921 -- 16 ... 70 } 8US1 921-2BD00 1 50 units 143
-- 16 ... 120 } 8US1 921-2BC00 1 50 units 143
1.5 ... 16 -- 8JH4 102 1 10 units 046
8JH4 102
10 ... 35 -- 8JH4 104 1 10 units 046
8JH4 104
16 ... 70 16 ... 35 8JH4 105 1 10 units 046
8JH4 105
16 ... 95 16 ... 70 8JH4 106 1 10 units 046
8JH4 106
25 ... 120 25 ... 50 8JK3 061 1 10 units 046
8JK3 061
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/35
© Siemens AG 2013

Terminals

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Incoming and outgoing terminals for bars 20 mm × 8 mm or

2 × (20 mm × 8 mm)
Conductor cross-section in mm2 Clamping Conductors per
(solid or stranded) points clamping point
1.5 ... 10 2 2 8JK3 113 1 1 unit 046
8JK3 113
10 ... 70 2 1 8JK3 143 1 1 unit 046
8JK3 143
50 ... 240 1 1 8JK3 171 1 1 unit 046
8JK3 171
50 ... 240 1 2 8JK3 172 1 1 unit 046
8JK3 172
Incoming and outgoing terminals, for bars 30 mm × 10 mm or
2 × (30 mm × 10 mm)
Conductor cross-section in mm2 Description
(solid or stranded)
10 ... 70 In the case of double busbars, 8JK3 544 1 1 unit 046
divide the terminals alternately
between the two bars in order to
even the load
8JK3 544
M12, up to 2 × 240 Cable lug or bar connection 8HP1 724 1 1 unit 046
8HP1 724
Extension terminals
Busbar in mm2 Description
• 12 × 5 • 1 set = 2 terminals 8JK3 201 1 10 set 046
2 × (12 × 5) • When using single busbars,
a copper connecting piece
12 × 5 mm must be made
• When using 2 × Cu (12 × 5) mm
8JK3 201 the bars overlap in the area of the
connection point.
• 20 × 8 • 1 set = 2 terminals 8JK3 281 1 1 unit 046
2 × (20 × 8) • When using single busbars,
a copper connecting piece
20 x 8 mm must be made
• When using 2 × Cu
(20 mm × 8 mm), the bars overlap
in the area of the connection
18
8JK3 281 point.
• 2 × (30 × 10) -- 8HP1 728 1 1 unit 046
8HP1 728

18/36 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Accessories for enclosures

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Connecting flanges
Versions
• Including locking screws and nuts 8HP1 541 1 1 unit 046
8HP1 541
• Including locking screws and nuts, 8HP1 542 1 1 unit 046
can be used on the narrow side of size 1 enclosures
8HP1 542
8 H P 1 5 4 2
When enclosures are con-

N S E 0 _ 0 1 2 9 9
nected to each other, one

sealing frame is required
between each set of flange
openings.
8 H P 1 5 4 1
End cover plates
• Cover plates including fixing screws and seals
• Knockouts for fitting cable glands and cable entries
Versions
• Without knockouts 8HP1 500 1 1 unit 046
8HP1 500
• With knockouts
- 2 × M20 8HP1 511-1 1 1 unit 046
- 3 × M20/M25
- 4 × M25/M40 and 8HP1 80 cable entry.
8HP1 511-1
- 6 × M25/M32 8HP1 512-1 1 1 unit 046
- 2 × M25/M32/M40 and 8HP1 80 cable entry.
8HP1 512-1
- 2 × M20 8HP1 513-1 1 1 unit 046
- 8 × M25/M32
8HP1 513-1
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/37
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Rubber cable entries

• For inserting in ∅ 38 mm knockouts (= Pg29)
• Can also be used as blanking plug
• Also suitable for 8HP1 51 end cover plates with knockouts
• For position of knockouts on the enclosure, see page 18/50.
Number Cross-section
1 ∅ 12 ... 29 mm 8HP1 805 1 1 unit 046
8HP1 805
2 ∅ 6 ... 15 mm 8HP1 806 1 1 unit 046
8HP1 806
3 ∅ 4 ... 12.5 mm 8HP1 807 1 1 unit 046
8HP1 807
4 ∅ 4 ... 12 mm 8HP1 808 1 1 unit 046
8HP1 808
Cable entry plates 8HP1 520 1 1 unit 046
• Including
- Fixing components
- Seal
- 2 x 8HC6 900 rubber cable entries for cable ∅ 14 mm ... 65 mm
- One knockout for Pg21 cable gland
• To maintain the degree of protection, the cable entry must be sealed
with a sealant
I201_12256
8HP1 520
Cable entries for cable entry plate 8HC6 900 1 1 unit 046
• For cables ∅ 14 mm ... 65 mm
• Suitable for 8HP1 520 cable entry plate
8HC6 900
Protective caps 8HP1 525 1 1 unit 046
• For 8HC6 900 rubber cable entry
• Prodproof!
8HP1 525 Note
The lower figure shows an application example for 8HP1 525.
Strain relief cleats 8HP6 322 1 1 unit 046

• On mounting plate size 2
• For enclosure size 2 ... 4
• Complete for one cable
• Mounting option for 2nd strain relief for double cable
8HP6 322
Strain relief 8HP1 530 1 1 unit 046
For individual mounting and for 8HP6 322
8HP1 530
Screws for cover hinges 8HP1 811 1 1 unit 046
I201_12257
• 1 set = 2 units
• Required for line protection if electrical equipment is installed in the
18 cover
8HP1 811

18/38 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Quick-release cover locks 8HP1 813 1 1 unit 046

• 1 set = 4 locks
• Closing by hand
• Opening only with a tool
8HP1 813
Grip ends 8HP1 810 1 1 unit 046
• 1 set = 4 grip ends
• Knurled
I201_12258
• For opening by hand
8HP1 810
Sealing caps 8HP1 815 1 1 unit 046
• 1 set = 2 caps
• For sealing the quick-release cover locks
8HP1 815
Breathers, PG 16 8HE8 541 1 1 unit 046
• In the case of distribution boards used in an external environment -
outside or in rooms with extreme temperature fluctuations - the breath-
ers must be installed as low as possible on the underneath of the
distribution board in order to prevent condensation water forming
• Degree of protection, IP54
• For mounting options on the enclosure, see dimensional drawings on
8HE8 541
page 18/49
Self-tapping screws 8HP6 621 1 1 unit 046
• 1 set = 50 screws
• Suitable for domes in the enclosure base
8HP6 621
Mounting rails 8JK1 13 1 1 unit 046
• With threaded holes, M4
• Mounting length 236 mm
8JK1 13 • For mounting on enclosure base (dome, brass sockets)
• Suitable for the flexible installation of 8HP6 510 standard mounting rails
and 8JH1 41 support rails
Standard mounting rails 8HP6 510 1 1 unit 046
• TH 35 acc. to EN 60715 (1 mm thickness)
• Mounting length 236 mm
8HP6 510
• For mounting on enclosure base (dome, brass sockets)
Support rails 8JH1 41 1 1 unit 046
• For meters
• Time switches and timing relays
8JH1 41 • Mounting length 1 enclosure width = 236 mm
Note
Two 8JK1 13 mounting rails are required for installing the support rail in
the enclosure
M5 stud bolts
• Hexagonal
• For screwing directly into the M5 threaded bushes in the enclosure
base
Versions
• Length 10 mm 8HP6 615 1 1 unit 046
8HP6 615
• Length 15 mm 8HP6 611 1 1 unit 046
• Length 30 mm 8HP6 612 1 1 unit 046
• Length 35 mm 8HP6 614 1 1 unit 046
• Length 50 mm 8HP6 613 1 1 unit 046
M4 stud bolts
For screwing into 8JK1 13 mounting rail or mounting plates
Versions
• Length 20 mm 8JH1 353 1 1 unit 143
• Length 30 mm 8JH1 354 1 1 unit 143
8JH1 353
• Length 50 mm 8JH1 356 1 1 unit 143
Blanking cover plates
Made of molded plastic, RAL 7035, light gray
Versions
• For enclosure size 2 8HP6 586 1 1 unit 046
8HP6 586 • For enclosure size 3
Holders for measuring instruments
8HP6 588
8HP6 201
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
046
046
18
• For installation on mounting plates @ 96 mm or @ 72 mm
• For installation on mounting plates
• Suitable for measuring instruments @ 96 mm or @ 72 mm
8HP6 201

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/39
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Terminals for mounting plate assembly
■ Overview
Base terminals, single-pole, insulated
For conductor connection (solid or stranded):
• In the case of finely stranded and very finely stranded conduc- • When using different cross-sections, the larger conductor
tors, it is sometimes necessary to reduce the maximum cross- must be laid underneath
section by up to two units. If necessary the conductors must • The terminals are characterized by their extreme robustness
be protected against fanning out by using end sleeves or sim- and high-quality workmanship.
ilar. When connecting Al conductors, commercially available
Al-Cu adapter pieces or clamping connections must be used.

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Ceramic bases
Incoming cables Outgoing cables
Number Cross-section Number Cross-section
in mm2 in mm2
1 4 ... 35 1 4 ... 35 8JH4 04 1 1/25 units 046
8JH4 04
1 4 ... 35 1 4 ... 35 8JH4 043 1 1 unit 046
8JH4 043
1 4 ... 35 3 4 ... 35 8JH4 044 1 1 unit 046
8JH4 044
18

18/40 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Terminals for mounting plate assembly

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Bases made of glass-fiber reinforced polyester resin

Incoming cables Outgoing cables
Number Cross-section Number Cross-section
in mm2 in mm2
1 6 ... 70 1 6 ... 70 8JK4 01 1 1 unit 046
8JK4 01
1 35 ... 150 1 35 ... 150 8JK4 04 1 1 unit 046
or 2 6 ... 50 or 2 6 ... 50
8JK4 04
1 50 ... 240 1 50 ... 240 8JK4 061 1 1 unit 046
8JK4 061
2 50 ... 240 2 50 ... 185 8JK4 06 1 1 unit 046
8JK4 06
Molded-plastic partitions 8JK4 100 1 1 unit 046
For 8JK4 06 and 8JK4 061 terminals
Mounting plates for terminal mounting 8HP6 312 1 1 unit 046

• Size 2
• For max. 5 terminals, 8JK4 04, 8JK4 06 or 8JK4 061
18
8HP6 312

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/41
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Wall mounting

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Fixing lugs 8HC3 800 1 1 unit 046

• 1 set = 4 lugs
• For individual enclosures and small distribution boards complete with
cylinder head screws M6 x 35
Enclosure
base part
Cylinder head
I201_12261
screw M6 x 35
Fixing lug
8
I2 _ 1 2 2 6 4
Wall-mounting brackets
• With elongated holes 7 mm × 44 mm
• Each connection point of the distribution board must be supported
by a wall mounting bracket
• The enclosure is mounted directly on site. Not suitable for the
transport of pre-assembled distribution boards.
Versions
700 mm long 8HC3 510 1 1 unit 046
2000 mm long 8HP9 020 1 1 unit 046
I201_12263a
50
400 Rain guards

• Made of sendzimir-galvanized sheet metal
• Thickness: 1.5 mm
• Width = Enclosure width × 307 + 185 mm
Versions
• For wall mounting
- Enclosure width = 1 8HP9 121 1 1 unit 046
I201_12265
8HP9 121 • With additional fixing for 8HP rack
• With additional fixing for 8HP rack and supporting cross arm
18

18/42 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Tools and aids

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Separating tools 8HP9 000 1 1 unit 046

With one blade for easy cutting out of the flange knockouts in
the side panels of the enclosures
8HP9 000
Replacement blades 8HP9 001 1 1 unit 046
8HP9 001
Enclosure size 1 Cutouts 8HP1 898 1 1 unit 046

• Please add "-Z" to the order number of the desired enclo-
a sure.
• The respective cutout must be defined in the description of
the supplement.
• Please select the letter where the open cutout should be.
b
• Once you have specified all enclosures in the "Z" order,
please add our mounting order number 8HP1 898 with the
Enclosure size 2 appropriate number of total cutouts for all enclosures (see
ordering example).
a Ordering example
• Various enclosures with different cutouts should be defined
for ordering at a plant.
d
b • Two enclosures of size 2 are required, cutouts a, b, c and a,
c, d. An enclosure of size 3 is also required, cutouts b, c.
Order text Order num- Number
c ber
Enclosure size 2 with cutouts: 8HP2 002- 3
a, b, c Z
Enclosure size 2.5 Z=a,b,c
a
a, c, d Z
Z=a, c, d
b, c Z
Z=b,c
d
b = Number of mounting positions 8HP1 898 8
Enclosure size 3
a
f
b
e
c
Enclosure size 4
a
b
h
c
18
g
d
i201_18417
f e

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/43
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Support rack
■ Overview
1
5
2
3
4
7 6
13
I201_12266
ALPHA 8HP, support rack and cable space cover
14
Support rack
Support rack made of galvanized sheet section, with self- 15
tapping screws for connection.

16
Lateral profiles for creating distribution boards with a width of 8 9 10 11 12
two to six sections, support profiles for creating distribution
boards with a height of three to seven sections.
The height can be expanded by one section respectively using 1 Lifting lug 9 Top cover
support profile extensions. The width can be expanded by
adding further racks to existing distribution boards using con- 2 Support profile 10 Baseboard
necting brackets. 3 Wall mounting bracket 11 Lateral profile
One section corresponds to the basic dimensions of the 4 Mounting rail 12 Corner profile
ALPHA 8HP system: 307 mm.
5 Support profile extension 13 Corner cover
Cable space cover 6 Supporting foot for 14 Joining sheet
Cable space cover for mounting on the ALPHA 8HP support free-standing installation
15 Side support
rack, with plug-in molded-plastic covers in light gray, RAL 7035, 7 Support strut
available in heights 370 and 677 mm. 16 Side panel
8 Front cover
With the 8HP9 057 double flange, enclosures can also be fitted Individual parts for support rack and cable space cover
under the cable space cover.
If connecting several support racks, you need to order the
matching covers. For each width expansion, only one set of
side panels 4 and one set of corner covers 1 are required. We
therefore recommend ordering these cable space covers for the
expansion as individual parts – without the specified units.
18
18/44 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Support rack

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Components of the support rack

% Support profiles
• 1 set = 2 profiles (left and right)
• Including
- 4 wall-mounting brackets &
- 2 lifting lugs $
- Mounting material
Height Number of sections
mm
921 3 8HP9 030-3 1 1 set 046
1228 4 8HP9 030-4 1 1 set 046
8HP9 030-6 1535 5 8HP9 030-5 1 1 set 046
1842 6 8HP9 030-6 1 1 set 046
2149 7 8HP9 030-7 1 1 set 046
( Support rails
Including mounting material
Number of sections For width of Length of rail
distribution board
mm mm
8HP9 032-6
2 614 521 8HP9 032-2 1 1 unit 046
3 921 821 8HP9 032-3 1 1 unit 046
4 1228 1228 8HP9 032-4 1 1 unit 046
5 1535 1435 8HP9 032-5 1 1 unit 046
6 1842 1742 8HP9 032-6 1 1 unit 046
) Support profile extensions 8HP9 034 1 1 unit 046
• 1 set = 2 extensions (left and right)
• Dimensions: 307 mm
8HP9 034
& Wall-mounting brackets 8HP9 033 1 1 unit 046
• 1 set = 2 brackets
• If needed additionally
• For wall distances of 50 to 100 mm
8HP9 033
Connecting brackets 8HP9 060 1 1 unit 046
For connecting two racks and for wall mounting at rear of
enclosure
8HP9 060
Supporting feet 8HP9 031 1 1 unit 046
For free-standing installation without cable space cover
8HP9 031
Screws and nuts 8HP9 056 1 1 set 046
18
• For fixing the ISO enclosure to the support rails
8HP9 056

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/45
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Support rack

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
Complete cable space cover

Complete cable space covers
Unassembled
Number of sections Height
mm
2 370 8HP9 102 1 1 unit 046
677 8HP9 112 1 1 unit 046
3 370 8HP9 103 1 1 unit 046
677 8HP9 113 1 1 unit 046
8HP9 116 4 370 8HP9 104 1 1 unit 046
677 8HP9 114 1 1 unit 046
5 370 8HP9 105 1 1 unit 046
677 8HP9 115 1 1 unit 046
6 370 8HP9 106 1 1 unit 046
677 8HP9 116 1 1 unit 046
Note
For individual parts of the complete cable space cover see
"More information" on page 18/48.
Cable space cover, single
0 Corner profiles
1 set = 2 profiles
Height
mm
370 8HP9 061 1 1 unit 046
677 8HP9 062 1 1 unit 046
8HP9 062
/ Lateral profiles
Number of sections Width
mm
2 614 8HP9 063-2 1 1 unit 046
3 921 8HP9 063-3 1 1 unit 046
8HP9 063-6 4 1228 8HP9 063-4 1 1 unit 046
5 1534 8HP9 063-5 1 1 unit 046
6 1842 8HP9 063-6 1 1 unit 046
+ Support struts 8HP9 067 1 1 unit 046
Number of sections plus 1
8HP9 067
3 Side supports 8HP9 045 1 2 units 046
8HP9 045
2 Joining sheets 8HP9 046 1 2 units 046
18 8HP9 046

18/46 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Support rack

(UNIT, P. unit
SET, M)
. Baseboards
Sections Width
mm
2 614 8HP9 038-2 1 1 unit 046
3 921 8HP9 038-3 1 1 unit 046
4 1228 8HP9 038-4 1 1 unit 046
8HP9 038-6
5 1535 8HP9 038-5 1 1 unit 046
6 1842 8HP9 038-6 1 1 unit 046
- Top covers
Number of sections Width
mm
2 614 8HP9 073-2 1 1 unit 046
3 921 8HP9 073-3 1 1 unit 046
8HP9 073-6 4 1228 8HP9 073-4 1 1 unit 046
5 1534 8HP9 073-5 1 1 unit 046
6 1842 8HP9 073-6 1 1 unit 046
1 Corner covers 8HP9 083 1 1 unit 046
1 set = 2 corner covers
8HP9 083
, Front covers
Height
mm
370 8HP9 071 1 1 unit 046
677 8HP9 072 1 1 unit 046
8HP9 072
4 Side panels
1 set = 2 side panels
Height
mm
370 8HP9 081 1 1 unit 046
677 8HP9 082 1 1 unit 046
8HP9 082
Double flanges 8HP9 057 1 1 unit 046
For mounting enclosures under the cable space cover
8HP9 057
Screws and nuts 8HP9 058 1 1 unit 046
Assortment sufficient for six sections
8HP9 056
18

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/47
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Support rack
Order numbers of the complete cable space
Order No. Order No. of individual components
of complete Support strut Front cover Top cover Baseboard Lateral Corner Corner Joining Side Side Screws
cable space profile profile cover sheet support panel and nuts
cover
+ , - . / 0 1 2 3 4
1 unit each 1 unit each 1 unit each 1 set each 1 set each 2 units 2 units 1 set each 1 bag
each each each
8HP9 102 3 × 8HP9 067 2 × 8HP9 071 8HP9 073-2 8HP9 038-2 8HP9 063-2 8HP9 061 8HP9 083 8HP9 046 8HP9 045 8HP9 081 8HP9 058
Support rack and cable space cover, rear view
18
18/48 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Dimensional Drawings
Single enclosures, knockouts
Note: More drawings can be found in the Technology Manual
http://support.automation.siemens.com -> "Product Support" ->
"Electrical Installation Technology".
Empty enclosures
Empty enclosure, cover
279
236 4 279 167
236 4
125,5
135,5
153,5
I201_12269a
82,5
4x M5 1
4x M5 1
236
279
289
307
240
289 127 147
307 167
I201_12270 9
1 Einbauplatte, 2 mm dick
76
R10
24,7
I2_12272
289 18 87 147
307 127 212
232
234
Enclosure size 1 Enclosure size 2
279
236 2 4
279 205 1
8x M5
236 4
236
33,5
71 82,5
8x M5 1
586
596
614
71
432,5
442,5
460,5
236
236
240
I201_12271b
9 9
I2_12273
289 127 185 289 18 87 92,5 147
307 167 307 127 95,5 167
Enclosure size 2.5 Enclosure size 3

586
236 71 236 2 4
1
16x M5
236
33,5
586
596
614
71
236
240
9
I2_12274
596 18 87 92,5 147

614 127 95,5 167
Enclosure size 4
$ Mounting plate, 2 mm thick

18
% Intermediate frame for increasing mounting depth (can be multi-stacked)
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/49

© Siemens AG 2013

Single enclosures, knockouts
12
7,3
I201_12275
26
I201_12276
Enclosure fixing
Knockouts for flange openings and cable entries
Pg13.5 If the knockouts do not meet
Pg16 requirements, end cover plates
can be mounted with or without
I2_12282
Pg29
knockouts, see page 18/50.
Pg21/Pg13.5
Pg29/Pg16
Enclosure size 1 Pg48/Pg29
Flange knockouts
Knockouts for connection of enclosure to 8HP1 541 connecting

flange
I2_12283
Heavy-gauge threaded joints Hole diameter

mm
Enclosure size 2 Pg13.5 20.4
Pg16 22.5
Pg21 28.3
Pg29 37
Pg36 47
Pg42 54
Pg48 59.3
I2_12284
Enclosure size 2.5

I2_12285
Enclosure size 3
I2_12286
18 Enclosure size 4
18/50 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

Enclosures with switching devices
Enclosures with main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
Connection compartments for integrated switch disconnectors
Type Dimensions Type Dimensions
b
a b a b
3KA50 95 125 130
a
3KA52 285
I201_12315a
3KA53 95 95 3KE43 285 130
3KA55 85 85 3KE44 255 100
3KA57 85 85 3KE45 250 95
a
3KE42 55 55
3KE43 55 55 I201_12316a
Enclosure size 2 Enclosure size 3

Enclosures with assembly kits for changeover and parallel switches
Mounting options for 3KE switch disconnectors
Type Dimensions
a
b
a b
3KE42 90 330
3KE43 90 330
3KE44 55 295
b
a
I2_12324
I201_12325a
The mounting plate has boreholes for 2 PEN terminals each,

either 8JK4 04 (150 mm2) or 8JK4 06 (240 mm2).
Enclosures with main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches, with switch disconnectors with fuses and with circuit breakers
I201_12320a
Switch Enclosure Intermediate Operating

type size frames mechanism a b
3KA50, 3KL50 2 -- Knob 36 mm 300 232
3KA53, 3KL52 2 -- Knob 62 mm 300 232
3KA57, 3KL55 2 -- Handle 140 mm 322 232
3KE42, 3KE43 2 -- Handle 140 mm 322 232
3KE42, 3KE43 3 1 Handle 140 mm 350 260
3KE44, 3KE45 3 1 Handle 200 mm 350 260
3KE changeover 4 2 Double handle 280 mm 442 352
contact
b 8HP4 11. 3 or 4 1 Double handle 280 mm 350 260
a
18
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 18/51

© Siemens AG 2013

Busbar systems
Position of the busbars in the enclosures
I201_12346
58,5
Busbar Dimension
PE
40 40 40 40
16 holders for
L1 a b
240
L2
250 A 2 14
L3
66
a
400 A, 630 A 21 33
b
N
58,5
1000 A 12 24
I201_12349a
289 12 87 22 Busbar supports Enclosure base

307 127
8HP1 701 I201_12347
Cover
50
37,5
PE 8HP1 232
48 49 49 48
PE
48 49 49 48
35 L1
L1
L2
I201_12356
240
L2
L3
L3
36 N
50
37,5
N
185 80
289 12 87 22
307 127
8HP1 704 Busbars 400/630 A for 8HP4 314 switches
I201_12354
43,5
60
Cover
I201_12348
38
PE PE 8HP1 232
404040 40
27
L1
L1
58 58
L2
240
L2 L3
30 N
60
L3
N
38
184 16 45
43,5
289 12 87 22
307 127
8HP1 703 Busbars 250 A for 3NP42 switches
18
18/52 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

19
© Siemens AG 2013
19/2 Introduction
19/4 8WH through-type terminals
19/6 8WH through-type screw terminals
19/8 8WH N-conductor isolating

terminals
19/10 8WH N-conductor isolating

screw terminals
19/12 8WH installation terminals
Accessories
19/15 Accessories for labeling system
19/16 Standard labeling system
19/20 Mounting accessories
More terminal blocks

see Catalog LV 52
More technical
technical-support .
→ Product list:
→ Entry list:
19

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
■ Overview
Devices Page Comment
8WH6 iPo plug-in terminals See Catalog LV 52, ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
8WH2 spring-loaded terminals
8WH5 combination plug-in terminals
8WH3 insulation displacement terminals
8WH1 screw terminals
8WA1 screw terminals
8WA2 spring-loaded terminals
8WH through-type terminals 19/4 Connection of incoming and outgoing conductors

up to 6 mm2
8WH through-type screw terminals 19/6 Connection of incoming and outgoing conductors
up to 35 mm2 with screw terminals
8WH N-conductor isolating terminals 19/8 Terminal block up to 6 mm² and connection of an
N-busbar 10 mm × 3 mm
8WH N-conductor isolating screw terminals 19/10 Terminal blocks with screw terminals up to 35 mm² and
connection of an N-busbar 10 mm × 3 mm
8WH installation terminals 19/12 Terminal blocks for connection of an N-busbar

10 mm × 3 mm These terminals offer up to three terminal
functions in a single enclosure and are optimized for dis-
tribution board applications in installation technology.
19
19/2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Introduction
Connection type → iPo technology Screw terminals iPo technology Order No.
Design → Standard Standard Insta (digits 8 ... 12)
No. of clamping points → 2 2
Order No. (digits 1 ... 7) → 8WH6 000 8WH1 001 8WH6 001
Conductor Terminal type1) Color
cross-section
2.5 mm2 Through-type Gray ✔ -- -- 0AF00
Blue ✔ -- -- 0AF01
N-conductor isolating Blue ✔ -- -- 0BF00
PE Green-yellow ✔ -- -- 0CF07
Insta L Gray -- -- ✔ 4QF00
L/L -- -- ✔ 4DF00
L/N -- -- ✔ 4CF00
PE/L/L -- -- ✔ 4HF00
PE/L/N -- -- ✔ 4EF00
PE/L/NT -- -- ✔ 4FF00
PE/L/N isolat- -- -- ✔ 4GF00
ing blade
PE/L/L isolating -- -- ✔ 4NF00
blade
4 mm2 Through-type Gray ✔ -- -- 0AG00
Blue ✔ -- -- 0AG01
N-conductor isolating Gray ✔ -- -- 0BG00
PE Green-yellow ✔ -- -- 0CG07
6 mm2 Through-type Gray ✔ -- -- 0AH00
Blue ✔ -- -- 0AH01
N-conductor isolating Blue ✔ -- -- 0BH00
PE Green-yellow ✔ -- -- 0CH07
10 mm2 N-conductor isolating Blue -- ✔ -- 0BJ01
16 mm2 Through-type Blue -- ✔ -- 0AK01
Gray -- ✔ -- 0AK00
N-conductor isolating Blue -- ✔ -- 0BK01
PE Green-yellow -- ✔ -- 0CK07
35 mm2 Through-type Gray -- ✔ -- 0AM00
Blue -- ✔ -- 0AM01
N-conductor isolating Blue -- ✔ -- 0BM01
PE Green-yellow -- ✔ -- 0CM07
1)
Only the main terminal types are listed here. You will find further versions on the following pages.
19
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/3

© Siemens AG 2013
8WH through-type terminals
■ Overview
All types of conductors can be used with 8WH6 iPo technology.
Rigid conductors and crimped flexible conductors are plugged
directly into the terminal.
Flexible, untreated conductors can be connected using a screw-
driver.
These terminals can be used interconnected with 10 × 3 mm
N-busbars.
A label can be snapped onto the middle of the terminal at the
front. Additional labels can be flat-fitted to the clamping points.
8WH6 001-0AF00 8WH6 001-0CF07 8WH6 001-0AG00 8WH6 000-0CG07 8WH6 001-0AH00 8WH6 001-0AH07
8WH6 001-0AF00 8WH6 001-0AG01 8WH6 001-0AH01
Cross-section mm² 2.5 2.5 (PE) 4 4 (PE) 6 6 (PE)
Dimensions
• Width/length/width of cover mm 5.2 / 59.5 / 2.2 6.2 / 66 / 2.2 8.2 / 66 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) mm 43 / 50.5 46.3 / 53.8 50 / 57.5
Rated current In A/ mm² 24 / 2.5 -- / 2.5 32 / 4 -- / 4 41 / 6 -- / 6
cross-section
Max. load current Imax / A/ mm² 24 / 4 -- / 4 32 / 6 -- / 6 50/10 -- / 10
cross-section
Rated voltage Un V 800 -- 800 -- 800 --
Connection capacities
• Rigid mm² 0.14 ... 4 0.2 ... 6 0.5 ... 10
• Flexible with end sleeve mm² 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4 0.5 ... 6
Stripped length mm 10 12 10 12
Insulation type PA
Flammability class V0
acc. to UL 94
Support rails/protective -- See section "Sup- -- See section "Sup- -- See section "Sup-
conductor busbars port rails" in LV 52, port rails" in LV 52, port rails" in LV 52,
Chapter 1 Chapter 1 Chapter 1

SET,
M)
Terminal size 2.5 mm²

Through-type terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²,
according to IEC 60 947-7-1
• Terminal width 5.2 mm, terminal length 59.5 mm
• Terminal height (NS 35/7.5) 43 mm
• Maximum load current Imax = 24 A
• Rated voltage Un = 800 V
• Rigid 0.14 to 4 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.14 to 2.5 mm²
8WH6 001-0AF00 • AWG 26-12
Versions
• Gray 8WH6 001-0AF00 1 50 units 044
• Blue 8WH6 001-0AF01 1 50 units 044
PE through-type terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm², 8WH6 001-0CF07 1 50 units 044
according to IEC 60 947-7-2
• Green-yellow
• Terminal width 5.2 mm, terminal length 59.5 mm
19
• Terminal height 43 mm
• Cross-section max. 4 mm²
8WH6 001-0CF07 • Flexible with end sleeve 0.2 to 2.5 mm²
• AWG 24-12

19/4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
8WH through-type terminals

SET,
M)
Terminal size 4 mm²

Through-type terminals, terminal size 4 mm²,
according to IEC 60947-7-1
• Terminal width 6.2 mm
• Terminal length 66 mm
• Terminal height 46.3 mm
8WH6 001-0AG00 • Flexible with end sleeve 0.2 to 4 mm²
• AWG 24-10
Versions
• Gray 8WH6 001-0AG00 1 50 units 044
• Blue 8WH6 001-0AG01 1 50 units 044
PE through-type terminals, terminal size 4 mm², 8WH6 001-0CG07 1 50 units 044
• Green-yellow
• Terminal height 46.3 mm
8WH6 001-0AG07 • Flexible with end sleeve 0.2 to 4 mm²
• AWG 24-10
Through-type terminals, terminal size 6 mm²,
• Rigid 0.5 ... 10 mm²
8WH6 001-0AH00 • Flexible with end sleeve 0.5 ... 6 mm²
• AWG 20 ... 8
Versions
• Gray 8WH6 001-0AH00 1 50 units 044
• Blue 8WH6 001-0AH01 1 50 units 044
8WH6 001-0AH01
PE through-type terminals, terminal size 6 mm², 8WH6 001-0CH07 1 50 units 044
• Green-yellow
• Rigid 0.5 ... 10 mm²
8WH6 001-0AH07 • Flexible without end sleeve 0.5 ... 10 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.5 ... 6 mm²
• AWG 20-8
Accessories
Support brackets
• Made of blue molded plastic
• For holding the N-busbar
Versions
• For terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm² 8WH9 143-0AF01 1 50 units 044
• For terminal size 6 mm² 8WH9 143-0AH01 1 50 units 044
8WH9 143-0AF01
Covers
Gray
Versions
• For terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WH9 000-1WA00 100 50 units 044
• For terminal size 4 mm² 8WH9 003-7WA00 100 50 units 044
• For terminal size 6 mm² 8WH9 004-1WA00 100 50 units 044
8WH9 000-1WA00
Note:
For general accessories see 19/15.
19

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/5
© Siemens AG 2013
8WH through-type screw terminals
■ Overview
We offer a comprehensive range of installation terminals using
iPo technology for use in building control systems. We also offer
a range of compact, cost-effective terminal blocks with screw
terminals for connecting larger cross-sections.
Terminal blocks with N-busbars are most commonly used in
building control systems. In order to enable the butt-mounting of
different terminals, contact to the N-busbars is always on the
same mounting level. This means that 8WH1-001 screw termi-
nals and 8WH6-001 plug-in terminals can be used at random on
a single support rail.
Labels can be snapped on to the clamping points at the front.
8WH1 001-0AK00 8WH1 001-0CK07 8WH1 001-0AM00 8WH1 001-0CM07
8WH1 001-0AK01 8WH1 001-0AM01
Cross-section mm² 16 16 (PE) 35 35 (PE)
Maximum cross-section with comb (rigid/flexible) mm² 16 / 16 -- 35 / 35 --
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover mm 12.2 / 42.5 / 1.8 12.2 / 42.5 / -- 15.2 / 55 / -- 15.2 / 55 / --
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) mm 47 / 54.5 / 52 47 / 54.5 / 52 51 / 58.5 / 56 51 / 58.5 / 56
Max. load current Imax /cross-section A/ mm² 101 / 25 101 / 25 125 / 35 125 / 35
Rated impulse withstand voltage/pollution degree kV 6/3 6/3 8/3 8/3
Overvoltage category / insulating group III / I III / I III / I III / I
• For one conductor
- Rigid mm² 1.5 ... 16 1.5 ... 16 0.75 ... 35 0.75 ... 35
- Flexible with end sleeve mm² 1.5 ... 16 1.5 ... 16 0.75 ... 35 0.75 ... 35
• For two conductors of same cross-section
- Rigid / flexible mm² 1.5 ... 6 / 1.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 6 / 1.5 ... 4 0.75 ... 15 / 0.75 ... 10 0.75 ... 16 / 0.75 ... 10
- Flexible with end sleeve mm² 1.5 ... 4 1.5 ... 6 0.75 ... 10 0.75 ... 10
Stripped length mm 11 11 16 16
Plug gauge (IEC 60947-1) B7 B7 B9 B9
Clamping point: screw thread / tightening torque Nm M4 / 1.5 ... 1.8 M4 / 1.5 ... 1.8 M6 / 3.2 ... 3.7 M5 / 3.2 ... 3.7
Fixing: screw thread / tightening torque Nm -- M4 / 1.5 ... 1.8 -- M5 / 2.5 ... 3
Insulation type PA PA PA PA
Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V2 V2 V2 V2
Approval data (UL/cUL and CSA)
• UL/cUL
- Rated voltage / rated current / conductor sizes V/A/AWG 600 / 85 / 22-4 -- / -- / 22-4 600 / 115 / 18-2 -- / -- / 18-2
• CSA
- Rated voltage / rated current / conductor sizes V/A/AWG 600 / 85 / 22-4 -- / -- / 22-4 600 / 130 / 18-2 -- / -- / --

SET,
M)

Through-type screw terminals, terminal size 16 mm²
Width 12.2 mm
Versions
• Gray 8WH1 001-0AK00 1 50 units 044
• Blue 8WH1 001-0AK01 1 50 units 044
19
8WH1 001-0AK00

19/6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013
8WH through-type screw terminals

SET,
M)
Terminal size 16 mm² (continued)

PE through-type screw terminals, terminal size 16 mm² 8WH1 001-0CK07 1 50 units 044
• Width 12.2 mm
• Enclosed at both ends
• Green-yellow
8WH1 001-0CK07
Through-type screw terminals, terminal size 35 mm²
• Width 16 mm
Versions
• Gray 8WH1 001-0AM00 1 50 units 044
• Blue 8WH1 001-0AM01 1 50 units 044
8WH1 001-0AM00
PE through-type screw terminals, terminal size 35 mm² 8WH1 001-0CM07 1 50 units 044
• Width 16 mm
• Green-yellow
8WH1 001-0CM07
Accessories
Covers, for screw terminals 8WH9 005-3PA00 100 50 units 044
• 10/16 mm2
• Width 2 mm
• Gray
8WH9 005-3PA00
Bridges, 10-pole 8WH9 030-6AL00 1 10 units 044
For through-type terminals, 16 mm2, gray and blue
8WH9 030-6AL00
Bridges, 2-pole 8WH9 030-6BC00 1 10 units 044
8WH9 030-6BC00
Bridges, 3-pole 8WH9 030-6BD00 1 10 units 044
8WH9 030-6BD00
Compartment partitions 8WH9 070-6HA00 100 50 units 044
8WH9 070-6HA00
Insulation plates 8WH9 070-6GA00 100 50 units 044
For through-type terminals, 16 and 35 mm2, gray and blue
8WH9 070-6GA00
Note:
19

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/7
© Siemens AG 2013
8WH N-conductor isolating terminals
■ Overview
The N-conductor isolating valves are in the same position on all
8WH6-001 iPo plug-in terminals.
A 10 mm × 3 mm busbar is used.
Notice: Only use Cu busbars.
Mounting instructions To ensure that the N-busbars are securely
mounted, the support brackets must be placed at the beginning
and end of each terminal strip (in the case of longer terminal
strips: every 20 cm).
A label can be snapped onto the middle of the terminal at the
front. Additional labels can be flat-fitted to the clamping points
(not for N-busbar connection).
8WH6 001-0BF01 8WH6 001-0BG01 8WH6 001-0BH01
Cross-section mm² 2.5 4 6
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover mm 5.2 / 59 / 2.2 6.2 / 66 / 2.2 8.2 / 66 / 2.2
• Height (NS 35/7.5 / NS 35/15) mm 46.3/ 53.8 46.3/ 53.8 50 / 57.5
Rated current In / cross-section A/ mm² 24 / 2.5 32 / 4 41 / 6
Rated voltage Un V 250 250 400
• Rigid mm² 0.14 ... 4 0.2 ... 6 0.5 ... 10
• Flexible with end sleeve mm² 0.25 ... 2.5 0.25 ... 4 0.5 ... 6
Stripped length mm 10 10 12
Insulation type PA PA PA
• Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0 V0 V0
19
19/8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
8WH N-conductor isolating terminals

SET,
M)

N-conductor isolating terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm², 8WH6 001-0BF01 1 50 units 044
• Two clamping points
• Terminal height (NS 35/7.5) 46.3 mm
• Rated current / cross-section In = 24 A / 2.5 mm²
8WH6 001-0BF01 • Rigid 01.4 to 4 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.14 to 2.5 mm²
• AWG 26 to 12
N-conductor isolating terminals, terminal size 4 mm², 8WH6 001-0BG01 1 50 units 044
• Terminal height (NS 35/7.5) 46.3 mm
• Rated current / cross-section In = 32 A / 4 mm²
8WH6 001-0BG01 • Rigid 0.2 to 6 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.25 to 4 mm²
• AWG 24 to 10
N-conductor isolating terminals, terminal size 6 mm², 8WH6 001-0BH01 1 50 units 044
• Terminal length 66.3 mm
• Terminal height (NS 35/7.5) 50 mm
8WH6 001-0BH01 • Rated voltage Un = 400 V
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.5 to 6 mm²
• AWG 20-8
Accessories
Support brackets
• Made of blue molded plastic
Versions
• For terminal size 2.5 to 4 mm² 8WH9 143-0AF01 1 50 units 044
• For terminal size 6 mm² 8WH9 143-0AH01 1 50 units 044
8WH9 143-0AF01
Covers
Gray
Versions
• For terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WH9 000-1SA00 100 50 units 044
• For terminal size 4 mm² 8WH9 003-1SA00 100 50 units 044
• For terminal size 6 mm² 8WH9 004-1SA00 100 1 unit 044
8WH9 000-1SA00
Feeder terminals, for N-busbars
• 6 × 6 mm and 10 × 3 mm
• Bare
Versions
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A, for connection of up to 8WA2 867 1 50 units 041
4 mm 2
8WA2 867/8WA2 868/ • Rated uninterrupted current 76 A, for connection of up to 25 mm 2 8WA2 868 1 50 units 041
8WA2 870 • Rated uninterrupted current 125 A, for connection of up to 35 mm 2 8WA2 870 1 50 units 041
N-busbars, 10 mm × 3 mm 8WA2 842 1 1 unit 041

• Tin-plated
• 1,000 mm long
8WA2 842
Note:
19

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/9
© Siemens AG 2013
8WH N-conductor isolating screw terminals
■ Overview
We offer a comprehensive range of installation terminals with iPo
plug-in connection for use in building control systems. We also
offer a range of compact, cost-effective terminal blocks with
screw terminals for connecting larger cross-sections.
Terminal blocks with N-busbars are most commonly used in
building control systems. In order to enable the butt-mounting of
different terminals, contact to the N-busbars is always on the
same mounting level. This means that 8WH1-001 screw termi-
nals and
8WH6-001 plug-in terminals can be used at random on a single
support rail.
The compact design of the N-conductor isolating terminals pro-
vides for a clearly arranged terminal strip. The N-busbar can be
connected either through the terminal or through the conductor
isolating valve of the N-conductor isolating terminal. N-conduc-
tor isolating terminals also make it easy to perform insulation
measurements.
Labels can be snapped on to the clamping points (screws) at
the front.
8WH1 001-0BJ01 8WH1 001-0BK01 8WH1 001-0BM01
Cross-section mm² 10 16 35
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover mm 10.2 / 43.5 / 1.8 12.2 / 43.5 / 1.5 16 / 55 / --
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) mm 47 / 54.5 / 52 54 / 61.5 / 59 51 / 58.5/ 56
Max. load current Imax /cross-section A/ mm² 63 / 16 90 / 25 110 / 35
Rated impulse withstand voltage/pollution degree kV 6/3 6/3 6/3
Overvoltage category / insulating group III / I III / I III / I
• For one conductor
- Rigid mm² 0.5 ... 10 1.5 ... 16 0.75 ... 35
- Flexible with end sleeve mm² 0.5 ... 6 1.5 ... 16 0.75 ... 35
• For two conductors of same cross-section
- Rigid / flexible mm² 0.5 ... 4 / 0.5 ... 4 1.5 ... 6 / 1.5 ... 4 0.75 ... 16 / 0.75 ... 10
- Flexible with end sleeve mm² 0.5 ... 2.5 1.5 ... 8 0.75 ... 10
Stripped length mm 12 11 16
Plug gauge (IEC 60947-1) B5 B6 B9
Clamping point: screw thread / tightening torque Nm M4 / 1.5 ... 1.8 M4 / 1.5 ... 1.8 M6 / 3.2 ... 3.7
Fixing: screw thread / tightening torque Nm M3 / 0.6 ... 0.8 M3 / 0.6 ... 0.8 M5 / 2.5 ... 3
Insulation type PA PA PA
Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V2 V2 V2
19
19/10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
8WH N-conductor isolating screw terminals

SET,
M)

N-conductor isolating screw terminals, terminal size 10 mm² 8WH1 001-0BJ01 1 50 units 044
• Width 10 mm
• Blue
8WH1 001-0BJ01
N-conductor isolating screw terminals, terminal size 16 mm² 8WH1 001-0BK01 1 50 units 044
• Width 12 mm
• Blue
8WH1 001-0BK01
N-conductor isolating screw terminals, terminal size 35 mm² 8WH1 001-0BM01 1 50 units 044
• Width 16 mm
• Blue
8WH1 001-0BM01
Accessories
Covers, for screw terminals 8WH9 005-3PA00 100 50 units 044
• 10/16 mm2
• Width 2 mm
• Gray
8WH9 005-3PA00
Support bracket for N-conductor isolating screw terminals, 8WH9 141-0BA01 1 50 units 044
terminal size 10 ... 35 mm²
• To be placed every 20 cm
• 2 mm wide
8WH9 141-0BA01
Terminals
Blue
Versions
• To 16 mm2, width: 10.3 mm 8WH9 126-0BA01 1 50 units 044
• To 35 mm2, width: 14.4 mm, enclosed at both ends 8WH9 127-0BA01 1 50 units 044
8WH9 126-0BA01
N-busbar, 10 mm × 3 mm 8WA2 842 1 1 unit 041
• Made of copper, tin-plated
• 1,000 mm long
8WA2 842
19
Note:

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/11
© Siemens AG 2013
8WH installation terminals
■ Overview
The three-tier plug-in terminals offer optimum operating charac-
teristics for modern building installation systems. The plug-in
connection allows the tool-free wiring of solid conductors.
These terminals can be used interconnected with 10 × 3 mm
N-busbars.
Thanks to their compact design, the three-tier terminals can be
installed in all types of building distribution boards. A load circuit
can be quickly and easily wired, for example using a 5.2 mm
wide installation terminal with terminal size 2.5 mm² and PE/L/NT
connections.
The double bridge slots support a multitude of individual switch-
ing tasks. This means, for example, that it is practical and con-
venient to make subsequent modifications to the installation.
Labels can be flat-fitted to the clamping points.
Installation terminals, standard version 8WH6 001-4QF00 8WH6 001-0HF00 8WH6 001-4FF00
8WH6 001-4DF00 8WH6 001-4EF00
8WH6 001-4CF00
Installation terminals with isolating function 8WH6 001-4GF00
8WH6 001-4NF00
8WH6 001-4PF00
8WH6 001-4MF00
Cross-section mm² 2.5
Dimensions
• Width / length / width of cover mm 5.5 / 101 / 2.2
• Height (TS 35/7.5 / TS 35/15) mm 50.5 / 58
Rated current In cross-section A/ mm² 24 / 4
Max. load current Imax / cross-section A/ mm² 301) / 4
Rated voltage Un V 400 (L-L)
250 (L-N or L-PE)
• Rigid mm² 0.14 ... 4
• Flexible with end sleeve mm² 0.14 ... 2.5
Stripped length without insulation stop sleeve mm 10
(no insulation stop sleeves should be used when using end sleeves)
Stripped length with insulation stop sleeve mm 10
(no insulation stop sleeves should be used when using end sleeves)
Plug gauge (IEC 60947-1) A3
Insulation type PA
Flammability class acc. to UL 94 V0
1)
3-pole terminal block
19
19/12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)

Installation terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm², standard version
for N-busbar
• Gray
• Rigid 0.14 ... 4 mm²
• Flexible with end sleeve 0.14 ... 2.5 mm²
8WH6 001-4QF00 • AWG 26-12
• Rated voltage Un = 400 V (L-L)
Un = 250 V (L-N or L-PE)
Versions
•L 8WH6 001-4QF00 1 50 units 044
8WH6 001-4DF00 • L/L 8WH6 001-4DF00 1 50 units 044
• L/N 8WH6 001-4CF00 1 50 units 044
• PE/L/L 8WH6 001-4HF00 1 50 units 044
• PE/L/N 8WH6 001-4EF00 1 50 units 044
• PE/L/NT 8WH6 001-4FF00 1 50 units 044
8WH6 001-4HF00
8WH6 001-4FF00
Installation terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²,
with isolating blade
• Gray
• Rigid 0.25 ... 4 mm²
8WH6 001-4NF00 • AWG 22-12
• Rated voltage
Un = 400 V (L-L)
Un = 250 V (L-N or L-PE)
Versions
• PE/L/L (standard version, suitable for isolating terminals) 8WH6 001-4PF00 1 50 units 044
• PE/L/N isolating blade 8WH6 001-4GF00 1 50 units 044
• PE/L/L isolating blade 8WH6 001-4NF00 1 50 units 044
Installation terminals, terminal size 2.5 mm²,
for isolating function
• Gray
• Rigid 0.25 ... 4 mm²
8WH6 001-4PF00 • AWG 22-12
• Rated voltage
Un = 400 V (L-L)
Un = 250 V, (L-PE)
Versions
• PE/L/L (standard version, suitable for isolating terminals) 8WH6 001-4PF00 1 50 units 044
• PE/L/L isolation 8WH6 001-4MF00 1 50 units 044
19

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/13
© Siemens AG 2013

SET,
M)
Accessories
Support brackets, for terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WH9 142-0AF01 1 50 units 044
• To be placed every 20 cm
• 2 mm wide
8WH9 142-0AF01
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² 8WH9 000-3SA00 1 50 units 044
gray
8WH9 000-3SA00
Covers, for terminal size 2.5 mm² and isolating terminal 8WH9 000-6SA00 1 50 units 044
in same contour
Gray
8WH9 000-6SA00
• 6 × 6 mm and 10 × 3 mm
• Bare
Versions
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A, for connection of up to 8WA2 867 1 50 units 041
4 mm 2
8WA2 870 • Rated uninterrupted current 125 A, for connection of up to 35 mm 2 8WA2 870 1 50 units 041

• 1,000 mm long
8WA2 842
Note:
19

19/14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Accessories for labeling system

Accessories for ALPHA FIX PRINT printer labeling system
SET,
M)
Fluid cartridges for ALPHA FIX PRINT printers 8WH9 060-6BA08 1 1 unit 044
Black
8WH9 060-6BA08
Labels, front, for labeling 8WH terminal blocks using the
ALPHA FIX PRINT printers
Versions
• 4.2 mm wide 8WH8 202-1AA05 100 1200 units 044
8WH8 202-1AA05
Labels, flat, for labeling 8WH terminal blocks using the ALPHA
FIX PRINT printers
Versions
8WH8 203-1AA05 • 16.2 mm wide 8WH8 203-7AA05 100 320 units 044
Accessories for plotter labeling system

SET, M)
Labels, for plotter system

Versions
• Front
- For terminal width 4.2 mm 8WH8 112-1AA05 100 1024 units 044
- For terminal width 5.2 and 6.2 mm 8WH8 112-2AA05 100 1400 units 044
- For terminal width 8.2, 10, 12 and 16 mm 8WH8 112-4AA05 100 1000 units 044
• Flat
- For terminal width 4.2, 5.2, 6.2, 8.2 and 10 mm 8WH8 113-1AA05 100 2000 units 044
- For terminal width 12 and 16 mm 8WH8 113-6AA05 100 1080 units 044
8WH8 113-1AA05 Note
The labels can be inscribed only by using the plotter
or by hand.
19

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/15
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Standard labeling system

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)
Labels, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal size

2.5 mm2 (8WH3: 1.5 mm2), with horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-2AB05 Versions
• Consecutive numbering 8WH8 120-2A@@@ 100 100 units 044
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
8WH8 120-2AA15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
- 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
- 41 ... 50 (10×) B45
- 51 ... 60 (10×) B55
- 61 ... 70 (10×) B65
- 71 ... 80 (10×) B75
- 81 ... 90 (10×) B85
- 91 ... 100 (10×) C05
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE A15
• Custom inscription 8WH8 120-2XA05 100 100 units 044
Labels, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal size
2.5 mm2 (8WH3: 1.5 mm2), with vertical inscription
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
- 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
- 41 ... 50 (10×) B45
8WH8 140-2AB05 - 51 ... 60 (10×) B55
- 61 ... 70 (10×) B65
- 71 ... 80 (10×) B75
- 81 ... 90 (10×) B85
- 91 ... 100 (10×) C05
Labels, front, for terminal width 5.2 mm and 8WH8 110-2AA05 100 100 units 044
terminal size 2.5 mm2 (8WH3: 1.5 mm2), blank
8WH8 110-2AA05
Labels, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal size
2.5 mm2 (8WH3: 1.5 mm2), with horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-2AB15
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
- 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
- 41 ... 50 (10×) B45
- 51 ... 60 (10×) B55
- 61 ... 70 (10×) B65
- 71 ... 80 (10×) B75
- 81 ... 90 (10×) B85
- 91 ... 100 (10×) C05
Labels, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal size
2.5 mm2 (8WH3: 1.5 mm2), with vertical inscription
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
- 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
- 41 ... 50 (10×) B45
8WH8 141-2AB15 - 51 ... 60 (10×) B55
- 61 ... 70 (10×) B65
- 71 ... 80 (10×) B75
- 81 ... 90 (10×) B85
- 91 ... 100 (10×) C05
19 • Custom inscription
Labels, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm and
8WH8 141-2XA05
8WH8 111-2AA05
100
100
100 units 044
100 units 044
terminal size 2.5 mm2 (8WH3: 1.5 mm2), blank
8WH8 111-2AA05

19/16 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)
Labels, front, for terminal width 6.2 mm and

terminal size 4 mm2 (8WH3: 2.5 mm2), with horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-3AB05 Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
8WH8 120-3AA15 - 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
- 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
- 41 ... 50 (10×) B45
8WH8 120-3AA25 - 51 ... 60 (10×) B55
- 61 ... 70 (10×) B65
- 71 ... 80 (10×) B75
- 81 ... 90 (10×) B85
- 91 ... 100 (10×) C05
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE A15
• U/V/W/N/grounding A25
terminal size 4 mm2 (8WH3: 2.5 mm2), with vertical inscription
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
- 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
- 41 ... 50 (10×) B45
8WH8 140-3AB05 - 51 ... 60 (10×) B55
- 61 ... 70 (10×) B65
- 71 ... 80 (10×) B75
- 81 ... 90 (10×) B85
- 91 ... 100 (10×) C05
terminal size 4 mm2 (8WH3: 2.5 mm2), blank
8WH8 110-3AA05
terminal size 4 mm2 (8WH3: 2.5 mm2), with horizontal inscription
8WH8 121-3AB05
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
- 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
- 41 ... 50 (10×) B45
- 51 ... 60 (10×) B55
- 61 ... 70 (10×) B65
- 71 ... 80 (10×) B75
- 81 ... 90 (10×) B85
- 91 ... 100 (10×) C05
terminal size 4 mm2 (8WH3: 2.5 mm2), with vertical inscription
Versions
• Consecutive numbering
- 1 ... 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-3AB05 100 100 units 044
8WH8 141-3AB05
Labels, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm and 8WH8 111-3AA05 100 100 units 044
terminal size 4 mm2 (8WH3: 2.5 mm2), blank
8WH8 111-3AA05
19

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/17
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)

terminal size 6 mm2, with horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-4AB05
Versions
>>>
8WH8 120-4AA15 - 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
- 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
- 41 ... 50 (10×) B45
- 51 ... 60 (10×) B55
- 61 ... 70 (10×) B65
- 71 ... 80 (10×) B75
- 81 ... 90 (10×) B85
- 91 ... 100 (10×) C05
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE A15
terminal size 6 mm2, with vertical inscription
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
8WH8 140-4AB05
terminal size 6 mm2, blank
8WH8 110-4AA05
8WH8 121-4AB05 terminal size 6 mm2, with horizontal inscription
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
terminal size 6 mm2, with vertical inscription
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
Labels, flat, for terminal width 8.2 mm and 8WH8 111-4AA05 100 100 units 044
8WH8 111-4AA05 terminal size 6 mm2, blank
19

19/18 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

per (UNIT, P. unit
PU SET, M)
Labels, front, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm and terminal sizes

10 and 16 mm2, with horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-5AB05
Versions
>>>
8WH8 120-5AA15
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
8WH8 120-5AA25 - 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE A15
• U/V/W/N/grounding A25
Labels, front, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm and terminal sizes
10 and 16 mm2, with vertical inscription
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
- 31 ... 40 (10×) B35
8WH8 140-5AB05
Labels, front, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm and terminal sizes 8WH8 110-5AA05 100 100 units 044
10 and 16 mm2, blank
8WH8 110-5AA05
Labels, flat, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm and terminal sizes
8WH8 121-5AB05 10 and 16 mm2, with horizontal inscription
Versions
>>>
- 1 ... 10 (10×) B05
- 11 ... 20 (10×) B15
- 21 ... 30 (10×) B25
Labels, flat, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm and terminal sizes
10 and 16 mm2, with vertical inscription
Versions
• Consecutive numbering
- 1 ... 10 (10×) 8WH8 141-5AB05 100 100 units 044
8WH8 141-5AB05
Labels, flat, for terminal width 10 and 12 mm and terminal sizes 8WH8 111-5AA05 100 100 units 044
8WH8 111-5AA05 10 and 16 mm2, blank
Labels, front, for terminal width 16 mm and

terminal size 35 mm2, with horizontal inscription
8WH8 120-7AA15 Versions
• L1/L2/L3/N/PE 8WH8 120-7AA15 100 100 units 044
Labels, front, for terminal width 16 mm and 8WH8 140-7XA05 100 100 units 044
terminal size 35 mm2, with vertical custom inscription
Labels, front, for terminal width 16 mm and 8WH8 110-7AA05 100 100 units 044
8WH8 110-7AA05
Labels, flat, for terminal width 16 mm and 8WH8 111-7AA05 100 100 units 044
19

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/19
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories
Mounting accessories

SET,
M)
Lateral mounting test plugs

For individual assembly of test plug connectors
Versions
• For terminal width 4.2 mm and terminal size 1.5 mm2 1) 8WH9 010-0DB02 1 10 units 044
• For terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal size 2.5 mm2 1) 8WH9 010-0EB02 1 10 units 044
• For terminal width 6.2 mm and terminal size 6 mm2 1) 8WH9 010-0FB02 1 10 units 044
1)
Except 8WH3
8WH9 010-0DB02
Spacer plates
For skipping single terminals for individual test adapter assembly
Versions
• For terminal width 4.2 mm and terminal size 1.5 mm2 1) 8WH9 010-2AA02 1 10 units 044
8WH9 010-2AA02 • For terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal size 2.5 mm2 1) 8WH9 010-2BA02 1 10 units 044
• For terminal width 6.2 mm and terminal size 6 mm2 1) 8WH9 010-2CA02 1 10 units 044
1)
Except 8WH3
Terminal strip markers, for end retainers 8WH9 150-1CA00 1 100 units 044
• Height-adjustable
• For quick-fit end retainers
• Inscription possible with terminal strip marker or two labels, front,
for terminal width 10.2 mm
• Labeling field size: 20 x 8 mm
8WH9 150-1CA00
Test adapters 8WH9 010-0JB00 1 10 units 044
• For 4 mm ∅ PS test plugs and 4 mm ∅ safety test plugs
• Makes contact in the bridge slot
8WH9 010-0JB00
Quick-fit end retainers 8WH9 150-0CA00 1 50 units 044
For inscription with front labels, for terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal
strip markers
8WH9 150-0CA00
Screwdrivers
For actuating the tension spring
Versions
• 0.4 × 2.5 mm 8WH9 200-0AA00 1 10 units 044
• 0.6 × 3.5 mm 8WH9 200-0AB00 1 10 units 044
• 0.8 × 4.0 mm 8WH9 200-0AC00 1 10 units 044
• 1.0 × 5.5 mm 8WH9 200-0AD00 1 10 units 044
8WH9 200-0AA00
19

19/20 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

SET,
M)
Connecting combs
Versions Max. load
current
Imax
• For terminal width 5.2 mm and terminal size 2.5 mm2 24 A
(for 8WH3: 1.5 mm2)
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6BC10 1 50 units 044
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6BD10 1 50 units 044
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6BE10 1 50 units 044
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6BF10 1 50 units 044
8WH9 020-6AC10 - 10-pole 8WH9 020-6BL10 1 10 units 044
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6BS10 1 10 units 044
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6BT10 1 10 units 044
• For terminal width 6.2 mm and terminal size 4 mm2 32 A
(for 8WH3: 2.5 mm2)
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6CC10 1 50 units 044
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6CD10 1 50 units 044
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6CE10 1 50 units 044
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6CF10 1 50 units 044
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6CL10 1 10 units 044
- 20-pole 8WH9 020-6CS10 1 10 units 044
- 50-pole 8WH9 020-6CT10 1 10 units 044
• For terminal width 8.2 mm and terminal size 6 mm2 41 A
- 2-pole 8WH9 020-6DC10 1 10 units 044
- 3-pole 8WH9 020-6DD10 1 10 units 044
- 4-pole 8WH9 020-6DE10 1 10 units 044
- 5-pole 8WH9 020-6DF10 1 10 units 044
- 10-pole 8WH9 020-6DL10 1 10 units 044
19

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 19/21
© Siemens AG 2013

Accessories

SET,
M)
Plug-in zone connectors, for isolating terminals

Versions
• Isolating plugs 8WH9 040-0DB04 1 50 units 044
- Orange
8WH9 040-0DB04
• Through-type connectors 8WH9 020-8AB00 1 50 units 044

- Gray
- Imax: 16 A
8WH9 020-8AB00
• Fused connectors
- Black
- Imax: 6.3 A
- For inscription with labels, flat, for terminal width 6.2 mm
- G fuses 5 x 20 mm
Versions
- With LED display for 12 to 30 V, 1 ... 2.5 mA 8WH9 040-3AB08 1 10 units 044
- With LED display for 30 to 60 V, 0.8 ... 2.0 mA 8WH9 040-3BB08 1 10 units 044
- With LED display for 110 to 250 V, 0.5 ... 2.5 mA 8WH9 040-3CB08 1 10 units 044
- Without LED display 8WH9 040-3DB08 1 10 units 044
8WH9 040-3AB08 Note
• The G fuse holders must be selected according to the maximum power
loss (heat dissipation) of the G fuse links. Depending on the application
and method of installation, the heating conditions in closed fuse holders
must be tested.
• Higher ambient temperatures represent an additional load for the fuse
links. Hence in such cases of application it is necessary to allow in ad-
dition for adjustment of the rated current.
• Component connectors 8WH9 040-0BB00 1 10 units 044
- Imax: 6 A, depending on the power loss of the components, max. 1 W
for stand-alone arrangement
- For incscription with labels, flat, for terminal width 5.2 mm
8WH9 040-0BB00
• 6 × 6 mm and 10 × 3 mm
• Bare
Versions
• Rated uninterrupted current 32 A, for connection of up to 4 mm 2 8WA2 867 1 50 units 041
• Rated uninterrupted current 76 A, for connection of up to 25 mm 2 8WA2 868 1 50 units 041
8WA2 870
• 1,000 mm long
8WA2 842
19

19/22 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013
20
© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
20/2 Catalog notes
20/3 Ordering notes
20/5 UL notes
20/6 ATEX explosion protection
20/7 Further documentation
20/8 Quality management
20/9 Standards and approvals
20/15 Siemens contacts
20/16 Online services
20/18 Service & Support
20/19 Comprehensive support

from A to Z
20/20 Software licenses
20/22 Subject index
20/26 Order number index

incl. export markings
20/32 Conditions of sale and delivery
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Catalog notes
■ Overview
Trademarks
All product designations may be registered trademarks or prod-
uct names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by
third parties for their own purposes may violate the rights of the
owner.
Amendments
All technical data, dimensions and weights are subject to
change without notice unless otherwise specified on the pages
of this catalog.
Dimensions
All dimensions are in mm.
Images
The illustrations are not binding.
Technical data
The technical data in the catalog are for general information. The
instruction manuals and the operating instructions on the prod-
ucts must be observed during assembly, operation and mainte-
nance.
Further technical information is available at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
• under Product List:
- Technical specifications
• under Entry List:
- Updates
- Downloads
- FAQ
- Manuals
- Operating instructions
- Characteristic curves
- Certificates
Configurators can be found at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/configurators
Assembly, operation and maintenance
The instruction manuals and the operating instructions on the
products must be observed during assembly, operation and
maintenance.
20 20/2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Ordering notes
■ Logistics
General Packaging, packing units
With regard to delivery service, communications and environ- The packaging in which our equipment is dispatched provides
mental protection, our logistics service ensures "quality from the protection against dust and mechanical damage during trans-
moment of ordering right through to delivery". By designing our port, thus ensuring that all our products arrive in perfect condi-
infrastructure according to customer requirements and imple- tion.
menting electronic order processing, we have successfully opti-
mized our logistics processes. We select our packaging for maximum environmental compati-
bility and reusability (e. g. crumpled paper instead of polysty-
We are proud of our personal consulting service, on-time deliv- rene chips for protection during transport in packages up to
eries and 1-day transport within Germany. 32 kg) and, in particular, with a view to reducing waste.
To this end, we supply the preferred types marked with } ex With our multi-unit packaging and reusable packaging, we offer
works. you specific types of packaging that are both kind to the environ-
ment and tailored to your requirements:
We regard the ISO 9001 certification and consistent quality
checks as an integral part of our services. Your advantages at a glance:
Electronic order processing is fast, cost-efficient and error-free. • Lower order costs.
Please contact us if you want to benefit from these advantages. • Cost savings through uniform-type packaging: low/no dis-
posal costs.
• Reduced time and cost thanks to short unpacking times.
• "Just-in-time" delivery directly to the production line helps re-
duce stock: cost savings through reduction of storage area.
• Fast assembly thanks to supply in sets.
• Standard Euro boxes - corresponding to the Euro pallet
modular system - suitable for most conveyor systems.
• Active contribution to environmental protection.
Unless stated otherwise in the "Selection and ordering data" of

this catalog, our products are supplied individually packed.
For small parts/accessories, we offer you economical pack-
aging units as standard packs containing more than one
item, e. g. 5, 10, 50 or 100 units. It is essential that whole num-
ber multiples of these quantities be ordered to ensure satis-
factory quality of the products and problem-free order pro-
cessing.
The products are delivered in a neutral carton. The label in-
cludes warning notices, the CE mark, the open arrow recycling
symbol, and product description information in English and
German. In addition to the Order No. (MLFB) and the number of
items in the packaging, the Instr. Order No. is also specified for
the operating instructions. It can be obtained from your local
Siemens representative (you will find a list of your local Siemens
representatives at www.siemens.com/automation/partner).
The device Order No. of most devices can also be acquired
through the EAN barcode to simplify ordering and storage logis-
tics.
The Order Nos. and EAN codes are assigned electronically in
the master data of the products for low-voltage power distribu-
tion and electrical installation.
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/3 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Ordering notes
■ Overview
Ordering special versions Ordering very small quantities
When ordering products that differ from the standard versions When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order
listed in the catalog, "–Z" must be added to the Order No. indi- processing are greater than the order value. We therefore rec-
cated and the required features must be specified using alpha- ommend that you combine several small orders. Where this is
numeric order codes or plain text. not possible, we regret that we are obliged to make a small pro-
cessing charge: for orders with a net goods value of less than
€ 250 we charge an € 20 supplement to cover our order pro-
cessing and invoicing costs.
Explanations on the Selection and Ordering Data
Delivery time class (DT)
Preferred types are device types that can be delivered immediately ex works, i. e. they are dispatched
DT Meaning within 24 hours.
} Preferred type If ordered in normal quantities, the products are usually delivered within the specified delivery times, calcu-
lated from the date we receive your order.
A Two workdays
In exceptional cases, delivery times may vary from those specified.
B One week
The delivery times are valid ex works from Siemens AG (products ready for dispatch).
C Three weeks
Shipping times depend on the destination and the method of shipping. The standard shipping time for
D Six weeks
Germany is one day.
X On request
The specified delivery times are correct at the time of going to print and are subject to constant optimiza-
tion. Up-to-date information can be found at www.siemens.com/industrymall.
Price units (PU)
The price unit defines the number of units, sets or meters to which the specified price and weight apply.
PS/P. unit (packaging size/packaging unit)
The packaging size / packaging unit defines the number, e. g. of units, sets or meters, for outer packaging.
• The first digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) indicates the minimum order quantity. You can only order this
specified quantity or a multiple thereof.
• The second digit in the PS/P. unit column (packaging size/packaging unit) specifies the number of units contained in larger packaging
(e. g. in a carton). You must order this quantity or a multiple thereof if you want the item to be delivered in a larger packaging quantity.
Examples:
PS/P. unit Meaning

1 unit You can order one item or a multiple thereof.
5 units For example, five units are packed in a bag. Because the bags cannot be opened, you can only order a multiple of
the quantity contained in the bag: 5, 10, 15, 20 etc.
5/100 units One carton contains (for example) 20 bags, each containing 5 units, i. e. a total of 100 units. If only cartons are avail-
able for delivery, you need to order a multiple of the carton quantity: 100, 200, 300, etc.
Ordering a quantity of 220 units, would result in the following delivery: two cartons, each containing 100 units
(= 200 units) and 4 bags, each containing 5 units (= 20 units).
1 set A set comprises a defined number of different parts.
Price groups (PG)
Each product is allocated to a price group.
Weight
The defined weight is the net weight in kg and refers to the price unit (PU).
Examples
DT Order No. Price PU PS/ PG DT Order No. Price PU PS/ PG
per PU (UNIT, P. unit per PU (UNIT, P. unit
SET, M) SET, M)
} 8PQ4 000-1BA13 1 1/10 units 155 } 8GB4 378 1 1 set* 032
DT: Preferred type DT: Preferred type

PU: One unit (on which price is based) PU: One set* (on which price is based)
PS/P. unit: 1 = minimum order quantity / 10 = quantity per PS/P. unit: The minimum order quantity is one set*
carton PG: 032
PG: 155 * The selection and ordering data specify the parts that make
up a set.
20 20/4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
UL notes
■ Low-voltage power distribution and electrical installations technology.

The secrets of UL. You have our support.
Our products for low-voltage power distribution and electrical in-
stallation are designed not only for the IEC market. Numerous
devices have both UL and IEC approval. This makes it easier for
manufacturers of switchgear and controlgear assemblies to en-
ter the North American market.
Exports to North America require special approvals which differ
from the IEC directives. On the IEC market, directives define only
the essential functions of a system. The technical details are not
listed. By contrast, directives on the American market go into the
details of how to carry out the installation work etc.
For OEMs and machine manufacturers it is important to know the
main differences between the two technical worlds and to work
together respectively with manufacturers and suppliers who In addition to looking in this catalog you should also check out
have the right products and know-how. our Catalog LV 16 "Switching Devices and Components for Ap-
Siemens is a strong partner in this case. Our know-how extends plications according to UL" for UL-specific products:
from the production of UL-approved devices to the wiring of con- • SIRIUS 3RV17 and 3RV18 Circuit Breakers
trol cabinets according to UL regulations. • SENTRON protection, switching, measuring and monitoring
These UL requirements are already taken into account when de- devices
signing our devices for low-voltage power distribution and elec- • ALPHA 8HP molded-plastic distribution systems
trical installation. They are developed not only for the IEC market • ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
but also for the UL market.
Take a look at our range of products and convince yourself. Or
We have been working with UL (Underwriters Laboratories simply click on
Inc.®), the leading technical certification company in the USA,
since 1969. We are also glad to share our knowledge with you in www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/ul-europa
the form of training courses.
Here, you will find information on for example UL standards,
With our UL-certified products for low-voltage power distribution UL classification and a number of technical particularities of UL.
and electrical installation you are on the safe side and can build
control cabinets according to UL standard easily and quickly. Under "UL Overview/Standards and Approvals" we provide a
summary of the available products and product groups. A table
This catalog contains UL-certified devices and systems from the lists the UL standards to which the products conform and con-
SENTRON and ALPHA product families. tains links to the corresponding UL reports.
Under "Portfolio" we round off with a list of our most relevant
products for low-voltage power distribution and electrical instal-
lation as well as for low-voltage controls (including links to the re-
spective Internet product pages).
Simply click on the navigation bar and go on a UL discovery
tour!
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/5 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
ATEX explosion protection
■ Overview
In many industries the production, processing, transport and In this catalog, special attention is drawn to devices which com-
storage of combustible substances are accompanied by escap- ply with the ATEX Directive. However, it does not replace inten-
ing gases, vapor or spray which find their way into the environ- sive study of the relevant fundamentals and directives when
ment. Other processes result in combustible dust. Together with planning and installing electrical systems.
the oxygen in the air, the result can be an explosive atmosphere
which will explode if ignited.
Serious injury to persons and damage to property can result par-
ticularly in the chemical and petrochemical industry, mineral oil
and natural gas production, mining, mills (e. g. grain, solid ma-
terials) and many other sectors.
To guarantee the maximum possible safety in these areas, the
legislators of most countries have drawn up requirements in the
form of laws, regulations and standards. In the course of global-
ization, great progress has been made with regard to uniform di-
rectives for explosion protection.
With Directive 94/9/EC, the European Union laid the foundations
for complete harmonization by requiring that all new devices as
from 1st July 2003 have to be approved in accordance with this
directive.
20 20/6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Further documentation
■ Overview
We regard product support as just as important as the products
and systems themselves.
Visit our site on the Internet for a comprehensive offering of sup-
port for low-voltage power distribution and electrical installation
products, such as
• Operating instructions and manuals for direct download
• Online registration for seminars and events
• Up-to-date answers to your queries and problems
• Software upgrades and updates for fast download
• Telephone assistance in more than 190 countries
• Photos and graphics for external use
and much more - all conveniently and easily accessible.
Address:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
You will find regularly updated information material such as

catalogues, customer magazines, brochures and trial versions
of software for low-voltage power distribution and electrical in-
stallation on the Internet at:
Here, you can order your copy of the available documentation or
download it in common file formats (PDF, ZIP).
For your configuration systems we can provide technical and

graphic data in electronic form for the range of low-voltage
power distribution and electrical installation products:
CAx online generator
For the further processing of low-voltage power distribution and
electrical installation products in CAE/CAD systems the online
generator provides:
• Technical product master data in CSV and Excel format
• Graphic product data
- 2D dimensional drawings in DXF format
(other formats optional)
- 3D models in STEP format
- Internal circuit diagrams
- EPLAN electric P 8 macros
• Documentation in the form of PDF files
- Product data sheets
- Manuals
- Operating instructions
- Characteristic curves
- Certificates
• Product photos
• Texts for tenders in GAEB and Text format.
www.siemens.com/cax
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/7 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Quality management
■ Overview
The quality management system of our IC LMV LV Business Unit Certificates
complies with the international standard ISO 9001.
Information on the certificates available (CE, UL, CSA, FM, ship-
The products and systems listed in this catalog are marketed ping authorizations) for low-voltage power distribution and elec-
using a VDE-approved quality management system according trical installation products can be found on the Internet at:
to ISO 9001.
VDE certificate In the Entry List you can use the certificate type (general product
Siemens AG approval, explosion protection, test certificates, shipbuilding,...)
Infrastructure & Cities Sector as a filter criterion.
Low and Medium Voltage Division
Low Voltage
Reg. No.: 40017/QM/03.06
20 20/8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Standards and approvals
■ Overview
Approvals, test certificates, characteristic curves
An overview of the certificates available for low-voltage power
distribution and electrical installation products along with more
technical documentation can be consulted daily on the Internet
at:
Product support: Approvals / Certificates Product support: Characteristic curves

Product standards (excerpt)
IEC EN DIN VDE Title
60044-1 60044-1 -- Instrument Transformers - Part 1: Current Transformers
60050-441 -- -- International Electrotechnical Vocabulary. Switchgear, controlgear and fuses
60076-11 60076-11 -- Power transformers - Part 11: Dry-type transformers
60079-14 60079-14 -- Explosive atmospheres - Part 14: Electrical installations design, selection and erection
60079-2 60079-2 -- Explosive atmospheres - Part 2: Equipment protection by pressurized enclosures "p"
60204-1 60204-1 -- Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines - Part 1: General requirements
-- Low-voltage fuses
60269-1 60269-1 • Part 1: General requirements
60269-4 60269-4 -- • Part 4: Supplementary requirements for fuse-links for the protection of semiconductor devices
-- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies
60439-1 60439-1 • Part 1: Type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies
60439-3 60439-3 -- • Part 3: Particular requirements for low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies intended to be installed in
places where unskilled persons have access for their use - Distribution boards
60664-1 60664-1 -- Insulation coordination for equipment within low-voltage systems - Part 1: Principles, requirements and tests
-- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear
60947-1 60947-1 • Part 1: General rules
60947-2 60947-2 -- • Part 2: Circuit-breakers
60947-3 60947-3 -- • Part 3: Switches, disconnectors, switch-disconnectors and fuse-combination units
60947-4-1 60947-4-1 -- • Part 4-1: Contactors and motor-starters - Electromechanical contactors and motor-starters
60947-4-2 60947-4-2 -- • Part 4-2: Contactors and motor-starters - AC semiconductor motor controllers and starters
60947-4-3 60947-4-3 -- • Part 4-3: Contactors and motor-starters - AC semiconductor controllers and contactors for non-motor loads
60947-5-1 60947-5-1 -- • Part 5-1: Control circuit devices and switching elements - Electromechanical control circuit devices
60947-5-2 60947-5-2 -- • Part 5-2: Control circuit devices and switching elements - Proximity switches
60947-5-3 60947-5-3 -- • Part 5-3: Control circuit devices and switching elements - Requirements for proximity devices with defined behaviour
under fault conditions
60947-5-5 60947-5-5 -- • Part 5-5: Control circuit devices and switching elements - Electrical emergency stop device with mechanical latching
function
60947-5-6 60947-5-6 -- • Part 5-6: Control circuit devices and switching elements - DC interface for proximity sensors and switching amplifiers
(NAMUR)
60947-5-7 60947-5-7 -- • Part 5-7: Control circuit devices and switching elements - Requirements for proximity devices with analogue output
60947-5-8 60947-5-8 -- • Part 5-8: Control circuit devices and switching elements - Three-position enabling switches
60947-5-9 60947-5-9 -- • Part 5-9: Control circuit devices and switching elements - Flow rate switches
60947-6-1 60947-6-1 -- • Part 6-1: Multiple function equipment - Transfer switching equipment
60947-6-2 60947-6-2 -- • Part 6-2: Multiple function equipment - Control and protective switching devices (or equipment) (CPS)
60947-7-1 60947-7-1 -- • Part 7-1: Ancillary equipment - Terminal blocks for copper conductors
60947-7-2 60947-7-2 -- • Part 7-2: Ancillary equipment - Protective conductor terminal blocks for copper conductors
60947-7-3 60947-7-3 -- • Part 7-3: Ancillary equipment - Safety requirements for fuse terminal blocks
60947-8 60947-8 -- • Part 8: Control units for built-in thermal protection (PTC) for rotating electrical machines
60999-1 60999-1 -- Connecting devices - Electrical copper conductors - Safety requirements for screw-type and screwless-type
clamping units - Part 1: General requirements and particular requirements for clamping units for conductors
from 0.2 mm2 up to 35 mm2 (included)
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/9 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
IEC EN DIN VDE Title

-- Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
61000-4-1 61000-4-1 • Part 4-1: Testing and measurement techniques - Overview of IEC 61000-4 series
61000-6-3 61000-6-3 -- • Part 6-3: Generic standards - Emission standard for residential, commercial and light-industrial environments
61000-6-4 61000-6-4 -- • Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments
61140 61140 -- Protection against electric shock - Common aspects for installation and equipment
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies
61439-1 61439-1 0660-600-1 • Part 1: General rules
61439-2 61439-2 0660-600-2 • Part 2: Power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
Safety of power transformers, power supplies, reactors and similar products
61558-1 61558-1 0570-11) • Part 1: General requirements and tests
61558-2-1 61558-2-1 0570-2-11) • Part 2-1: Particular requirements and tests for separating transformers and power supplies incorporating separating
transformers for general applications
1)
61558-2-2 61558-2-2 0570-2-2 • Part 2-2: Particular requirements and tests for control transformers and power supplies incorporating control
transformers
61558-2-4 61558-2-4 0570-2-41) • Part 2-4: Particular requirements and tests for isolating transformers and power supply units incorporating isolating
transformers
61558-2-6 61558-2-6 0570-2-61) • Part 2-6: Particular requirements and tests for safety isolating transformers and power supply units incorporating
safety isolating transformers
61558-2-9 61558-2-9 0570-2-91) • Part 2-9: Particular requirements and tests for transformers and power supply units for class III handlamps for
tungsten filament lamps
61558-2-12 61558-2-12 0570-2-121) • Part 2-12: Particular requirements and tests for constant voltage transformers and power supply units for constant
voltage
61558-2-13 61558-2-13 0570-2-131) • Part 2-13: Particular requirements and tests for auto transformers and power supply units incorporating auto
transformers
61558-2-15 61558-2-15 0570-2-151) • Part 2-15: Particular requirements and tests for isolating transformers for the supply of medical locations
61558-2-20 61558-2-20 0570-2-201) • Part 2-20: Particular requirements and tests for small reactors
61641 -- -- Enclosed low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies - Guide for testing under conditions of arcing due to
internal fault
61810-1 61810-1 -- Electromechanical elementary relays - Part 1: General requirements
61812-1 61812-1 -- Time relays for industrial and residential use - Part 1: Requirements and tests
62026-2 50295 -- Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Controller-device interfaces (CDIs) - Part 2: Actuator sensor interface (AS-i)
62041 62041 0570-101) Safety of transformers, reactors, power supply units and combinations thereof - EMC requirements
-- 50178 -- Equipment of electrical power installations with electronic equipment
-- 50274 -- Low-voltage switchgear assemblies - Protection from electric shock - Protection from accidental touching of
dangerous active parts
-- -- 0552 Standards for variable-ratio transformers with moving contacts perpendicular to the coiling direction
1)
VDE classification.
UL CSA C22.2 ASME JIS Title

506 -- -- -- Specialty transformers
508 -- -- -- Industrial control equipment
489 -- -- -- Molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures
1012 -- -- -- Power units other than CLASS 2
1561 -- -- -- Dry-type general purpose and power transformers
5085 -- -- -- Low-voltage transformers
60601-1 -- -- -- Medical electrical equipment, Part 1: General requirements for safety (IEC 60601, EN 60601,
VDE 0750-1)
1604 -- -- -- Electrical equipment for use in CLASS I and II, Division 2 and CLASS III hazardous (Classified) locations
1059 -- -- -- Terminal blocks
486A-486B -- -- -- Wire connectors
486E -- -- -- Equipment wiring terminals for use with aluminum and/or copper conductors
50 -- -- -- Enclosures for electrical equipment. Non-environmental considerations
-- No. 66 -- -- Specialty transformers
-- No. 14 -- -- Industrial control equipment
-- No. 5 -- -- Molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures
-- No. 107-1 -- -- General use power supplies
-- -- A17.5 / B 44.1 -- Elevator and escalator electrical equipment
-- -- -- C 8201-4-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear; Contactors and motor-starters
■ Approval requirements valid in different countries

Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed, In some cases, CSA for Canada and UL for the USA only ap-
manufactured and tested according to the relevant German prove special switchgear versions. Such special versions are
standards (DIN and VDE), IEC publications and European stan- listed separately from the standard versions in the individual
dards (EN) as well as CSA and UL standards. The standards as- parts of this catalog.
signed to the single devices are stated in the relevant parts of
this catalog. For this equipment, partial limitations of the maximum permissi-
ble voltages, currents and rated outputs can be imposed, or
As far as is economically viable, in addition to the pertinent VDE, special approval and, in some cases, special identification is
EN and IEC standards, the requirements of the various regula- required.
tions valid in other countries are also taken into account in the
design of the equipment. For use on board ship, the specifications of the marine classifica-
tion societies must be observed (see table below). In some cases,
In some countries (see table below), an approval is required for they require type tests of the components to be approved.
certain low-voltage switchgear and controlgear components.
Depending on the market requirements, these devices have The present state of approval is shown in the "Type overview of
been submitted for approval to the authorized testing institutes. approved devices" tables on page 20/12.
20 20/10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
■ Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements

Canada 1) USA 1) China
Government-appointed or private, officially recog- CSA UL UL CQC
nized testing bodies (USA)
Approval symbol s c u cU u U
c UUS c UUS
c uUS c uUS
Approval requirements + + +
Remarks UL and CSA are authorized to grant approvals according to Canadian CCC
or US regulations. Please note: These approvals are frequently not rec-
ognized and additional approval often has to be obtained from the
national testing authority.
1)
For more information about UL and CSA see 20/11. For guide numbers and file numbers for the approvals, visit our website at
■ Marine classification societies

Germany United France Norway CIS Italy Poland USA
Kingdom
Name Germanischer Lloyds Bureau Det Norske Russian Registro Polski American
Lloyd Register of Veritas Veritas Maritime Italiano Rejestre Bureau of
Shipping Register of Navale Statków Shipping
Shipping
Codes GL LRS BV DNV RMRS RINA PRS ABS
■ CE marking
Manufacturers of products which fall within the scope of EC di- All the products in this catalog are in conformance with the EC
rectives must identify their products, operating instructions or directives and bear the CE mark.
packaging with a CE mark. • Low-voltage directive
The CE mark confirms that a product fulfills the appropriate ba- • EMC directive
sic requirements of all pertinent directives. The mark is a manda- • Machinery directive
tory requirement for putting products into circulation throughout
the EC. • Ex protection directive
The CE mark of conformity: >.
■ Accident prevention
Test certificates and approvals from the BIA (German statutory
industrial accident insurance institution in Bonn) and from SUVA
(Swiss institute for accident prevention) are available for some
devices in safety control systems. For details, see the respective
product descriptions.
■ Special standards, for example the USA and Canada

In the USA and Canada, for machine tools and processing ma- The abbreviations are harmonized with IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix
chines in particular, supply lines are laid using rubber insulated 1 Table A.1 and correspond to the stated utilization categories.
cable enclosed in heavy-duty steel piping similar to that used for
gas or water pipe systems. For various switching devices detailed in the catalog, a note has
been included to the effect that, above a certain voltage, the
The tubing system must be completely watertight and electri- auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts can only be used if they
cally conductive (especially sleeving and elbows). Since the have the same polarity. This means that the input terminals can
tubing system can also be grounded, the cable entries of en- only be connected to the same pole of the control voltage, e. g.
closed units equipped with heavy-gauge or metric threads must "600 V AC above 300 V AC same polarity".
be fitted with metal adapters between these threads and the
tube thread. The necessary adapters are specified for the
switchgear as accessories; they should be ordered separately
unless otherwise specified.
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for auxiliary circuits
(e.g. contactor relays, commanding and signaling devices and
auxiliary switches/auxiliary contacts in general) are generally
only approved by CSA and UL for "Heavy Duty" or "Standard
Duty" and are identified either with these specifications in addi-
tion to the maximum permissible voltage or by using an abbrevi-
ation.
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/11 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix

Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada)
Recognized Component Listed Product
Devices are identified on the rating plate Devices are identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating plate
using the "UL recognition mark": e. g. USA: u LISTED 165 C Canada: cu LISTED 165 C
USA: U, cUUS IND. CONT. EQ. IND. CONT. EQ.
Canada: cU, cUUS (165 C stands for: Siemens, I IA CD Division, Amberg plant)
Devices are approved as modules for "factory wiring", i. e.: Devices are approved for "field wiring", i. e.:
as devices for installation in control systems, which are selected, installed, • As devices for installation in control systems, which are completely wired by
wired and tested entirely by trained personnel in factories, workshops or trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere.
elsewhere, according to the operating conditions.
• As single devices for sale in retail outlets in the USA/Canada.
If devices are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved as U or cU "recognized components".
For more information about UL and CSA see 20/10.
■ Special standards, for example Russia, Australia and China

GOST approval for Russia CCC approval
Since August 1, 2003, CCC approval is required for many prod-

ucts that are marketed in China.
A GOST approval is required for all products that are to be sold
in Russia. The GOST mark has been obligatory on the packag-
ing of all devices since mid-1998.
All devices delivered to any part of the Russian Federation must
have this customs certification.
C-Tick approval for Australia
The C-Tick approval is required for marketing Siemens devices

in Australia. Electronic devices must provide proof of EMC clear-
ance in Australia, similar to the CE mark of conformity laid down
by the EMC directive applicable in the EC and bear the "C-Tick"
mark. These requirements have been in force since October 1st,
1999.
■ Type overview of approved devices

Chapter 18 · ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution Systems
Type Approvals Marine classifications
Canada USA China Russia Ger- United France Norway CIS Italy Poland USA
1) 2) 1) 1)
many Kingdom
s cUUS u cUUS U CCC GOST GL LRS BV DNV RMRS RINA PRS ABS
Distribution systems
8HP20 -- -- + -- -- -- + -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
+ Standard version approved. Further certifications and approvals available on request.
-- Not yet submitted for approval.
1)
For guide numbers and file numbers for approvals, please visit
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support and select "Product Support".
2)
cu and cU approvals are available in accordance with
US approval.
Chapter 19 · 8WH6 iPo installation terminals

Type Approvals Marine classifications
Canada USA China Czech Slova- Po- Hun- Germany United France Norway CIS Italy Poland USA
Re- kia land gary Kingdom
public
s cUUS u cuUS U CCC EZU SKTC SEP MEEI GL LRS BV DNV RMRS RINA PRS ABS
Terminal blocks
8WH www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
20 20/12 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
■ Special standards in different countries

Argentina GOST approval for Russia
In Argentina, the approval requirements are based on Resolution A GOST approval is required for all products
92/98. Since April 1st, 2001, circuit breakers and RCCBs require that are to be sold in Russia. The GOST mark
approval. has been obligatory on the packaging of all
devices since mid-1998.
Since April 1st, 2002, protective switches up to In = 63 A and
Umax = 440 V require approval and must bear a mark of confor- All devices delivered to any part of the Russian
mity. Federation must have this customs certification.
CCC approval for China South Africa
A003617 In South Africa there are approval requirements for circuit break-
ers and busbar trunking systems. Such equipment must bear a
Since August 1, 2003, CCC approval is required conformity mark.
for all products that are marketed in China.
Romania
In Romania, components which are used in public buildings
must be approved by the Romanian testing authority ICECON.
■ Country-specific approvals
Canada USA Romania Russia1), Turkey Ukraine China South Africa
CIS
CSA UL ICECON GOST-R TSE Ukraine- CCC SABS
GOST
Busbar trunking systems
CD-K system -- -- -- + -- + On request --
BD01 system -- -- -- + -- + On request --
BD2 system -- -- -- + -- + On request --
LD system -- -- -- + -- + + --
LX system -- -- -- + -- + -- --
LR system -- -- -- + -- + -- --
+ = certified or licensed
1)
In Russia, the BD2, LD and LX systems also passed the fire barrier test
(Poshtest).
■ Approvals issued by marine classification societies

Germany France United Italy Norway Poland Russia, CIS USA
Kingdom
Germa- Bureau Lloyds Registro Det Norske Polski Russian American
nischer Veritas Register of Italiano Veritas Rejestre Maritime Bureau of
Lloyd Shipping Navale Statków Register of Shipping
Shipping
GL BV LRS RINA DNV PRS RMRS ABS
Busbar trunking systems
CD-K system -- -- -- -- On request -- -- --
BD01 system -- + + -- + -- -- --
BD2 system -- + + -- + -- -- --
LD system -- + + -- + -- -- --
LX system -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
LR system -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
+ = certified or licensed
You can find more information about standards and approvals at
If you have any questions concerning UL/CSA approvals, con-
tact Technical Support, Tel.: +49 (911) 8957222.
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/13 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix

ALPHA distribution boards
Our ALPHA distribution boards and components are series pro- The ALPHA distribution boards comply with standards
duced. Regular type tests and routine tests, by both internal and EN 60439-1 (VDE 0660-500) and EN 60439-3 (VDE 0660-504).
external testing laboratories, ensure uniform quality and the Our distribution boards are also tested according to the new
highest technical standards. Our product spectrum ranges from standard IEC 61439-1 and -2 and certified accordingly with type
small distribution boards with max. 63 A through to distribution verification.
boards with max. 1,250 A busbar load capacity.
You can find more information about approvals and certificates

at www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
VDE EN DIN IEC

ALPHA distribution boards
ALPHA 1601) DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 60439-1/-3 -- IEC 60439-1/-3
ALPHA 400 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 61439-1/-2 -- IEC 61439-1/-2
ALPHA 630 DIN VDE 0660-500/504 EN 61439-1/-2 -- IEC 61439-1/-2
ALPHA small distribution boards
SIMBOX XL flush-mounting and hollow-wall distribu- DIN VDE 0603-1 -- -- --
tion boards
SIMBOX XL surface-mounting distribution boards DIN VDE 0603-1 -- -- --
IP30
SIMBOX WP surface-mounting distribution boards -- EN 60439-1/-3 IEC 60439-1/-3
IP65
ALPHA 8HP molded-plastic distribution systems
ALPHA 8HP molded-plastic distribution systems DIN VDE 0660-500 EN 60439-1 -- IEC 60439-1
ALPHA modular distribution boards
ALPHA AS modular distribution boards DIN VDE 0660-500/504 TSK certificate according -- Type verification accord-
to EN 60439-1/-3 ing to IEC 61439-1/-2
1) EN 60439-3 only applies to modular installation devices acc. to EN 43880.
20 20/14 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Siemens contacts
■ Contact partners at Siemens Industry

At Siemens Industry, more than 85 000 people are resolutely
pursuing the same goal:
long-term improvement of your competitive ability.
We are committed to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we
continue to set new standards. In all industries – worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Siemens
Industry range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting a
• Product group,
• Country,
• City,
• Service.
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/15 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD
■ Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology on the WWW

Siemens low-voltage power distribution and electrical installa-
tion technology offers switchboards, busbar trunking systems,
distribution boards as well as protection, switching, measuring
and monitoring devices, building management systems,
switches and socket outlets. The consistency, modularity and
intelligence of our components and systems offer you numerous
advantages – throughout their service life and wherever you are
in the world. We deliver trendsetting designs and innovative
functions in unique quality, developed in accordance with the
applicable international standards.
Comprehensive information about all products and systems as
well as service and support is available in a compact and clear
format on the Internet at:
■ Product selection using the interactive catalog CA 01 of Industry

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Auto-
mation and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found on the
Internet under
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.
■ Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall

The Industry Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG
on the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of pro-
ducts presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and at-
tractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the Industry Mall on the Internet under:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
20 20/16 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Online Services
Social Media
Mobile Media
■ Social Media
Connect with Siemens through social media: visit our social net-
working sites for a wealth of useful information, demos on prod-
ucts and services, the opportunity to provide feedback, to ex-
change information and ideas with customers and other
Siemens employees, and much, much more. Stay in the know
and follow us on the ever-expanding global network of social
media.
Connect with Siemens Industry at our central access point:
www.siemens.com/industry/socialmedia
Or via our product pages at:
www.siemens.com/automation
or
www.siemens.com/drives
To find out more about Siemens' current social media activities
visit us at:
www.siemens.com/socialmedia
■ Mobile Media
We are also constantly expanding our offering of cross-platform
apps for smartphones and tablets. You will find the current Sie-
mens apps at your app store.
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/17 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle
Our Service & Support are available worldwide to help you with
Technical
every aspect of Siemens Building and Automation Technologies.
Training
Consulting Tec
We offer on-site support for every phase of the life cycle of your
t
pp or Sup hnical buildings and plants in more than 100 countries.
e Su por t
Onlin
Every step of the way, you have access to an experienced team
r ts
Fie vice
Pa
Service Engineering of specialists and their combined expertise. Thanks to regular
Se
ld
Programs Support
e
r
training and the close cooperation of key employees around the
ar
Sp
globe, we are able to offer reliable services for a huge range of
options.
Modernization Optimization
Services Services
■ Online support ■ Field Service

Our comprehensive online infor- Siemens Field Service offers
mation platform covers every support with all aspects of com-
aspect of our Service & Support missioning and maintenance –
and is available whenever, so that the availability of your
wherever. machines and plants is assured
whatever the case.
support www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/
technical-support
■ Technical support ■ Spare parts

The competent consulting serv- Plants and systems in all sectors
ice for technical issues with a worldwide are expected to meet
broad range of customer-orient- ever higher levels of availability.
ed services for all our products We can help you rule out unex-
and systems. pected stoppages with a global
network and optimum logistics
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/ chains.
technical-support
technical-support
■ Training ■ Specification texts

Extend your lead – with practise- You can obtain qualified, free support to help you produce
related know-how straight from specifications for technically equipping non-residential and
the manufacturer. industrial buildings at
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/ www.siemens.com/specifications
training
20 20/18 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Comprehensive support from A to Z
■ Overview
Product information
Website Fast, targeted information on low-voltage power
distribution:
Newsletter Always up to date about our trend-setting products

and systems:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/newsletter
Product information/product & system selection

Information and Current catalogs, customer magazines, brochures,
Download Center demo software and promotion packages:
Industry Mall Comprehensive information and order platform for

the Siemens Industry Basket:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/mall
Product & system engineering

SIMARIS Support in planning and configuration the electrical
software tools power distribution:
www.siemens.com/simaris
ALPHA SELECT Simple and fast configuration for distribution boards

engineering software and metre cabinets with products from the Siemens
Industry Basket:
www.siemens.com/alpha-select
Product documentation
Service & Support Comprehensive technical information - from planning
portal to configuration and operation:
CAx Data Collation of commercial and technical master pro-

duct data:
www.siemens.com/cax
Image database Collection of product photographs and graphics,

such as dimensional drawings and internal circuit
diagrams:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/bilddb
Product training
SITRAIN portal Comprehensive training program about our pro-
ducts, systems and engineering tools:
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/training
Product hotline
Technical Support Support for all technical queries about our products:
E-mail: [email protected]
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/technical-support
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/19 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Software Licenses
■ Overview
Software types Rental floating license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The rental floating license corresponds to the rental license,
The following software types have been defined: except that a license is not required for each installation of the
• Engineering software software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
• Runtime software
Trial license
Engineering software
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz- It can be transferred to another license.
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable Demo license
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- The demo license support the "sporadic use" of engineering soft-
parties free-of-charge. ware in a non-productive context, for example, use for testing
and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another
Runtime software license. After the installation of the license key, the software can
This includes all software products required for plant/machine be operated for a specific period of time, whereby usage can be
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- interrupted as often as required.
sions, drivers, etc. One license is required per installation of the software.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for Demo floating license
use by third-parties is subject to a charge. The demo floating license corresponds to the demo license,
You can find information about license fees according to use in except that a license is not required for each installation of the
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, user or device).
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. Certificate of license (CoL)
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza- The CoL is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with use and must be kept in a safe place.
the relevant product(s).
Downgrading
License types
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers vari- sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
ous types of software license: such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
• Floating license
Delivery versions
• Single license
Software is constantly being updated.
• Rental license The following delivery versions
• Rental floating license • PowerPack
• Trial license • Upgrade
• Demo license can be used to access updates.
• Demo floating license Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
Floating license PowerPack
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
begins when the software is started. with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
A license is required for each concurrent user. ware is licensed.
Single license A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software per license. Upgrade
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
example per instance, per axis, per channel, etc. is already held.
One single license is required for each type of use defined. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
Rental license product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software of the software to be upgraded.
can be used for a specific period of time (the operating hours do
not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
20 20/20 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Software Licenses
ServicePack Software Update Service (SUS)
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. As part of the SUS contract, all software updates for the respec-
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord- tive product are made available to you free of charge for a period
ing to the number of existing original licenses. of one year from the invoice date. The contract will automatically
be extended for one year if it is not canceled three months
License key before it expires.
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies The possession of the current version of the respective software
software products with and without license keys. is a basic condition for entering into an SUS contract.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, You can download explanations concerning license conditions from
rental license, etc.). www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
The complete installation of software products requiring license terms_of_trade_en.pdf
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/21 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Subject index
■ Overview
A Cable space cover ................................................................................. 18/44
• Complete ............................................................................................ 18/46
Accessories
• 8WH ....................................................................................................19/15 Cabling boxes ........................................................................................ 15/72
• For meter enclosures ..........................................................................18/21 Ceiling mounting .................................................................................... 15/71
Actuating flaps ........................................................................................18/12 Center feeder units ...................................................................... 15/59, 15/60
Adapter enclosure ..................................................................................15/75 Changeover switches and parallel switches .......................................... 18/26
Adapter plates ........................................................................................15/75 Circuit diagram pocket ............................................ 17.3/25, 17.4/20, 17.5/18
Air conditioners/cooling devices Circulator conductors
• Cooling devices for door or side mounting ........................................16/13 • Terminal blocks ............................................................................... 17.3/27
• Cooling devices for roof mounting .....................................................16/13 Coding
Air circuit breakers 3WL • BD01 system ...................................................................................... 15/30
• Sample configurations ........................................................................14/12 • CD-K system ...................................................................................... 15/15
Air-conditioning .........................................................................................16/8 Compact lights for 8MF ............................................................................ 16/6
ALPHA 8HP molded-plastic distribution systems .....................................18/2 Connecting brackets .............................................................................. 18/45
ALPHA assembly tools ..........................................................17.2/13, 17.3/28 Connecting combs ................................................................................. 19/21
ALPHA FIX PRINT Connecting flanges ................................................................................ 18/37
• Printer labeling system .......................................................................19/15 Connecting kit
ALPHA FIX terminal blocks • IP43 / IP55 ........................................................... 17.3/28, 17.4/23, 17.5/21
• 8WH accessories ...............................................................................19/15 Connecting kits ....................................................................................... 18/16
• 8WH iPo installation terminals ..............................................................19/2 Connection points
Ancillary equipment units • BD01 system ...................................................................................... 15/28
• BD01 system ........................................................................15/26 ... 15/27 • BD2 system ........................................................................................ 15/74
• BD2 system ........................................................................................15/70 • CD-K system ...................................................................................... 15/15
Assembly kit Corner cover ........................................................................................... 18/47
• For bus-mounting fuse bases ..............................17.3/23, 17.4/17, 17.5/15 Corner profile .......................................................................................... 18/46
• For horizontal terminal blocks .................17.2/9, 17.3/18, 17.4/11, 17.5/10 Cover profile ........................................................................................... 18/31
• For in-line fuse switch disconnectors ................................17.4/16, 17.5/14 Covers ......................................................... 18/16, 17.1/12, 19/5, 19/9, 19/14
• For LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors .17.3/21, 17.4/14, 17.5/12, 17.5/13 • 3NP1 123... size 000 . 17.3/21, 17.3/24, 17.4/21, 17.5/12, 17.5/13, 17.5/17
• For meter mounting .............................................17.3/22, 17.4/15, 17.5/16 • For screw terminals ................................................................... 19/7, 19/11
• For modular installation devices ................17.2/8, 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 • Non-transparent ................................................................................. 18/10
• For SR60 busbar system, 60 mm ........................17.3/23, 17.4/17, 17.5/15 Crossbeams ........................................................................................ 17.5/19
• For unequipped distribution boards ...........17.2/8, 17.3/16, 17.4/7, 17.4/9, Cu busbars .............................................................. 17.3/26, 17.4/22, 17.5/20
..................................................................................17.4/11, 17.5/7, 17.5/9 Cubicle air-conditioning ................................................................ 16/8, 16/15
• For unequipped panels ...........................17.2/9, 17.3/19, 17.4/12, 17.5/11
Cubicle lighting for 8MF ........................................................................... 16/6
• For unequipped panels with deep-drawn cover,
40 mm...................................................................17.3/19, 17.4/13, 17.5/11 Cubicle systems 8MF ............................................................................... 16/2
• For vertical terminal blocks .................................17.3/18, 17.4/12, 17.5/10 D
• For VL circuit breakers ......................................................17.3/22, 17.5/13
DIAZED fuse enclosures ........................................................................ 18/15
• For VL/VF circuit breakers ...............................................................17.4/15
DIAZED/NEOZED ................................................................................... 18/14
• With mounting plates ...............................17.2/9, 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12
DIAZED/NEOZED screw-in fuse links
Assembly kit front covers
• Enclosures .......................................................................................... 18/14
• For measuring devices ........................................17.3/18, 17.4/12, 17.5/10
Distribution board feeder units .................................................... 15/59, 15/60
Assembly tools ...........................................17.2/13, 17.3/28, 17.4/23, 17.5/21
Distribution boards
B • ALPHA 160 DIN technology .............................................................. 17.2/2
Base terminals ........................................................................................18/40 • ALPHA 400 DIN technology .............................................................. 17.3/2
Baseboard ..............................................................................................18/47 • ALPHA 630 DIN technology .............................................................. 17.4/2
Bases • ALPHA AS DIN technology (1250 A) ................................................ 17.5/2
• For ALPHA 630 DIN .........................................................................17.4/19 • With built-in distribution board panels .............................................. 17.2/6
Blanking cover ............................................................18/39, 17.4/16, 17.5/14 Door hinges ............................................................. 17.3/27, 17.4/22, 17.5/21
Blanking strips .....17.1/6, 17.1/9, 17.1/12, 17.2/13, 17.3/28, 17.4/23, 17.5/21 Door locks ................................................................................. 17.1/6, 17.1/9
Busbar supports .............................................18/30, 18/31, 17.3/21, 17.3/26, Doors for surface-mounting distribution boards ................................... 17.1/8
....................................................................17.4/21, 17.5/12, 17.5/13, 17.5/20 Double flange ......................................................................................... 18/47
Busbar trunking planning .........................................................................15/8 Drop-down brackets
Bus-mounting fuse bases • Universal ......................................................................................... 17.5/19
• Assembly kits ......................................................17.3/23, 17.4/17, 17.5/15 Dual lights
• For 8MC, 8MF ...................................................................................... 16/6
C
Cabinet mounting lugs E
• Flat .........................................................17.2/10, 17.3/24, 17.4/18, 17.5/17 Electronic hygrostats .............................................................................. 16/19
Cable clips ..............................................................................................15/16 Electronic hygrotherms ........................................................................... 16/20
Cable entries ...........................................................................................18/38 Electronic thermostats ............................................................................ 16/19
Cable entry .............................................................................................15/72 EMC filter fans ........................................................................................ 16/10
Cable entry for cable entry plate ............................................................18/38 EMERGENCY-OFF switches ................................................................... 18/24
Cable entry plate ....................................................................................18/38 Empty enclosures
Cable holders ..........................................................17.3/28, 17.4/23, 17.5/21 • 8HP ...................................................................................................... 18/8
Cable propping bar ...............................................................17.4/19, 17.5/18 • Complete .............................................................................................. 18/9
20 20/22 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Subject index
Enclosures H
• Accessories ........................................................................................18/37
Hanger brackets
• Base parts ..........................................................................................18/10
• BD01 system ...................................................................................... 15/30
• For modular installation devices .........................................................18/11
Heat exchangers
• With DIAZED/NEOZED screw-in fuse links ........................................18/14
• Air/air heat exchangers ...................................................................... 16/14
End cover plates .....................................................................................18/37
Holders
End feeder units ...........................................................................15/57, 15/58
• For PE/neutral busbars ...................................................................... 18/31
• CD-K system ......................................................................................15/13
• For standard mounting rails ............................................................... 18/31
End flanges
Hollow-wall distribution boards ............................................................. 17.1/5
• BD01 system ......................................................................................15/30
Hollow-wall sets ..................................................................... 17.2/10, 17.3/24
• BD2 system ........................................................................................15/71
Hygrostats .............................................................................................. 16/18
• CD-K system ......................................................................................15/15
Hygrotherms ........................................................................................... 16/18
Entry feeder units
• CD-K system ......................................................................................15/13 I
Extension terminals .................................................................................18/36 Incoming and outgoing terminals ................................................ 18/35, 18/36
Extra-deep brackets ..................................17.3/28, 17.4/23, 17.5/19, 17.5/21 • For busbars 16 mm × 3 mm ............................................................... 18/16
F Individual components
• For empty enclosures ......................................................................... 18/10
Fan heaters .............................................................................................16/16
In-line fuse switch disconnectors
Feeder terminals
• Assembly kits .................................................................... 17.4/16, 17.5/14
• For N-busbars ................................................................19/9, 19/14, 19/22
Inner partitions ..................................................................................... 17.1/12
Feeder units
Installation systems
• BD01 system ......................................................................................15/19
• For S8 ................................................................................................... 14/4
• BD2 system ..........................................................................15/57 ... 15/60
Installation terminals 8WH ...................................................................... 19/12
• CD-K system ......................................................................................15/13
Integrated lights for 8MF .......................................................................... 16/6
Filter fan versions ....................................................................................16/10
Intermediate covering strips ........................................................ 18/13, 18/16
Filter fans
Intermediate frame ................................................................................. 18/10
• 19" withdrawable fan units ..................................................................16/12
• Filter fans ............................................................................................16/10 Iso supports ......................................................................................... 17.5/19
• Filter mats ...........................................................................................16/12 J
• Outlet filters ........................................................................................16/11
Joining sheet .......................................................................................... 18/46
• Roof filter fans .....................................................................................16/12
Joint blocks
Fire barrier ..............................................................................................15/29
• BD01 system ...................................................................................... 15/30
Fire barrier kit
• BD2 system ........................................................................................ 15/71
• BD01 system ......................................................................................15/29
Junction units
Fixing
• BD01 system ...................................................................................... 15/19
• BD01 system ......................................................................................15/30
• BD2 system .......................................................................... 15/41 ... 15/56
• BD2 system .............................................................................15/71, 15/72
• Flexible ................................................... 15/19, 15/47, 15/48, 15/55, 15/56
• CD-K system ......................................................................................15/16
• K-units ............................................................... 15/47, 15/48, 15/55, 15/56
Fixing bracket
• L-units ................... 15/41, 15/42, 15/45, 15/46, 15/49, 15/50, 15/53, 15/54
• BD01 system ......................................................................................15/30
• T-units ................................................................ 15/47, 15/48, 15/55, 15/56
• BD2 system .............................................................................15/71, 15/72
• Z-units ............................................................... 15/43, 15/44, 15/51, 15/52
• CD-K system ......................................................................................15/16
Fixing for mounting rail ...........................................................................15/71 L
Flanges ......................................................17.2/11, 17.3/25, 17.4/18, 17.5/17 Labeling system
• 2-component flanges ......................................................................17.2/11 • Printer ................................................................................................. 19/15
Flat copper profiles .................................................................................18/32 • Standard ............................................................................................. 19/16
• For special versions ...........................................................................18/32 Labels
Flat pack • For plotter inscription ......................................................................... 19/15
• ALPHA 400 - DIN ...............................................................................17.3/9 • Flat .................................................................... 19/16, 19/17, 19/18, 19/19
Fluid cartridges for ALPHA FIX PRINT printers ......................................19/15 • Front .................................................................. 19/16, 19/17, 19/18, 19/19
Flush mounting set .................................................................................17.1/6 Labels for labeling
Flush-mounting distribution boards .......................................................17.1/5 • 8WH terminal blocks using the ALPHA FIX PRINT printers ............... 19/15
• Unequipped distribution boards .........................................17.2/6, 17.3/12 Lateral mounting test plugs .................................................................... 19/20
• With quick-assembly kits ...................................................................17.2/6 Lateral profile .......................................................................................... 18/46
Front covers ..............................................................................18/47, 17.1/12 Lights for 8MF ........................................................................................... 16/6
• Closed ...............................................................................17.4/24, 17.5/22 Locking systems ........................................ 17.2/11, 17.3/24, 17.4/19, 17.5/18
• Supports ....................17.2/13, 17.3/26, 17.4/22, 17.4/24, 17.5/20, 17.5/22 Longitudinal stays ... 17.2/8, 17.3/16, 17.4/7, 17.4/9, 17.4/10, 17.4/25, 17.5/7
• With cutout .........................................................................17.4/24, 17.5/22 LV HRC fuse bases ................................................................................. 18/19
Fuse enclosures • Enclosures .......................................................................................... 18/19
• DIAZED ...............................................................................................18/15 LV HRC fuse switch disconnectors ........................................................ 18/17
Fuse switch disconnectors ..........................................................18/25, 18/34
• Assembly kits ......................................................17.3/21, 17.4/14, 17.5/12 M
• Mounting ..........................................................................................17.2/10 Main switches ......................................................................................... 18/24
G Marshaling boxes ................................................................................ 17.4/10
Measuring instruments ........................................................................... 18/39
Grip end ..................................................................................................18/39
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/23 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Subject index
Mechanical hygrostats ............................................................................16/19 R
Mechanical thermostats ..........................................................................16/19 Rain guards ............................................................................................ 18/42
Meter enclosures ....................................................................................18/21 RCCB terminals ......................................................................... 17.1/6, 17.1/9
Meter mounting Reduction ring ........................................................................................ 18/16
• Assembly kits ......................................................17.3/22, 17.4/15, 17.5/16
Replacement door hinges ....................................... 17.3/27, 17.4/22, 17.5/21
Modular distribution board ....................................................................17.5/7
Retaining elements, vertical busbar lines .............................................. 15/71
Rubber cable entries .............................................................................. 18/38
• Assembly kits ............................................17.2/8, 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9
• Enclosures ..........................................................................................18/11 S
• Quick-assembly kits ............................................................17.2/7, 17.3/13 Safety cylinder locks ........................................................................... 17.1/12
Molded case circuit breakers 3VL ..........................................................18/28 Sample configurations
• Sample configurations ........................................................................14/11 • With air circuit breakers 3WL ............................................................. 14/12
Molded-plastic distribution systems • With molded case circuit breakers 3VL,
• ALPHA 8HP ..........................................................................................18/2 section distribution busbar on the side .............................................. 14/11
Molded-plastic partition ..........................................................................18/41 • With protection and switching devices and
modular installation devices .............................................................. 14/13
Mounting accessories 8WH ....................................................................19/20
Screwdrivers ........................................................................................... 19/20
Mounting of fuse switch disconnectors ...............................................17.2/10
Screws ........................................................................... 18/45, 18/47, 17.5/19
Mounting plates ...........................................................................18/10, 18/41
• For cover hinges ................................................................................ 18/38
• Assembly kits with mounting plates ........17.2/9, 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12
Sealing cap ................................................................................. 18/22, 18/39
• Cabinet-high ........................................................17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12
• For telecommunication units ...........................................................17.3/26 Seals IP55 ............................................................................................... 15/74
Mounting rail ................................................................................18/22, 18/39 Self-tapping screws ................................................................................ 18/39
Semiconductor heater units
N • With thermostat .................................................................................. 16/15
N terminals .............................................................................17.2/12, 17.3/27 • Without thermostat ............................................................................. 16/15
N/N terminals .........................................................................17.2/13, 17.3/27 Separating tools ..................................................................................... 18/43
N/PE bars ...................................................17.2/12, 17.3/26, 17.4/22, 17.5/20 Side panels ............................................................................................. 18/47
• As plug-in terminals ...............................17.2/12, 17.3/27, 17.4/22, 17.5/20 Side support ........................................................................................... 18/46
N/PE terminal strips .............................................................................17.1/12 Siemens nameplates ................................. 17.2/11, 17.3/25, 17.4/20, 17.5/18
N/PE terminals .......................................................................17.2/12, 17.3/27 SIMBOX 63 small distribution boards .................................................... 17.1/4
N-busbar ..................................................................19/9, 19/11, 19/14, 19/22 SIMBOX WP small distribution boards ................................................ 17.1/10
N-conductor isolating screw terminals 8WH Single enclosures 8HP ............................................................................. 18/8
• With screw terminals ..........................................................................19/10 SIVACON motor control centers ............................................................... 14/3
N-conductor isolating terminals 8WH .......................................................19/8 Slimline lights ............................................................................................ 16/6
Nuts ..............................................................................................18/45, 18/47 Small distribution boards
• SIMBOX WP .................................................................................... 17.1/10
O
• SIMBOX XL flush-mounting and hollow-wall distribution boards ...... 17.1/4
Operating error protection Small thermostats ................................................................................... 16/18
• For S8 ...................................................................................................14/5 Socket outlets
Ordering large quantities .......................................................17.4/24, 17.5/22 • For tap-off units and ancillary equipment units .................................. 15/75
P Socket outlets for 8MF .............................................................................. 16/6
Spacer bracket ....................................................................................... 15/71
Paint spray cans ....................................................................17.2/11, 17.3/25
Spacer plates ......................................................................................... 19/20
Paint sticks .............................................................................17.2/11, 17.3/25
Spacers .................................................................................................. 15/71
Partition ...................................................................................................18/30
Spare keys ............................................................................. 17.4/23, 17.5/21
Partitions ....................................................17.1/12, 17.2/12, 17.3/28, 17.4/21
SR60 busbar system, 60 mm
PE terminals ...........................................................................17.2/12, 17.3/27
• Assembly kits ...................................................... 17.3/23, 17.4/17, 17.5/15
Platform concept ....................................................................................17.3/6
Standard filter fans in EMC version ........................................................ 16/10
Plug-in zone connectors
Standard labeling system ....................................................................... 19/16
• For isolating terminals ........................................................................19/22
Standard mounting rail holders ............................................. 17.4/25, 17.5/22
Plug-on mounts for 8MF ............................................................................16/6
Standard mounting rails ......................................................................... 18/39
Power distribution board ...........................................................................14/3
• 15 mm ............................................................................... 17.4/24, 17.5/22
Printer labeling system • Lowered ................................................ 17.2/13, 17.3/29, 17.4/23, 17.5/21
• ALPHA FIX PRINT ...............................................................................19/15
Strain relief .............................................................................................. 18/38
Profile semicylinder ................................................................17.2/11, 17.3/25
Strain relief cleats ................................................................................... 18/38
Protection and switching devices and modular installation devices
Stud bolts ............................................................................................... 18/39
• Sample configurations ........................................................................14/13
Support brackets ....................................................... 18/30, 19/5, 19/9, 19/14
Protective cap .........................................................................................18/38
Support extension ............................................................................... 17.5/19
PTC fan heaters ......................................................................................16/17
Support profile extensions ...................................................................... 18/45
Q Support profiles ...................................................................................... 18/45
Quick-assembly kits ...............................................................................17.2/6 Support rack ........................................................................................... 18/44
• For modular installation devices ..........................................17.2/7, 17.3/13 Support rails ..................................................................... 18/22, 18/39, 18/45
• For unequipped distribution boards ....................................17.2/7, 17.3/13 Support strut ........................................................................................... 18/46
Quick-fit end retainers ............................................................................19/20 Supporting feet ....................................................................................... 18/45
Quick-lock screws .................................................................17.4/23, 17.5/21 Supports
Quick-release cover locks ......................................................................18/39 • For front covers ......... 17.2/13, 17.3/26, 17.4/22, 17.4/24, 17.5/20, 17.5/22
20 20/24 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Subject index
Surface-mounting distribution boards .................................................17.1/11 V
• IP43 .................................................................................................17.3/10
Ventilation plate ....................................................... 17.3/23, 17.4/21, 17.5/19
• IP55 .................................................................................................17.3/11
VL circuit breakers
• Marshaling boxes ............................................................................17.4/10
• Assembly kits .................................................................... 17.3/22, 17.5/13
• Unequipped distribution boards ...17.2/6, 17.3/9, 17.3/10, 17.3/11, 17.4/7
VL/VF circuit breakers
• With quick-assembly kits ...................................................................17.2/6
• Assembly kits .................................................................................. 17.4/15
• Without door ......................................................................................17.1/8
Suspension .............................................................................................15/30 W
Suspension brackets Wall mounting for BD2 system ............................................................... 15/71
• BD01 system ......................................................................................15/30 Wall mounting of distribution boards ...................................................... 18/42
• CD-K system ......................................................................................15/16 Wall-mounted distribution boards
Suspension hook ....................................................................................15/16 • ALPHA 160 - DIN ................................. 18/2, 17.1/2, 17.2/2, 17.4/2, 17.5/2
Switchboards ............................................................................................14/3 • ALPHA 400 - DIN .............................................................................. 17.3/2
Switch disconnectors ...................................................................18/23, 18/33 Wall-mounting brackets .......................................................................... 18/45
Switching modules ..................................................................................16/20 Wall-mounting rails ................................................................ 17.2/10, 17.3/24
System air-conditioning ............................................................................16/8 Withdrawable unit coding
System cubicles ........................................................................................16/2 • For S8 ................................................................................................... 14/5
T Withdrawable unit versions
• For S8 ................................................................................................... 14/5
Tamper-proof thermostats .......................................................................16/18
Withdrawable version
Tap-off plugs
• For S8 ................................................................................................... 14/5
• CD-K system ......................................................................................15/14
Tap-off points
• BD2 system ........................................................................................15/74
Tap-off units
• BD01 system ........................................................................15/20 ... 15/25
• BD2 system ..........................................................................15/61 ... 15/69
• SIVACON S4 power distribution boards .............................................14/10
Terminal blocks
• Assembly kits ..........................................17.2/9, 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/10
Terminal strip markers
• For end retainers ................................................................................19/20
Terminal strips with plug-in terminals ........................................17.1/6, 17.1/9
Terminals .................................................................................................19/11
• For circular conductors .......................................17.3/27, 17.4/22, 17.5/21
Test adapters ..........................................................................................19/20
Thermostats ............................................................................................16/18
Through-type PE terminals
• With screw terminals ............................................................................19/6
Through-type terminals 8WH ....................................................................19/4
• With screw terminals ............................................................................19/6
Tools ........................................................................................................18/43
Tools and aids .........................................................................................18/43
Top cover ................................................................................................18/47
Transport eyebolts .................................................................17.4/23, 17.5/17
Trunking units
• BD01 system ......................................................................................15/18
• BD2 system ..........................................................................15/33 ... 15/40
• CD-K system ...........................................................................15/11, 15/12
Twin thermostats .....................................................................................16/19
U
Underfloor mounting ...............................................................................15/16
• ALPHA 160 - DIN ...............................................................................17.2/6
• ALPHA 400 - DIN ...............................................................................17.3/9
• ALPHA 630 - DIN ...............................................................................17.4/7
• Assembly kits ........17.2/8, 17.3/16, 17.4/7, 17.4/9, 17.4/11, 17.5/7, 17.5/9
• Flat pack ............................................................................................17.3/9
• Pre-assembled ................................................................................17.3/10
• Quick-assembly kits ............................................................17.2/7, 17.3/13
Unequipped panels
• Assembly kits ..........................................17.2/9, 17.3/19, 17.4/12, 17.5/11
Universal installation section
• For S8 ...................................................................................................14/5
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/25 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Order number index
■ Overview
Order No. Page Export markings Order No. Page Export markings
ECCN AL ECCN AL
3K 8GK4 301-2KK22 17.3/17 N N
3KE 18/27 N N 8GK4 301-3KK11 17.2/8 N N
3N 8GK4 301-3KK12 17.3/17 N N
3NJ 17.4/16, 17.5/14 N N 8GK4 301-3KK21 17.2/8 N N
3NP1 1 18/33 N N 8GK4 301-3KK22 17.3/17 N N
3NP1 90 18/18, 18/33 N N 8GK4 301-4KK11 17.2/8 N N
3NP1 92 18/18, 18/33 N N 8GK4 301-4KK12 17.3/17 N N
3NP1 93 18/18, 18/33 N N 8GK4 301-4KK21 17.2/8 N N
3NP1 940 18/18 N N 8GK4 301-4KK22 17.3/17 N N
3NP1 943-1BA 18/18 N N 8GK4 351-1KK11 17.2/8 N N
3NP1 943-1BB 18/18 EAR99 N 8GK4 351-1KK12 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
3NP1 953-1BA 18/18 N N 8GK4 351-1KK21 17.2/8 N N
3NP1 953-1BB 18/18 EAR99 N 8GK4 351-1KK22 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
3NP1 963-1BA 18/18 N N 8GK4 351-1KK3 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
3NP1 963-1BB 18/18 EAR99 N 8GK4 351-2KK11 17.2/8 N N
3NY 17.3/24 N N 8GK4 351-2KK12 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
5S 8GK4 351-2KK21 17.2/8 N N
5SH3 53 17.3/23, 17.4/17, 17.5/15 N N 8GK4 351-2KK22 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
5SH3 54 17.3/26, 17.4/21, 17.5/20 N N 8GK4 351-2KK3 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
8G 8GK4 351-3KK11 17.2/8 N N
8GB1 17.1/11 N N 8GK4 351-3KK12 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
8GB2 17.1/12 N N 8GK4 351-3KK21 17.2/8 N N
8GB4 17.1/6, 17.1/9, 17.1/12, 18/13 N N 8GK4 351-3KK22 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
8GB5 17.1/5 ... 6, 17.1/8 ... 9 N N 8GK4 351-3KK3 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
8GD9 0 17.2/11, 17.3/25, 17.4/20, N N 8GK4 351-4KK11 17.2/8 N N
17.5/18
8GK4 351-4KK12 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
8GD9 1 17.3/25, 17.4/20, 17.5/18 N N
8GK4 351-4KK21 17.2/8 N N
8GD9 2 17.4/23, 17.5/21 N N
8GK4 351-4KK22 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
8GE 17.3/22, 17.4/15, 17.5/16 N N
8GK4 351-4KK3 17.3/17, 17.4/11, 17.5/9 N N
8GF9 31 18/31 N N
8GK4 401-1KK11 17.2/9 N N
8GF9 32 18/31 N N
8GK4 401-1KK12 17.3/18, 17.4/11, 17.5/10 N N
8GF9 39 17.2/11, 17.3/24, 17.4/19, N N
17.5/18 8GK4 401-1KK2 17.2/9 N N
8GK1 0 17.2/6 N N 8GK4 401-2KK11 17.2/9 N N
8GK1 1 17.3/9 ... 12 N N 8GK4 401-2KK12 17.3/18, 17.4/11, 17.5/10 N N
8GK1 3 17.4/7 ... 8, 17.4/10 N N 8GK4 401-2KK21 17.2/9 N N
8GK1 4 17.5/7 N N 8GK4 401-2KK22 17.3/18, 17.4/11, 17.5/10 N N
8GK4 001-3 17.2/7 N N 8GK4 401-2KK3 17.3/18, 17.4/11, 17.5/10 N N
8GK4 001-4 17.2/7, 17.3/13 N N 8GK4 401-3 17.3/18, 17.4/11, 17.5/10 N N
8GK4 001-5 17.2/7, 17.3/13 N N 8GK4 402 17.3/18, 17.4/12, 17.5/10 N N
8GK4 001-6 17.2/7, 17.3/13 N N 8GK4 451-2KK11 17.2/9 N N
8GK4 001-7 17.2/7, 17.3/14 N N 8GK4 451-2KK12 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 001-8 17.3/14 N N 8GK4 451-2KK2 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 002 17.3/14 N N 8GK4 451-2KK3 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 003 17.3/13 ... 14 N N 8GK4 451-3KK11 17.2/9 N N
8GK4 051-3 17.2/7 N N 8GK4 451-3KK12 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 051-4 17.2/7 N N 8GK4 451-3KK2 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 051-5 17.2/7 N N 8GK4 451-3KK3 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 051-6 17.2/7, 17.3/13 N N 8GK4 451-4KK11 17.2/9 N N
8GK4 051-7 17.2/7, 17.3/14 N N 8GK4 451-4KK12 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 100 17.3/15 N N 8GK4 451-4KK2 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 101 17.3/13 ... 14 N N 8GK4 451-4KK3 17.3/20, 17.4/13, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 102 17.3/14 N N 8GK4 500 17.3/18, 17.4/12, 17.5/10 N N
8GK4 11 17.3/15 N N 8GK4 501 17.2/9, 17.3/19, 17.4/12 ... 13, N N
17.5/11
8GK4 301-2KK11 17.2/8 N N
8GK4 55 17.3/21, 17.4/14, 17.5/12 N N
8GK4 301-2KK12 17.3/17 N N
8GK4 6 17.3/21, 17.4/14, 17.5/13 N N
8GK4 301-2KK21 17.2/8 N N
20 20/26 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
8GK4 7 17.3/22, 17.4/15 ... 16, N N 8HP1 78 18/32 N N
17.5/13 ... 14
8HP1 79 18/32 N N
8GK4 8 17.2/8, 17.3/16, 17.3/23, 17.4/7, N N
8HP1 80 18/38 N N
17.4/9 ... 10, 17.4/17, 17.4/20,
17.4/25, 17.5/7 ... 8, 17.5/15, 8HP1 81 18/22, 18/38 ... 39 N N
17.5/19 8HP1 89 18/43 N N
8GK9 000 17.2/11 N N 8HP2 0 18/9 N N
8GK9 001 17.2/12 N N 8HP2 1 18/15 N N
8GK9 002 17.2/12 N N 8HP2 2 18/29 N N
8GK9 100-0KK00 17.3/25, 17.4/18, 17.5/17 N N 8HP2 3 18/20 N N
8GK9 100-0KK01 17.3/25, 17.4/18, 17.5/17 N N 8HP2 4 18/17 N N
8GK9 100-0KK03 17.3/25, 17.4/18, 17.5/17 N N 8HP2 5 18/12 N N
8GK9 100-0KK04 17.4/19, 17.5/8, 17.5/17 N N 8HP2 6 18/21 N N
8GK9 100-0KK1 17.3/25, 17.4/18, 17.5/17 N N 8HP2 7 18/24 ... 25 N N
8GK9 101 17.3/28, 17.4/21 N N 8HP4 18/34 N N
8GK9 102 17.3/28, 17.4/21 N N 8HP5 18/12, 18/15, 18/20, 18/27 N N
8GK9 103 17.3/28, 17.4/21 N N 8HP6 18/10, 18/12 ... 13, 18/15 ... 16, N N
8GK9 11 17.5/8 N N 18/21, 18/31, 18/34,
18/38 ... 39, 18/41
8GK9 12 17.3/23, 17.4/21, 17.5/19 N N
8HP9 18/42 ... 43, 18/45 ... 47 N N
8GK9 3 17.3/28, 17.4/21 N N
8J
8GK9 5 17.2/11, 17.3/20, 17.3/24 ... 25, N N
17.4/9, 17.4/13, 17.4/19 ... 20, 8JH1 3 18/39 N N
17.5/7, 17.5/12, 17.5/18 ... 19 8JH1 4 18/22, 18/39 N N
8GK9 6 17.3/21, 17.3/26, 17.4/21, N N 8JH4 0 18/40 N N
17.4/24, 17.5/12 ... 13, 17.5/20,
17.5/22 8JH4 1 18/13, 18/16, 18/35 N N
8GK9 7 17.3/21, 17.3/26, 17.4/21 ... 22, N N 8JH4 2 18/31 N N
17.5/8, 17.5/12 ... 13, 17.5/20 8JK1 18/22, 18/39 N N
8GK9 9 17.2/10 ... 13, 17.3/16, 17.3/21, N N 8JK3 18/16, 18/35 ... 36 N N
17.3/24 ... 29, 17.4/7, 17.4/9,
17.4/18 ... 25, 17.5/7 ... 8, 8JK4 18/41 N N
17.5/12 ... 13, 17.5/17 ... 22 8M
8GS4 01 17.3/26 N N 8MF4 900 16/6 N N
8GS4 03 17.2/12 ... 13, 17.3/27 N N 8MF4 901 16/6 N N
8H 8MF4 902 16/6 N N
8HC3 18/42 N N 8MF4 903 16/7 N N
8HC6 18/38 N N 8MF4 904 16/6 N N
8HE 18/39 N N 8MF4 905 16/6 N N
8HP1 101 18/10 N N 8MF4 906 16/6 N N
8HP1 102 18/10 N N 8MF4 908 16/6 N N
8HP1 103 18/10 N N 8MF5 16/7 N N
8HP1 104 18/10, 18/27 N N 8MF9 16/7 N N
8HP1 107 18/10 N N 8MR2 12 16/16 N N
8HP1 201 18/10 N N 8MR2 13 16/15 N N
8HP1 202 18/10 N N 8MR2 140-0 16/16 EAR99H N
8HP1 203 18/10 N N 8MR2 140-1 16/16 EAR99H N
8HP1 204 18/10, 18/27 N N 8MR2 140-2A 16/16 EAR99H N
8HP1 21 18/10 N N 8MR2 140-2B 16/16 N N
8HP1 22 18/10 N N 8MR2 140-3A 16/16 EAR99H N
8HP1 23 18/10 N N 8MR2 140-3B 16/16 EAR99 N
8HP1 24 18/10 N N 8MR2 140-3C 16/17 N N
8HP1 28 18/10, 18/27 N N 8MR2 140-3D 16/17 N N
8HP1 3 18/12 N N 8MR2 140-4A 16/16 EAR99H N
8HP1 4 18/12 N N 8MR2 140-4B 16/16 N N
8HP1 50 18/30, 18/37 N N 8MR2 140-5 16/17 N N
8HP1 51 18/37 N N 8MR2 140-6 16/16 N N
8HP1 52 18/38 N N 8MR2 150-0 16/16 N N
8HP1 53 18/38 N N 8MR2 150-2 16/17 N N
8HP1 54 18/30, 18/37 N 9I999 8MR2 150-3 16/17 N N
8HP1 70 18/30 N N 8MR2 170-1A 16/19 N N
8HP1 72 18/36 N N 8MR2 170-1B 16/19 N N
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/27 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Order number index
ECCN AL ECCN AL
8MR2 170-1C 16/18 ... 19 N N 8WH8 140-7 19/19 N N
8MR2 170-1D 16/18 N N 8WH8 141-2 19/16 N N
8MR2 170-1E 16/19 N N 8WH8 141-3 19/17 N N
8MR2 170-2A 16/19 N N 8WH8 141-4 19/18 N N
8MR2 170-2B 16/18 N N 8WH8 141-5 19/19 N N
8MR2 170-4 16/20 N N 8WH8 2 19/15 N N
8MR2 171 16/18 N N 8WH9 000-1S 19/9 N N
8MR2 172 16/19 N N 8WH9 000-1W 19/5 N N
8MR2 18 16/20 N N 8WH9 000-3 19/14 N N
8MR2 19 16/12 N N 8WH9 000-6 19/14 N N
8MR6 0 16/12 N N 8WH9 003-1 19/9 N N
8MR6 3 16/12 N N 8WH9 003-7 19/5 N N
8MR6 4 16/10 ... 11, 16/13 ... 14 N N 8WH9 004-1S 19/9 N N
8MR6 5 16/10 ... 11 N N 8WH9 004-1W 19/5 N N
8U 8WH9 005 19/7, 19/11 N N
8US1 921 17.3/27, 17.4/22, 17.5/21, 18/35 N N 8WH9 01 19/20 N N
8US1 922 18/31 N N 8WH9 02 19/21 ... 22 N N
8US1 923 18/31 N N 8WH9 03 19/7 N N
8W 8WH9 04 19/22 N N
8WA2 84 19/9, 19/11, 19/14, 19/22 N N 8WH9 06 19/15 N N
8WA2 86 18/13, 18/16, 19/9, 19/14, 19/22 N N 8WH9 07 19/7 N N
8WA2 87 18/13, 18/16, 19/9, 19/14, 19/22 N N 8WH9 12 19/11 N N
8WC 18/32 N N 8WH9 14 19/5, 19/9, 19/11, 19/14 N N
8WH1 001-0AK 19/6 N N 8WH9 15 19/20 N N
8WH1 001-0AM 19/7 N N 8WH9 2 19/20 N N
8WH1 001-0B 19/11 N N BV
8WH1 001-0C 19/7 N N BVP:02 15/16 N N
8WH6 001-0AF 19/4 N N BVP:03 15/18 ... 19, 15/22 ... 27, 15/30, N N
8WH6 001-0AG 19/5 N N 15/71
8WH6 001-0AH 19/5 N N BVP:04 15/47 ... 48, 15/55 ... 56, N N
15/61 ... 62, 15/71 ... 74
8WH6 001-0B 19/9 N N
BVP:05 15/15 N N
8WH6 001-0C 19/4 ... 5 N N
BVP:08 15/16, 15/20 ... 21, 15/30 N N
8WH6 001-4 19/13 N N
BVP:09 15/18 ... 19, 15/21 N N
8WH8 110-2 19/16 N N
BVP:201 15/30 N N
8WH8 110-3 19/17 N N
BVP:203 15/16, 15/23, 15/30, 15/62, N N
8WH8 110-4 19/18 N N 15/64 ... 65, 15/70 ... 72, 15/75
8WH8 110-5 19/19 N N BVP:207 15/65 N N
8WH8 110-7 19/19 N N BVP:21115 15/11 N N
8WH8 111-2 19/16 N N BVP:21116 15/11 ... 13 N N
8WH8 111-3 19/17 N N BVP:21119 15/14 N N
8WH8 111-4 19/18 N N BVP:211200 15/14 N N
8WH8 111-5 19/19 N N BVP:211201 15/14 N N
8WH8 111-7 19/19 N N BVP:211202 15/15 N N
8WH8 112 19/15 N N BVP:211203 15/15 N N
8WH8 113 19/15 N N BVP:211204 15/15 N N
8WH8 120-2 19/16 N N BVP:23355 15/18 N N
8WH8 120-3 19/17 N N BVP:23356 15/18, 15/24 N N
8WH8 120-4 19/18 N N BVP:23357 15/24 ... 25 N N
8WH8 120-5 19/19 N N BVP:260 15/33 N N
8WH8 120-7 19/19 N N BVP:261 15/33 ... 60, 15/71 ... 73 N N
8WH8 121-2 19/16 N N BVP:262 15/57 ... 60, 15/63, 15/66, 15/73 N N
8WH8 121-3 19/17 N N BVP:27 15/16 N N
8WH8 121-4 19/18 N N BVP:610001 15/12 N N
8WH8 121-5 19/19 N N BVP:610002 15/12 N N
8WH8 140-2 19/16 N N BVP:610003 15/12 N N
8WH8 140-3 19/17 N N BVP:610004 15/13 N N
8WH8 140-4 19/18 N N BVP:610005 15/13 N N
8WH8 140-5 19/19 N N BVP:61035 15/12 N N
20 20/28 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Order number index
Order No. Page Export markings
ECCN AL
BVP:61036 15/15, 15/28 ... 29, 15/74 N N
BVP:61037 15/14, 15/74 N N
BVP:61038 15/14 N N
BVP:61039 15/67 N N
BVP:610400 15/67 N N
BVP:610401 15/67 N N
BVP:610402 15/67 N N
BVP:610403 15/67 N N
BVP:610404 15/67 N N
BVP:610405 15/67 N N
BVP:610406 15/67 N N
BVP:610407 15/67 N N
BVP:610408 15/67 N N
BVP:610409 15/69 N N
BVP:61041 15/69 N N
BVP:61042 15/68 ... 69 N N
BVP:61043 15/68 N N
BVP:61044 15/68 N N
BVP:61045 15/68 N N
BVP:61105 15/28 N N
BVP:61106 15/15, 15/74 N N
BVP:61107 15/15, 15/30 N N
BVP:61109 15/57 N N
BVP:611100 15/57 N N
BVP:611101 15/58 N N
BVP:611102 15/58 N N
BVP:611103 15/58 N N
BVP:611104 15/58 N N
BVP:611105 15/58 N N
BVP:611106 15/58 N N
BVP:611107 15/58 N N
BVP:611108 15/58 N N
BVP:611109 15/58 N N
BVP:611110 15/59 N N
BVP:611111 15/59 N N
BVP:611112 15/60 N N
BVP:611113 15/60 N N
BVP:611343 15/59 N N
BVP:611344 15/59 N N
BVP:611345 15/59 N N
BVP:611346 15/60 N N
BVP:611347 15/60 N N
BVP:611348 15/71 N N
BVP:61135 15/29 N N
BVP:61137 15/29 N N
BVP:61139 15/16, 15/72 N N
BVP:66080 15/26 N N
BVP:66081 15/26 ... 27 N N
BVP:66086 15/25, 15/62, 15/65 N N
BVP:66087 15/62 N N
BVP:931956 15/33, 15/35, 15/41, 15/45 N N
BVP:931957 15/41, 15/45 N N
BVP:931959 15/33, 15/35, 15/37, 15/39, N N
15/41, 15/45, 15/49, 15/53
BVP:93196 15/41, 15/45, 15/49, 15/53 N N
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/29 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Notes
20 20/30 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Notes
Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 20/31 20

© Siemens AG 2013
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
■ Overview
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software Export regulations
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the fol- Siemens shall not be obligated to fulfill this agreement if such ful-
lowing terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the condi- fillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national
tions for supplies and services, including software products, by or international foreign trade or customs requirements or any
any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germa- embargoes or other sanctions.
ny, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Con-
ditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms ap- If Purchaser transfers goods (hardware and/ or software and/ or
ply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG. technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
of the mode of provision) delivered by Siemens or works and
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany services (including all kinds of technical support) performed by
The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi- Siemens to a third party worldwide, Purchaser shall comply with
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical all applicable national and international (re-) export control regu-
and Electronics Industry” shall apply. lations. In any event Purchaser shall comply with the (re-) export
control regulations of the Federal Republic of Germany, of the
For software products, the “General License Conditions for Soft- European Union and of the United States of America.
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany” shall apply. If required to conduct export control checks, Purchaser, upon
request by Siemens, shall promptly provide Siemens with all in-
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of formation pertaining to particular end customer, destination and
Germany intended use of goods, works and services provided by Sie-
mens, as well as any export control restrictions existing.
The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi-
tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Custo- Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless Siemens from and
mers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall against any claim, proceeding, action, fine, loss, cost and dama-
apply. ges arising out of or relating to any noncompliance with export
control regulations by Purchaser, and Purchaser shall compen-
For software products, the “General License Conditions for Soft- sate Siemens for all losses and expenses resulting thereof, un-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a less such noncompliance was not caused by fault of the
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply. Purchaser. This provision does not imply a change in burden of
General proof.
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the Ger- The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
man law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only European / German and/or US export regulations.
apply to devices for export. Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
Illustrations are not binding. by the competent authorities.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, According to current provisions, the following export regulations
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
these are subject to change without prior notice. catalog / price list:
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. AL Number of the German Export List
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to Products marked other than “N” require an export license.
the applicable legal regulations. In the case of software products, the export designations of the
relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery. Goods labeled with an “AL“ not equal to “N” are subject to Eu-
ropean or German export authorization when being exported
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain out of the EU.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective ba- ECCN Export Control Classification Number
sic official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surchar-
ges will be determined based on the official price and the metal Products marked other than “N” are subject to a reexport licen-
se to specific countries.
factor of the respective product.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price relevant data medium must also be generally adhered to.
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release
Goods labeled with “ECCN“ not equal to “N” are subject to US
order. re-export authorization.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the me-
tal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used. Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authoriza-
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the tion may be required due to the final end-use and destination for
price information of the respective products. which the goods are to be used.
You will find In addition, you can preview the export designations via our "In-
• an exact explanation of the metal factor dustry Mall" online catalog system in the respective product de-
scription. The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export autho-
• the text of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale rization indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and in-
and Delivery of Siemens AG voices.
in the Internet under Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en
/terms_of_trade_en.pdf
20 20/32 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

© Siemens AG 2013
Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices
listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD Catalog Building Control Catalog
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and CA 01 GAMMA Building Control ET G1
Low Voltage Distribution
Motion Control
Drive Systems
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Variable-Speed Drives Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11 SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units Equipment for Machine Tools
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12 SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B NC 62
Medium-Voltage Converters Equipment for Machine Tools
ROBICON Perfect Harmony D 15.1 SINUMERIK 808D, SINAMICS V60 and G120, NC 81.1
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives SIMOTICS 1FL5 and 1LE1
Germany Edition
SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M, NC 82
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and D 21.3
SINAMICS S120 Combi, 1FK7 and 1PH8 motors
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and PM 21
Motors for Production Machines
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units D 23.1
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31 Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1
Three-phase Induction Motors D 84.1
• H-compact Power Supply and System Cabling
• H-compact PLUS Power supply SITOP KT 10.1
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2
Technology, HT-direct Process Instrumentation and Analytics
DC Motors DA 12 Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
Converters SIPART Controllers and Software MP 31
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
Products for Weighing Technology WT 10
PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22
Cabinet Units PDF: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
Components for the System Integration
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
Safety Integrated
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10 Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3 SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Human Machine Interface Systems/ ST 80/
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4 PC-based Automation ST PC
Note: Additional catalogs on SIMODRIVE or SINAMICS
drive systems and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK SIMATIC Ident
and SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors D 81.1 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1 Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors MD 50.1 Micro Automation
Mechanical Driving Machines SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
FLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1 Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit MD 30.1 Process Control System
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units MD 31.1 PDF: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.2
Process Control System
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology SIMATIC NET
SENTRON Protection, Switching, Measuring and LV 10.1 Industrial Communication IK PI
Monitoring Devices
SIVACON · ALPHA Switchboards and LV 10.2 SINVERT Photovoltaics
Distribution Systems Inverters and Components for Photovoltaic Installations RE 10
Standards-Compliant Components for LV 11
Photovoltaic Plants
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A LV 35
SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10
3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A LV 36
PDF: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting and LV 50
System Air-Conditioning System Solutions
PDF: ALPHA Distribution Systems LV 51 Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks LV 52
SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards LV 56
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
Information and Download Center
PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files. www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/infomaterial

© Siemens AG 2013
Siemens AG Subject to change without prior notice The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or
Infrastructure & Cities Sector Order No. E86060-K8260-A101-A3-7600 characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of further
Low and Medium Voltage Division MP.R3.LP.0000.00.3.20 / Dispo 18302
development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective
Low Voltage & Products KG 0213 2. PAS 328 En characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of
Postfach 10 09 53 Printed in Germany contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to
93009 REGENSBURG © Siemens AG 2013 change without notice.
GERMANY All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties
for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage Token fee: 4.00 €

SIVACON ALPHA LV10-2 Complete English 2013 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SIVACON ALPHA LV10-2 Complete English 2013 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SIVACON ALPHA LV10-2 Complete English 2013 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

© Siemens AG 2013

Low-Voltage Power Distribution

Answers for infrastructure and cities.

Related catalogs Contents

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10.1 ·

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10.2 ·

Mall All products of automation, drives and installation technology,

Trademarks Technical Support

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

Catalog LV 10.1 · 2013

Please contact your local Siemens branch.

System Cubicles, System Lighting and

Printed on paper from

The right one for everyone Sustainability in focus

Our portfolio includes switchboards, bus- As a worldwide leader in the provision of

2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

Universal, safe and intelligent

Whether in industrial plants, in infrastructure or in build-

ings: Each technical plant depends on the reliable supply of

electricity. Even a short outage can have grave conse-

quences. We offer the best technology for the responsible

use of electrical energy and at the same time help to pro-

tect people and property and to conserve natural re-

We are happy to help you with comprehensive support

from the initial information through to operation. Take a

closer look at all the options available from Siemens.

Everything for power distribution Excellent support

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 3

Get all the information you need –

Always at your service

4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

SIVACON S8 power distribution

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

SIVACON S8 power distribution boards and SIVACON S4 power distribution boards

14/2 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

Reliable power supplies depend on good availability, flexibility to Circuit breakers

The SIVACON S4 and SIVACON S8 low-voltage power distribu- ET ET FT

You can find more information on the Internet at: M M M M M

Motor control center Motor control center

ET Withdrawable-unit design LT Circuit breaker design

Power distribution in a low-voltage system

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/3

14/4 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

Operating error Operating error Lockable disconnected

Withdrawable unit coding

Withdrawable unit coding Withdrawable unit coding on the unit

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/5

5 Top plate 11 Partition for 17 Bottom plate

14/6 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/7

14/8 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/9

14/10 Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013

Order No. Quan- Description

Assembly kits for protection and switching devices,

Siemens LV 10.2 · 2013 14/11

Order No. Quan- Description

14 Assembly kits for protection and switching devices, connecting bars

Assembly kits for protection and switching devices,